Sample records for column switching system

  1. A Comparative Study of Alternative Controls and Displays for by the Severely Physically Handicapped

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Williams, D.; Simpson, C.; Barker, M.

    1984-01-01

    A modification of a row/column scanning system was investigated in order to increase the speed and accuracy with which communication aids can be accessed with one or two switches. A selection algorithm was developed and programmed in BASIC to automatically select individuals with the characteristic difficulty in controlling time dependent control and display systems. Four systems were compared: (1) row/column directed scan (2 switches); (2) row/column auto scan (1 switch); (3) row auto scan (1 switch); and (4) column auto scan (1 switch). For this sample population, there were no significant differences among systems for scan time to select the correct target. The row/column auto scan system resulted in significantly more errors than any of the other three systems. Thus, the most widely prescribed system for severely physically disabled individuals turns out for this group to have a higher error rate and no faster communication rate than three other systems that have been considered inappropriate for this group.

  2. Design and Prototype of an Automated Column-Switching HPLC System for Radiometabolite Analysis.

    PubMed

    Vasdev, Neil; Collier, Thomas Lee

    2016-08-17

    Column-switching high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) is extensively used for the critical analysis of radiolabeled ligands and their metabolites in plasma. However, the lack of streamlined apparatus and consequently varying protocols remain as a challenge among positron emission tomography laboratories. We report here the prototype apparatus and implementation of a fully automated and simplified column-switching procedure to allow for the easy and automated determination of radioligands and their metabolites in up to 5 mL of plasma. The system has been used with conventional UV and coincidence radiation detectors, as well as with a single quadrupole mass spectrometer.

  3. Effect of pressure pulses at the interface valve on the stability of second dimension columns in online comprehensive two-dimensional liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Talus, Eric S; Witt, Klaus E; Stoll, Dwight R

    2015-01-23

    Users of online comprehensive two-dimensional liquid chromatography (LCxLC) frequently acknowledge that the mechanical instability of HPLC columns installed in these systems, particularly in the second dimension, is a significant impediment to its use. Such instability is not surprising given the strenuous operating environment to which these columns are subjected, including the large number (thousands per day) of fast and large pressure pulses resulting from interface valve switches (on the timescale of tens of milliseconds) associated with very fast second dimension separations. There appear to be no published reports of systematic studies of the relationship between second dimension column lifetime and any of these variables. In this study we focused on the relationship between the lifetimes of commercially available columns and the pressure pulses observed at the inlet of the second dimension column that occur during the switching of the valve that interfaces the two dimensions of a LCxLC system. We find that the magnitude of the pressure drop at the inlet of the second dimension column during the valve switch, which may vary between 10 and 95% of the column inlet pressure, is dependent on valve switching speed and design, and has a dramatic impact on column lifetime. In the worst case, columns fail within the first few hours of use in an LCxLC system. In the best case, using a valve that exhibits much smaller pressure pulses, the same columns exhibit much improved lifetimes and have been used continuously under LCxLC conditions for several days with no degradation in performance. This result represents a first step in understanding the factors that affect second dimension column lifetime, and will significantly improve the usability of the LCxLC technique in general. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Simultaneous determination of byak-angelicin and oxypeucedanin hydrate in rat plasma by column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection.

    PubMed

    Ishihara, K; Fukutake, M; Asano, T; Mizuhara, Y; Wakui, Y; Yanagisawa, T; Kamei, H; Ohmori, S; Kitada, M

    2001-04-05

    A simple and sensitive column-switching HPLC method was developed for the simultaneous determination of two furocoumarin compounds, byak-angelicin and oxypeucedanin hydrate, which are the main components of hot water extract of Angelica dahurica root (AE), in rat plasma. Plasma sample was simply deproteinated with perchloric acid. After centrifugation, the supernatant was injected into a column-switching HPLC system consisting of a clean-up column (Symmetry Shield RP 8, 20x3.9 mm I.D.) and analytical column (Symmetry C18, 75x4.6 mm I.D.) which were connected with a six-port switching valve. The flow-rate of the mobile phase (acetonitrile-water, 20:80) was maintained at 1 ml/min. Detection was carried out at wavelength 260 nm with a UV detector. The column temperature was maintained at 40 degrees C. The calibration curves of byak-angelicin and oxypeucedanin hydrate were linear over the ranges 19.6 to 980 ng/ml (r2>0.997). The accuracy of these analytes was less than 4.4%. The intra- and inter-day relative standard deviations of byak-angelicin and oxypeucedanin hydrate were within 12.0% and 12.7%, respectively. The present method was applied for the analysis of plasma concentration from rats after administration of AE.

  5. HPLC column-switching technique for sample preparation and fluorescence determination of propranolol in urine using fused-core columns in both dimensions.

    PubMed

    Satínský, Dalibor; Havlíková, Lucie; Solich, Petr

    2013-08-01

    A new and fast high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) column-switching method using fused-core columns in both dimensions for sample preconcentration and determination of propranolol in human urine has been developed. On-line sample pretreatment and propranolol preconcentration were performed on an Ascentis Express RP-C-18 guard column (5 × 4.6 mm), particle size, 2.7 μm, with mobile phase acetonitrile/water (5:95, v/v) at a flow rate of 2.0 mL min(-1) and at a temperature of 50 °C. Valve switch from pretreatment column to analytical column was set at 4.0 min in a back-flush mode. Separation of propranolol from other endogenous urine compounds was achieved on the fused-core column Ascentis Express RP-Amide (100 × 4.6 mm), particle size, 2.7 μm, with mobile phase acetonitrile/water solution of 0.5% triethylamine, pH adjusted to 4.5 by means of glacial acetic acid (25:75, v/v), at a flow rate of 1.0 mL min(-1) and at a temperature of 50 °C. Fluorescence excitation/emission detection wavelengths were set at 229/338 nm. A volume of 1,500 μL of filtered urine sample solution was injected directly into the column-switching HPLC system. The total analysis time including on-line sample pretreatment was less than 8 min. The experimentally determined limit of detection of the method was found to be 0.015 ng mL(-1).

  6. Determination of 3-hydroxypropylmercapturic acid in urine by three column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical detection using a diamond electrode.

    PubMed

    Higashi, Kyohei; Shibasaki, Mana; Kuni, Kyoshiro; Uemura, Takeshi; Waragai, Masaaki; Uemura, Kenichi; Igarashi, Kazuei; Toida, Toshihiko

    2017-09-29

    A three column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) using an electrochemical detector (ECD) equipped with a diamond electrode was established to determine 3-hydroxypropylmercapturic acid (3-HPMA) in urine. An extracted urine sample was consecutively fractionated using a strong anion-exchange column (first column) and a C8 column (second column) via a switching valve before application on an Octa Decyl Silyl (ODS) column (third column), followed by ECD analysis. The% recovery of 3-HPMA standard throughout the three-column process and limit of detection (LOD) were 94±1% and 0.1pmol, respectively. A solid phase extraction step is required for the sensitive analysis of 3-HPMA in urine by column-switching HPLC-ECD despite a decreased% recovery (55%) of urine sample spiked with 100pmol of 3-HPMA. To test the utility of our column-switching HPLC-ECD method, 3-HPMA levels of 27 urine samples were determined, and the correlation between HPLC-ECD and LC-Electrospray ionization (ESI)-MS/MS method was examined. As a result, the median values of μmol 3-HPMA/g Creatinine (Cre) in urine obtained by column-switching HPLC-ECD and LC-MS/MS were 2.19±2.12μmol/g Cre and 2.13±3.38μmol/g Cre, respectively, and the calibration curve (y=1.5171x-1.007) exhibited good linearity within a defined range (r 2 =0.907). These results indicate that the combination of column-switching HPLC and ECD is a powerful tool for the specific, reliable detection of 3-HPMA in urine. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Isolation and purification of diastereoisomeric flavonolignans from silymarin by binary-column recycling preparative high-performance liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Weiquan; Yang, Guang; Zhong, Fanyi; Yang, Nan; Zhao, Xin; Qi, Yunpeng; Fan, Guorong

    2014-09-01

    Silymarin extracted from Silybum marianum (L.) Gaertn consists of a large number of flavonolignans, of which diastereoisomeric flavonolignans including silybin A and silybin B, and isosilybin A and isosilybin B are the main bioactive components, whose preparation from the crude extracts is still a difficult task. In this work, binary-column recycling preparative high-performance liquid chromatography systems without sample loop trapping, where two columns were switched alternately via one or two six-port switching valves, were established and successfully applied to the isolation and purification of the four diastereoisomeric flavonolignans from silymarin. The proposed system showed significant advantages over conventional preparative high-performance liquid chromatography with a single column in increasing efficiency and reducing the cost. To obtain the same amounts of products, the proposed system spends only one tenth of the time that the conventional system spends, and needs only one eleventh of the solvent that the conventional system consumes. Using the proposed system, the four diastereoisomers were successfully isolated from silymarin with purities over 98%. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  8. Measurement of trace nitrate concentrations in seawater by ion chromatography with valve switching

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Du, Juan; Fa, Yun; Zheng, Yue; Li, Xuebing; Du, Fanglin; Yang, Haiyan

    2014-05-01

    An ion chromatographic method with a valve switching facility was developed to determine trace nitrate concentrations in seawater using two pumps, two different suppressors, and two columns. A carbohydrate membrane desalter was used to reduce the high concentrations of sodium salts in samples. In this method, trace nitrate was eluted from the concentrator column to the analytical columns, while the matrix fl owed to waste. Neither chemical pre-treatment nor sample dilution was required. In the optimized separation conditions, the method showed good linearity ( R >0.99) in the 0.05 and 50 mg/L concentration range, and satisfactory repeatability (RSD<5%, n =6). The limit of detection for nitrate was 0.02 mg/L. Results showed that the valve switching system was suitable and practical for the determination of trace nitrate in seawater.

  9. Liquid chromatography determination of 10-hydroxycamptothecin in human serum by a column-switching system containing a pre-column with restricted access media and its application to a clinical pharmacokinetic study.

    PubMed

    Ma, Jun; Jia, Zheng-Ping; Zhang, Qiang; Fan, Jun-Jie; Jiang, Ning-Xi; Wang, Rong; Xie, Hua; Wang, Juan

    2003-10-25

    A simple, rapid, sensitive column-switching HPLC method is described for the analysis of the 10-hydroxycamptothecin (HCPT) in human serum. A pre-column containing restricted access media (RAM) is used for the sample clean-up and trace enrichment and is combined with a C18 column for the final separation. The analytical time is 8 min. The HCPT is monitored with fluorescence detector, excitation and emission wavelengths being 385 and 539 nm, respectively. There is a linear response range of 1-1000 ng/ml with correlation coefficient of 0.998 while the limit of quantification is 0.1 ng/ml. The intra-day and inter-day variations are less than 5%. This analytic procedure has been applied to a pharmacokinetic study of HCPT in clinical patients and the pharmacokinetic parameters of one-compartment model are calculated.

  10. Application of a simple column-switching ion chromatography technique for removal of matrix interferences and sensitive fluorescence determination of acidic compounds (pharmaceutical drugs) in complex samples.

    PubMed

    Muhammad, Nadeem; Subhani, Qamar; Wang, Fenglian; Guo, Dandan; Zhao, Qiming; Wu, Shuchao; Zhu, Yan

    2017-09-15

    This work illustrates the introduction of a simple, rugged and flexible column-switching ion chromatography (IC) technique for an automated on-line QuEChERS extracted samples extracts washing followed by sensitive fluorescence (FLD) determination of five acidic pharmaceutical drugs namely; clofibric acid (CLO), ibuprofen (IBU), aspirin (ASP), naproxen (NAP) and flurobrofen (FLU) in three complex samples (spinach, apple and hospital sewage sludge). An old anion exchange column IonPac ® AS11-HC was utilized as a pre-treatment column for on-line washing of inorganic and organic interferences followed by isocratic separation of five acidic drugs with another anion exchange IonPac ® AS12A analytical column by exploiting the column-switching technique. This novel method exhibited good linearity with correlation coefficients (r 2 ) for all drugs were in the range 0.976-0.996. The limit of detection and quantification of all five acidic drugs were in the range 0.024μg/kg to 8.70μg/kg and 0.082μg/kg to 0.029mg/kg, respectively, and better recoveries in the range 81.17-112.5% with percentage relative standard deviations (RSDs) less than 17.8% were obtained. This on-line sample pre-treatment method showed minimum matrix effect in the range of 0.87-1.25 except for aspirin. This simple rugged and flexible column-switching system required only 28min for maximum elimination of matrices and interferences in three complex samples extracts, isocratic separation of five acidic drugs and for the continuous regeneration of pre-treatment column prior to every subsequent analysis. Finally, this simple automated IC system was appeared so rugged and flexible, which can eliminate and wash out most of interference, impurities and matrices in complex samples, simply by adjusting the NaOH and acetonitrile concentration in washing mobile phase with maximum recoveries of acidic analytes of interest. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  11. Quantitation of promethazine and metabolites in urine samples using on-line solid-phase extraction and column-switching

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Song, Q.; Putcha, L.; Harm, D. L. (Principal Investigator)

    2001-01-01

    A chromatographic method for the quantitation of promethazine (PMZ) and its three metabolites in urine employing on-line solid-phase extraction and column-switching has been developed. The column-switching system described here uses an extraction column for the purification of PMZ and its metabolites from a urine matrix. The extraneous matrix interference was removed by flushing the extraction column with a gradient elution. The analytes of interest were then eluted onto an analytical column for further chromatographic separation using a mobile phase of greater solvent strength. This method is specific and sensitive with a range of 3.75-1400 ng/ml for PMZ and 2.5-1400 ng/ml for the metabolites promethazine sulfoxide, monodesmethyl promethazine sulfoxide and monodesmethyl promethazine. The lower limits of quantitation (LLOQ) were 3.75 ng/ml with less than 6.2% C.V. for PMZ and 2.50 ng/ml with less than 11.5% C.V. for metabolites based on a signal-to-noise ratio of 10:1 or greater. The accuracy and precision were within +/- 11.8% in bias and not greater than 5.5% C.V. in intra- and inter-assay precision for PMZ and metabolites. Method robustness was investigated using a Plackett-Burman experimental design. The applicability of the analytical method for pharmacokinetic studies in humans is illustrated.

  12. A rapid HPLC column switching method for sample preparation and determination of β-carotene in food supplements.

    PubMed

    Brabcová, Ivana; Hlaváčková, Markéta; Satínský, Dalibor; Solich, Petr

    2013-11-15

    A simple and automated HPLC column-switching method with rapid sample pretreatment has been developed for quantitative determination of β-carotene in food supplements. Commercially samples of food supplements were dissolved in chloroform with help of saponification with 1M solution of sodium hydroxide in ultrasound bath. A 20-min sample dissolution/extraction step was necessary before chromatography analysis to transfer β-carotene from solid state of food supplements preparations (capsules,tablets) to chloroform solution. Sample volume - 3μL of chloroform phase was directly injected into the HPLC system. Next on-line sample clean-up was achieved on the pretreatment precolumn Chromolith Guard Cartridge RP-18e (Merck), 10×4.6mm, with a washing mobile phase (methanol:water, 92:8, (v/v)) at a flow rate of 1.5mL/min. Valve switch to analytical column was set at 2.5min in a back-flush mode. After column switching to the analytical column Ascentis Express C-18, 30×4.6mm, particle size 2.7μm (Sigma Aldrich), the separation and determination of β-carotene in food supplements was performed using a mobile phase consisting of 100% methanol, column temperature at 60°C and flow rate 1.5mL/min. The detector was set at 450nm. Under the optimum chromatographic conditions standard calibration curve was measured with good linearity - correlation coefficient for β-carotene (r(2)=0.999014; n=6) between the peak areas and concentration of β-carotene 20-200μg/mL. Accuracy of the method defined as a mean recovery was in the range 96.66-102.40%. The intraday method precision was satisfactory at three concentration levels 20, 125 and 200μg/mL and relative standard deviations were in the range 0.90-1.02%. The chromatography method has shown high sample throughput during column-switching pretreatment process and analysis in one step in short time (6min) of the whole chromatographic analysis. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  13. High-speed on-chip windowed centroiding using photodiode-based CMOS imager

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pain, Bedabrata (Inventor); Sun, Chao (Inventor); Yang, Guang (Inventor); Cunningham, Thomas J. (Inventor); Hancock, Bruce (Inventor)

    2003-01-01

    A centroid computation system is disclosed. The system has an imager array, a switching network, computation elements, and a divider circuit. The imager array has columns and rows of pixels. The switching network is adapted to receive pixel signals from the image array. The plurality of computation elements operates to compute inner products for at least x and y centroids. The plurality of computation elements has only passive elements to provide inner products of pixel signals the switching network. The divider circuit is adapted to receive the inner products and compute the x and y centroids.

  14. High-speed on-chip windowed centroiding using photodiode-based CMOS imager

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pain, Bedabrata (Inventor); Sun, Chao (Inventor); Yang, Guang (Inventor); Cunningham, Thomas J. (Inventor); Hancock, Bruce (Inventor)

    2004-01-01

    A centroid computation system is disclosed. The system has an imager array, a switching network, computation elements, and a divider circuit. The imager array has columns and rows of pixels. The switching network is adapted to receive pixel signals from the image array. The plurality of computation elements operates to compute inner products for at least x and y centroids. The plurality of computation elements has only passive elements to provide inner products of pixel signals the switching network. The divider circuit is adapted to receive the inner products and compute the x and y centroids.

  15. Two-dimensional gas chromatographic analysis of ambient light hydrocarbons.

    PubMed

    Liao, Wei-Chen; Ou-Yang, Cheng-Feng; Wang, Chieh-Heng; Chang, Chih-Chung; Wang, Jia-Lin

    2013-06-14

    Ambient level hydrocarbons lighter than C6 were analyzed by the Deans switch-modulated comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC×GC) method with flame ionization detection (FID). A thermal desorption (TD) device built in-house connects the GC×GC system to pre-concentrate the target compounds at ambient levels prior to GC analysis. Because the conventional orthogonality based on polarity difference for normal GC×GC separation does not provide sufficient retention for the target compounds of extremely high volatility, the orthogonality of non-polar vs. adsorptive force was adopted instead. The system employed a 100% polydimethyl siloxane column serving as the first-dimension column to provide separation based on dispersive interaction, with a short PLOT column serving as the second-dimension column to provide the needed retention based on gas-solid adsorption interactions. The shortest possible length of the PLOT column was tested to minimize the modulation period (PM) and wraparound and, at the same time, to maintain the desired resolution. The tests led to the final optimal parameters of 1.1m for the PLOT column length, 9s for the PM, 0.013 for the modulation duty cycle (DC) and a modulation ratio (MR) of 3.7 with minimal wraparound. Important criteria for quality assurance of precision and linearity are reported. The low cost and ease of construction and operation make the in-house Deans switch TD-GC×GC-FID system practical and useful for the analysis of light hydrocarbons in urban or industrial environments. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Rapid determination of five antibiotic residues in swine wastewater by online solid-phase extraction-high performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Tagiri-Endo, Misako; Suzuki, Shigeru; Nakamura, Tomoyuki; Hatakeyama, Takashi; Kawamukai, Kazuo

    2009-02-01

    A simple and quick online solid-phase extraction (SPE) coupled to liquid chromatography (LC)/tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS) for the determination of the five antibiotics (florfenicol, FF; lincomycin, LCM; oxytetracyclin, OTC; tylosin, TS; valnemulin, VLM) in swine wastewater has been developed. After filtration, aliquots (100 microl) of wastewater samples were directly injected to a column-switching LC system. Some matrix interference was removed by washing up SPE column with 0.2% formic acid solution and acetonitrile. Antibiotics eluted from SPE column were separated on analytical column by converting switching valve and were detected by MS/MS. Calibration curves using the method of standard addition had very good correlation coefficients (r > 0.99) in the range of 0.1 to 2 ng/ml. The intra-day precision of the method was less than 12% and the inter-day precision was between 6 to 17%. The detection limits were 0.01-0.1 ng/ml. When this method was applied to wastewater samples in swine facilities, four compounds (LCM, OTC, TS, and VLM) were detected.

  17. Simple column-switching ion chromatography method for determining eight monosaccharides and oligosaccharides in honeydew and nectar.

    PubMed

    Ni, Chengzhu; Zhu, Binhe; Wang, Nani; Wang, Muhua; Chen, Suqing; Zhang, Jiajie; Zhu, Yan

    2016-03-01

    Honeydew is excreted by aphids as a sweet waste and nectar is floral honey. Honeydew and nectar are complicated samples which consist of various sugars and amino acids. In this work, a simple ion chromatography with column-switching method was developed for the simultaneous analysis of 8 monosaccharides and oligosaccharides in honeydew and nectar. A reversed-phase column was used as a pretreatment column to eliminate organics on-line and sugars were eluted from a collection loop to analytical column by using column-switching technique. This method showed good linearity (r⩾0.9994) and afforded low limits of detection ranging from 1.55 to 10.17μgL(-1) for all the analytes. Recoveries ranged from 95% to 105% and repeatability results were acceptable with relative standard deviation of less than 3.21% (n=6). This method was successfully applied to quantification of these sugars in honeydew and nectar. These results showed honeydew had much more oligosaccharides than nectar. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  18. CMOS imager for pointing and tracking applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Sun, Chao (Inventor); Pain, Bedabrata (Inventor); Yang, Guang (Inventor); Heynssens, Julie B. (Inventor)

    2006-01-01

    Systems and techniques to realize pointing and tracking applications with CMOS imaging devices. In general, in one implementation, the technique includes: sampling multiple rows and multiple columns of an active pixel sensor array into a memory array (e.g., an on-chip memory array), and reading out the multiple rows and multiple columns sampled in the memory array to provide image data with reduced motion artifact. Various operation modes may be provided, including TDS, CDS, CQS, a tracking mode to read out multiple windows, and/or a mode employing a sample-first-read-later readout scheme. The tracking mode can take advantage of a diagonal switch array. The diagonal switch array, the active pixel sensor array and the memory array can be integrated onto a single imager chip with a controller. This imager device can be part of a larger imaging system for both space-based applications and terrestrial applications.

  19. Column Liquid Chromatography.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Majors, Ronald E.; And Others

    1984-01-01

    Reviews literature covering developments of column liquid chromatography during 1982-83. Areas considered include: books and reviews; general theory; columns; instrumentation; detectors; automation and data handling; multidimensional chromatographic and column switching techniques; liquid-solid chromatography; normal bonded-phase, reversed-phase,…

  20. A simple dual online ultra-high pressure liquid chromatography system (sDO-UHPLC) for high throughput proteome analysis.

    PubMed

    Lee, Hangyeore; Mun, Dong-Gi; Bae, Jingi; Kim, Hokeun; Oh, Se Yeon; Park, Young Soo; Lee, Jae-Hyuk; Lee, Sang-Won

    2015-08-21

    We report a new and simple design of a fully automated dual-online ultra-high pressure liquid chromatography system. The system employs only two nano-volume switching valves (a two-position four port valve and a two-position ten port valve) that direct solvent flows from two binary nano-pumps for parallel operation of two analytical columns and two solid phase extraction (SPE) columns. Despite the simple design, the sDO-UHPLC offers many advantageous features that include high duty cycle, back flushing sample injection for fast and narrow zone sample injection, online desalting, high separation resolution and high intra/inter-column reproducibility. This system was applied to analyze proteome samples not only in high throughput deep proteome profiling experiments but also in high throughput MRM experiments.

  1. Measurement of H2S in Crude Oil and Crude Oil Headspace Using Multidimensional Gas Chromatography, Deans Switching and Sulfur-selective Detection

    PubMed Central

    Heshka, Nicole E.; Hager, Darcy B.

    2015-01-01

    A method for the analysis of dissolved hydrogen sulfide in crude oil samples is demonstrated using gas chromatography. In order to effectively eliminate interferences, a two dimensional column configuration is used, with a Deans switch employed to transfer hydrogen sulfide from the first to the second column (heart-cutting). Liquid crude samples are first separated on a dimethylpolysiloxane column, and light gases are heart-cut and further separated on a bonded porous layer open tubular (PLOT) column that is able to separate hydrogen sulfide from other light sulfur species. Hydrogen sulfide is then detected with a sulfur chemiluminescence detector, adding an additional layer of selectivity. Following separation and detection of hydrogen sulfide, the system is backflushed to remove the high-boiling hydrocarbons present in the crude samples and to preserve chromatographic integrity. Dissolved hydrogen sulfide has been quantified in liquid samples from 1.1 to 500 ppm, demonstrating wide applicability to a range of samples. The method has also been successfully applied for the analysis of gas samples from crude oil headspace and process gas bags, with measurement from 0.7 to 9,700 ppm hydrogen sulfide. PMID:26709594

  2. Gas chromatographic analysis of trace impurities in chlorine trifluoride.

    PubMed

    Laurens, J B; Swinley, J M; de Coning, J P

    2000-03-24

    The gas chromatographic determination of trace gaseous impurities in highly reactive fluorinated gaseous matrices presents unique requirements to both equipment and techniques. Especially problematic are the gases normally present in ambient air namely oxygen and nitrogen. Analysing these gases at the low microl/l (ppm) level requires special equipment and this publication describes a custom-designed system utilising backflush column switching to protect the columns and detectors. A thermal conductivity detector with nickel filaments was used to determine ppm levels of impurities in ClF3.

  3. High-throughput determination of faropenem in human plasma and urine by on-line solid-phase extraction coupled to high-performance liquid chromatography with UV detection and its application to the pharmacokinetic study.

    PubMed

    Xie, Rui; Wen, Jun; Wei, Hua; Fan, Guorong; Zhang, Dabing

    2010-05-01

    An automated system using on-line solid-phase extraction and HPLC with UV detection was developed for the determination of faropenem in human plasma and urine. Analytical process was performed isocratically with two reversed-phase columns connected by a switching valve. After simple pretreatment for plasma and urine with acetonitrile, a volume of 100microl upper layer of the plasma or urine samples was injected for on-line SPE column switching HPLC-UV analysis. The analytes were retained on the self-made trap column (Lichrospher C(18), 4.6mmx37mm, 25microm) with the loading solvent (20mM NaH(2)PO(4) adjusted pH 3.5) at flow rate of 2mlmin(-1), and most matrix materials were removed from the column to waste. After 0.5min washing, the valve was switched to another position so that the target analytes could be eluted from trap column to analytical column in the back-flush mode by the mobile phase (acetonitrile-20mM NaH(2)PO(4) adjusted pH 3.5, 16:84, v/v) at flow rate of 1.5mlmin(-1), and then separated on the analytical column (Ultimate XB-C(18), 4.6mmx50mm, 5microm).The complete cycle of the on-line SPE preconcentration purification and HPLC separation of the analytes was 5min. Calibration curves with good linearities (r=0.9994 for plasma sample and r=0.9988 for urine sample) were obtained in the range 0.02-5microgml(-1) in plasma and 0.05-10microg ml(-1) in urine for faropenem. The optimized method showed good performance in terms of specificity, linearity, detection and quantification limits, precision and accuracy. The method was successfully utilized to quantify faropenem in human plasma and urine to support the clinical pharmacokinetic studies. Copyright 2009 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. A novel approach to the simultaneous extraction and non-targeted analysis of the small molecules metabolome and lipidome using 96-well solid phase extraction plates with column-switching technology.

    PubMed

    Li, Yubo; Zhang, Zhenzhu; Liu, Xinyu; Li, Aizhu; Hou, Zhiguo; Wang, Yuming; Zhang, Yanjun

    2015-08-28

    This study combines solid phase extraction (SPE) using 96-well plates with column-switching technology to construct a rapid and high-throughput method for the simultaneous extraction and non-targeted analysis of small molecules metabolome and lipidome based on ultra-performance liquid chromatography quadrupole time-of-flight mass spectrometry. This study first investigated the columns and analytical conditions for small molecules metabolome and lipidome, separated by an HSS T3 and BEH C18 columns, respectively. Next, the loading capacity and actuation duration of SPE were further optimized. Subsequently, SPE and column switching were used together to rapidly and comprehensively analyze the biological samples. The experimental results showed that the new analytical procedure had good precision and maintained sample stability (RSD<15%). The method was then satisfactorily applied to more widely analyze the small molecules metabolome and lipidome to test the throughput. The resulting method represents a new analytical approach for biological samples, and a highly useful tool for researches in metabolomics and lipidomics. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Simultaneous determination of aflatoxin B₁, B₂, G₁, and G₂ in corn powder, edible oil, peanut butter, and soy sauce by liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry utilizing turbulent flow chromatography.

    PubMed

    Fan, Sufang; Li, Qiang; Zhang, Xiaoguang; Cui, Xiaobin; Zhang, Dongsheng; Zhang, Yan

    2015-05-01

    A novel fully automated method based on dual column switching using turbulent flow chromatography followed by liquid chromatography with tandem mass spectrometry was developed for the determination of aflatoxin B1 , B2 , G1 , and G2 in corn powder, edible oil, peanut butter, and soy sauce samples. After ultrasound-assisted extraction, samples were directly injected to the chromatographic system and the analytes were concentrated into the clean-up loading column. Through purge switching, the analytes were transferred to the analytical column for subsequent detection by mass spectrometry. Different types of TurboFlow(TM) columns, transfer flow rate, transfer time were optimized. The limits of detection and quantification of this method ranged between 0.2-2.0 and 0.5-4.0 μg/kg for aflatoxins in different matrixes, respectively. Recoveries of aflatoxins were in range of 83-108.1% for all samples, matrix effects were in range of 34.1-104.7%. The developed method has been successfully applied in the analysis of aflatoxin B1 , B2 , G1 , and G2 in real samples. © 2015 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  6. Split Flow Online Solid-Phase Extraction Coupled with Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry System for One-Shot Data Acquisition of Quantification and Recovery Efficiency.

    PubMed

    Furukawa, Makoto; Takagai, Yoshitaka

    2016-10-04

    Online solid-phase extraction (SPE) coupled with inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICPMS) is a useful tool in automatic sequential analysis. However, it cannot simultaneously quantify the analytical targets and their recovery percentages (R%) in one-shot samples. We propose a system that simultaneously acquires both data in a single sample injection. The main flowline of the online solid-phase extraction is divided into main and split flows. The split flow line (i.e., bypass line), which circumvents the SPE column, was placed on the main flow line. Under program-controlled switching of the automatic valve, the ICPMS sequentially measures the targets in a sample before and after column preconcentration and determines the target concentrations and the R% on the SPE column. This paper describes the system development and two demonstrations to exhibit the analytical significance, i.e., the ultratrace amounts of radioactive strontium ( 90 Sr) using commercial Sr-trap resin and multielement adsorbability on the SPE column. This system is applicable to other flow analyses and detectors in online solid phase extraction.

  7. High speed Deans switch for low duty cycle comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography.

    PubMed

    Ghosh, Abhijit; Bates, Carly T; Seeley, Stacy K; Seeley, John V

    2013-05-24

    A new high-speed valve-based modulator has been designed and tested for use in comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC×GC). The modulator is a Deans switch constructed from two micro-volume fittings and a solenoid valve. Modulator performance was characterized over a wide range of device settings including the magnitude of the switching flow, the gap between the tips of the primary and secondary column, the primary column flow rate, and the carrier gas identity. Under optimized conditions, the modulator was found to be capable of generating narrow pulses (<50ms) of primary effluent with a 2mL/min secondary column flow. This capability will ultimately allow the modulator to be used with GC×GC separations employing a wide range of detectors and secondary column geometries. The main disadvantage of this modulator is that it employs a low sampling duty cycle, and thus it produces separations with sensitivities that are lower than those produced with thermal modulators or differential flow modulators. The efficacy of the new high-speed Deans switch modulator was demonstrated through the GC×GC separation of a hydrocarbon standard and gasoline. Precise quantitation of individual components was possible provided the modulation ratio was kept greater than 2.0. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Quantitative analysis of retinoids in biological fluids by high-performance liquid chromatography using column switching. I. Determination of isotretinoin and tretinoin and their 4-oxo metabolites in plasma.

    PubMed

    Wyss, R; Bucheli, F

    1988-02-26

    A fully automated gradient high-performance liquid chromatographic method for the determination of isotretinoin, tretinoin and their 4-oxo metabolites in plasma was developed, using the column-switching technique. After dilution with an internal standard solution containing 20% acetonitrile, 0.5 ml of the sample was injected onto a precolumn (17 X 4.6 mm I.D.), filled with C18 Corasil 37-53 micron. Proteins and polar plasma components were washed out using 1% ammonium acetate-acetonitrile (9:1, v/v) as mobile phase 1. After valve switching, the retained components were transferred to the analytical column in the backflush mode, separated by gradient elution and detected at 360 nm by UV detection. Using two coupled reversed-phase columns (125 mm long), the separation of cis and trans isomers was possible, and all four compounds could be quantified down to 2 ng/ml of plasma. The inter-assay precision in the concentration range 20-100 ng/ml was between 1.0 and 4.7% for all compounds.

  9. Microfluidic chip for peptide analysis with an integrated HPLC column, sample enrichment column, and nanoelectrospray tip.

    PubMed

    Yin, Hongfeng; Killeen, Kevin; Brennen, Reid; Sobek, Dan; Werlich, Mark; van de Goor, Tom

    2005-01-15

    Current nano-LC/MS systems require the use of an enrichment column, a separation column, a nanospray tip, and the fittings needed to connect these parts together. In this paper, we present a microfabricated approach to nano-LC, which integrates these components on a single LC chip, eliminating the need for conventional LC connections. The chip was fabricated by laminating polyimide films with laser-ablated channels, ports, and frit structures. The enrichment and separation columns were packed using conventional reversed-phase chromatography particles. A face-seal rotary valve provided a means for switching between sample loading and separation configurations with minimum dead and delay volumes while allowing high-pressure operation. The LC chip and valve assembly were mounted within a custom electrospray source on an ion-trap mass spectrometer. The overall system performance was demonstrated through reversed-phase gradient separations of tryptic protein digests at flow rates between 100 and 400 nL/min. Microfluidic integration of the nano-LC components enabled separations with subfemtomole detection sensitivity, minimal carryover, and robust and stable electrospray throughout the LC solvent gradient.

  10. High performance liquid chromatographic method for the determination of cetirizine and ambroxol in human plasma and urine--a boxcar approach.

    PubMed

    Dharuman, J; Vasudhevan, M; Ajithlal, T

    2011-09-01

    A column switching high performance liquid chromatographic method with estimable sensitivity and accuracy was developed for the determination of cetirizine and ambroxol in human plasma using nebivolol as the internal standard. Plasma samples were prepared by liquid-liquid extraction in methylene chloride and a mixture of diethylether (80:20, v/v). The extracted samples were injected into a multifunctional clean-up column Supelcosil LCABZ (50 mm × 4.6 mm, 5 μm particle size) using mobile phase 1 comprising acetonitrile-phosphate buffer (pH 3.5; 20 mM) (20:80, v/v). The eluate of cetirizine and ambroxol were separated to an analytical Kromasil C(8) micro bore column (50 mm × 0.3 mm, 5 μm particle size) via a column switching device. A Kromasil C(18) analytical column (250 mm × 2.1 mm, 5 μm particle size) was used as a separation column. Mobile phase 2 consisting acetonitrile-triethylamine (0.5%) in phosphate buffer (pH 3.5; 20mM) (55:45, v/v) was used for the compound elution. The eluents were detected at 230 nm with photodiode array detector. An aliquot of 150 μl of plasma sample was introduced into the pretreatment column via the auto sampler using mobile phase 1 at a flow rate of 0.5 ml/min, column switching valve being positioned at A. The pretreatment column retained cetirizine, ambroxol and nebivolol (IS) in the column leaving the residual proteins of plasma eluted in void volume and drained out. The switching valve was shifted to position B at 7.5 min. Cetirizine, ambroxol and IS were eluted from the pretreatment column between 7. 5 and 11.5 min and introduced to the concentration column. Finally, cetirizine, ambroxol and IS were introduced to the separation column by switching valve using mobile phase 2 at a flow rate of 0.4 ml/min. During the analysis the pretreatment column was washed for the next analysis and resume to the position A. The total run time was 25 min for a sample. The procedure was repeated for urine analysis also. The method was linear from 2 to 450 ng/ml and 7-300 ng/ml for cetirizine and ambroxol respectively in plasma and 1-500 ng/ml and 5-400 ng/ml, respectively for cetirizine and ambroxol in urine. Intra-day and inter-day precision of cetirizine and ambroxol was below 15% in terms of coefficient of variation and accuracy of cetirizine and ambroxol was ranged from 94 to 101.6% and 91.1 to 100.2%, respectively. The method demonstrated high sensitivity and selectivity and therefore, applied to evaluate pharmacokinetics of cetirizine and ambroxol in healthy human volunteer after a single oral administration. Urine samples obtained from healthy human volunteers and clinical subjects with renal impairment have also been analyzed by the method to compare the elimination pattern. The method was precise and accurate for the estimation of cetirizine and ambroxol both in blood and in urine. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Determination of cocaine and metabolites in hair by column-switching LC-MS-MS analysis.

    PubMed

    Alves, Marcela Nogueira Rabelo; Zanchetti, Gabriele; Piccinotti, Alberto; Tameni, Silvia; De Martinis, Bruno Spinosa; Polettini, Aldo

    2013-07-01

    A method for rapid, selective, and robust determination of cocaine (CO) and metabolites in 5-mg hair samples was developed and fully validated using a column-switching liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry system (LC-MS-MS). Hair samples were decontaminated, segmented, incubated overnight in diluted HCl, and centrifuged, and the diluted (1:10 with distilled water) extracts were analyzed in positive ionization mode monitoring two reactions per analyte. Quantifier transitions were: m/z 304.2→182.2 for CO, m/z 290.1→168.1 for benzoylecgonine (BE), and m/z 318.2→196.2 for cocaethylene (CE). The lower limit of quantification (LLOQ) was set at 0.05 ng/mg for CO and CE, and 0.012 ng/mg for BE. Imprecision and inaccuracy at LLOQ were lower than 20 % for all analytes. Linearity ranged between 0.05 and 50.0 ng/mg for CO and CE and 0.012 and 12.50 ng/mg for BE. Selectivity, matrix effect, process efficiency, recovery, carryover, cross talk, and autosampler stability were also evaluated during validation. Eighteen real hair samples and five samples from a commercial proficiency testing program were comparatively examined with the proposed multidimensional chromatography coupled with tandem mass spectrometry procedure and our reference gas chromatography coupled to mass spectrometry (GC-MS) method. Compared with our reference GC-MS method, column-switching technique and the high sensitivity of the tandem mass spectrometry detection system allowed to significantly reduce sample amount (×10) with increased sensitivity (×2) and sample throughput (×4), to simplify sample preparation, and to avoid that interfering compounds and ions impaired the ionization and detection of the analytes and deteriorate the performance of the ion source.

  12. Disturbed subsurface microbial communities follow equivalent trajectories despite different structural starting points

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Handley, Kim M.; Wrighton, Kelly C.; Miller, Christopher S.

    2015-03-01

    We explored the impact of the starting community composition and structure on ecosystem response to perturbations using organic carbon amendment experiments. Subsurface sediment was partitioned into flow-through columns, and the microbial communities were initially stimulated in situ by addition of acetate as a carbon and electron donor source. This drove community richness and evenness down, and pushed the system into a new biogeochemical state characterized by iron reduction. Reconstructed near-full-length 16S rRNA gene sequence analysis indicated a concomitant enrichment of Desulfuromonadales, Comamonadaceae and Bacteroidetes lineages. After 10 to 12 days, acetate was exchange for lactate in a subset of columns.more » Following the clear onset of sulfate reduction (35 days after acetate-amendment), acetate was substituted for lactate in additional columns. Acetatestimulated communities differed markedly during each biogeochemical regime and at each lactate-switch. Regardless, however, of when communities were switched to lactate, they followed comparable trajectories with respect to composition and structure, with convergence evident one week after each switch, and marked after one month of lactate amendment. During sulfate reduction all treatments were enriched in Firmicutes and a number of species likely involved in sulfate reduction (notably Desulfobulbus, Desulfosporosinus, Desulfitobacterium and Desulfotomaculum). Lactate treatments were distinguished by substantially lower relative abundances of Desulfotomaculum and Bacteroidetes, and enrichments of Psychrosinus and Clostridiales species. Results imply that the structure of the starting community was not significant in controlling organism selection in community succession.« less

  13. Maskless micro-ion-beam reduction lithography system

    DOEpatents

    Leung, Ka-Ngo; Barletta, William A.; Patterson, David O.; Gough, Richard A.

    2005-05-03

    A maskless micro-ion-beam reduction lithography system is a system for projecting patterns onto a resist layer on a wafer with feature size down to below 100 nm. The MMRL system operates without a stencil mask. The patterns are generated by switching beamlets on and off from a two electrode blanking system or pattern generator. The pattern generator controllably extracts the beamlet pattern from an ion source and is followed by a beam reduction and acceleration column.

  14. Fiber optic crossbar switch for automatically patching optical signals

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bell, C. H. (Inventor)

    1983-01-01

    A system for automatically optically switching fiber optic data signals between a plurality of input optical fibers and selective ones of a plurality of output fibers is described. The system includes optical detectors which are connected to each of the input fibers for converting the optic data signals appearing at the respective input fibers to an RF signal. A plurality of RF to optical signal converters are arranged in rows and columns. The output of each of the optical detectors are each applied to a respective row of optical signal converted for being converters back to an optical signal when the particular optical signal converter is selectively activated by a dc voltage.

  15. Determination of N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexanecarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine and its metabolites in human plasma and urine by column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection.

    PubMed

    Ono, I; Matsuda, K; Kanno, S

    1997-05-09

    A simple, rapid and sensitive two column-switching high-performance liquid chromatographic (HPLC) method with ultraviolet detection at 210 nm has been developed for the determination of N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexanecarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine (AY4166, I) and its seven metabolites in human plasma and urine. Measurements of I and its metabolites were carried out by two column-switching HPLC, because metabolites were classified into two groups according to their retention times. After purification of plasma samples using solid-phase extraction and direct dilution of urinary samples, I and each metabolite were injected into HPLC. The calibration graphs for plasma and urinary samples were linear in the ranges 0.1 to 10 microg ml(-1) and 0.5 to 50 microg ml(-1), respectively. Recoveries of I and its seven metabolites were over 88% by the standard addition method and the relative standard deviations of I and its metabolites were 1-6%.

  16. Determination of active components of Ginkgo biloba in human urine by capillary high-performance liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry with on-line column-switching purification.

    PubMed

    Ding, Shujing; Dudley, Ed; Chen, Lijuan; Plummer, Sue; Tang, Jiandong; Newton, Russell P; Brenton, A Gareth

    2006-01-01

    Ginkgo biloba is one of the most popular herbal nutritional supplements, with terpene lactones and flavonoids being the two major active components. An on-line purification high-performance liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry (HPLC/MS) method was successfully developed for the quantitative determination of flavonoids and terpene lactones excreted in human urine after ingesting the herbal supplement. Satisfactory separation was obtained using a C18 capillary column made in-house with sample clean-up and pre-concentration achieved using a C18 pre-column with column switching. High selectivity and limits of detection of 1-18 ng/mL were achieved using a selected ion monitoring (SIM) scan in negative ion mode; the on-line solid-phase extraction (SPE) recovery of the active components in Ginkgo biloba determined in this study was greater than 75%. Copyright 2006 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  17. Ion beam lithography system

    DOEpatents

    Leung, Ka-Ngo

    2005-08-02

    A maskless plasma-formed ion beam lithography tool provides for patterning of sub-50 nm features on large area flat or curved substrate surfaces. The system is very compact and does not require an accelerator column and electrostatic beam scanning components. The patterns are formed by switching beamlets on or off from a two electrode blanking system with the substrate being scanned mechanically in one dimension. This arrangement can provide a maskless nano-beam lithography tool for economic and high throughput processing.

  18. Flow-switching device for comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography.

    PubMed

    Bueno, Pedro A; Seeley, John V

    2004-02-20

    A simple flow-switching device has been developed as a differential flow modulator for comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography (GC x GC). The device is assembled from tubing, four tee unions, and a solenoid valve. The solenoid valve is located outside the oven of the gas chromatograph and is not in the sample path. The modulation technique has no inherent temperature restrictions and passes 100% of the primary column effluent to the secondary column(s). Secondary peaks are produced with widths at half maximum less than 100 ms when operating in GC x 2GC mode with a 2.0 s modulation period. The efficacy of this approach is demonstrated through the analysis of a standard mixture of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and diesel fuel.

  19. Direct and simultaneous analysis of loxoprofen and its diastereometric alcohol metabolites in human serum by on-line column switching liquid chromatography and its application to a pharmacokinetic study.

    PubMed

    Cho, Hea-Young; Park, Chan-Ho; Lee, Yong-Bok

    2006-05-01

    A simple, rapid, and accurate column-switching liquid chromatography method was developed and validated for direct and simultaneous analysis of loxoprofen and its metabolites (trans- and cis-alcohol metabolites) in human serum. After direct serum injection into the system, deproteinization and trace enrichment occurred on a Shim-pack MAYI-ODS pretreatment column (10 mm x 4.6 mm i.d.) by an eluent consisting of 20 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.9)/acetonitrile (95/5, v/v) and 0.1% formic acid. The drug trapped by the pretreatment column was introduced to the Shim-pack VP-ODS analytical column (150 mm x 4.6 mm i.d.) using acetonitrile/water (45/55, v/v) containing 0.1% formic acid when the 6-port valve status was switched. Ketoprofen was used as the internal standard. The analysis was monitored on a UV detector at 225 nm. The chromatograms showed good resolution, sensitivity, and no interference by human serum. Coefficients of variations (CV%) and recoveries for loxoprofen and its metabolites were below 15 and over 95%, respectively, in the concentration range of 0.1-20 microg/ml. With UV detection, the limit of quantitation was 0.1 microg/ml, and good linearity (r = 0.999) was observed for all the compounds with 50 microl serum samples. The mean absolute recoveries of loxoprofen, trans- and cis-alcohol for human serum were 89.6 +/- 3.9, 93.5 +/- 3.2, and 93.7 +/- 4.3%, respectively. Stability studies showed that loxoprofen and its metabolites in human serum were stable during storage and the assay procedure. This analytical method showed excellent sensitivity with small sample volume (50 microl), good precision, accuracy, and speed (total analytical time 18 min), without any loss in chromatographic efficiency. This method was successfully applied to the pharmacokinetic study of loxoprofen in human volunteers following a single oral administration of loxoprofen sodium (60 mg, anhydrate) tablet.

  20. Developments in Time-Division Multiplexing of X-ray Transition-Edge Sensors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Doriese, W. B.; Morgan, K. M.; Bennett, D. A.; Denison, E. V.; Fitzgerald, C. P.; Fowler, J. W.; Gard, J. D.; Hays-Wehle, J. P.; Hilton, G. C.; Irwin, K. D.; Joe, Y. I.; Mates, J. A. B.; O'Neil, G. C.; Reintsema, C. D.; Robbins, N. O.; Schmidt, D. R.; Swetz, D. S.; Tatsuno, H.; Vale, L. R.; Ullom, J. N.

    2016-07-01

    Time-division multiplexing (TDM) is a mature scheme for the readout of arrays of transition-edge sensors (TESs). TDM is based on superconducting-quantum-interference-device (SQUID) current amplifiers. Multiple spectrometers based on gamma-ray and X-ray microcalorimeters have been operated with TDM readout, each at the scale of 200 sensors per spectrometer, as have several astronomical cameras with thousands of sub-mm or microwave bolometers. Here we present the details of two different versions of our TDM system designed to read out X-ray TESs. The first has been field-deployed in two 160-sensor (8 columns × 20 rows) spectrometers and four 240-sensor (8 columns × 30 rows) spectrometers. It has a three-SQUID-stage architecture, switches rows every 320 ns, and has total readout noise of 0.41 μ Φ 0 / surd Hz. The second, which is presently under development, has a two-SQUID-stage architecture, switches rows every 160 ns, and has total readout noise of 0.19 μ Φ 0 / surd Hz. Both quoted noise values are non-multiplexed and referred to the first-stage SQUID. In a demonstration of this new architecture, a multiplexed 1-column × 32-row array of NIST TESs achieved average energy resolution of 2.55± 0.01 eV at 6 keV.

  1. Disturbed subsurface microbial communities follow equivalent trajectories despite different structural starting points: Microbial community succession and disturbance

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Handley, Kim M.; Wrighton, Kelly C.; Miller, Christopher S.

    2014-04-18

    Microbial community structure, and niche and neutral processes can all influence response to disturbance. Here, we provide experimental evidence for niche versus neutral and founding community effects during a bioremediation-related organic carbon disturbance. Subsurface sediment, partitioned into 22 flow-through columns, was stimulated in situ by the addition of acetate as a carbon and electron donor source. This drove the system into a new transient biogeochemical state characterized by iron reduction and enriched Desulfuromonadales, Comamonadaceae and Bacteroidetes lineages. After approximately 1 month conditions favoured sulfate reduction, and were accompanied by a substantial increase in the relative abundance of Desulfobulbus, Desulfosporosinus, Desulfitobacteriummore » and Desulfotomaculum. Two subsets of four to five columns each were switched from acetate to lactate amendment during either iron (earlier) or sulfate (later) reduction. Hence, subsets had significantly different founding communities. All lactate treatments exhibited lower relative abundances of Desulfotomaculum and Bacteroidetes, enrichments of Clostridiales and Psychrosinus species, and a temporal succession from highly abundant Clostridium sensu stricto to Psychrosinus. Regardless of starting point, lactate-switch communities followed comparable structural trajectories, whereby convergence was evident 9 to 16 days after each switch, and significant after 29 to 34 days of lactate addition. Results imply that neither the founding community nor neutral processes influenced succession following perturbation.« less

  2. Potential of capillary-column-switching liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry for the quantitative trace analysis of small molecules. Application to the on-line screening of drugs in water.

    PubMed

    Pitarch, Elena; Hernandez, Felix; ten Hove, Jan; Meiring, Hugo; Niesing, Willem; Dijkman, Ellen; Stolker, Linda; Hogendoorn, Elbert

    2004-03-26

    We have investigated the potential of capillary-column-switching liquid chromatography coupled to tandem mass spectrometry (cLC-MS-MS) for the quantitative on-line trace analysis of target compounds in aqueous solutions. The technical design of the nano-scale cLC system developed at our Institute for peptide and protein identification has been tested and evaluated for the direct trace analysis of drugs in water samples. Sulphametoxazole, bezafibrate, metoprolol, carbamazepine and bisoprolol occurring frequently in Dutch waters, were selected as test compounds. Adequate conditions for trapping, elution and MS-MS detection were investigated by employing laboratory made 200 microm i.d. capillary columns packed with 5 microm aqua C18 material. In the final cLC-MS-MS conditions, a 1 cm length trapping column and a 4 cm length analytical column were selected. Under these conditions, the target compounds could be directly determined in water down to a level of around 50 ng/l employing only 25 microl of water sample. Validation was done by recovery experiments in ground-, surface- and drinking-water matrices as well as by the analysis of water samples with incurred residues and previously analyzed with a conventional procedure involving off-line solid-phase extraction and narrow-bore LC with MS-MS detection. The new methodology provided recoveries (50-500 ng/l level) between 50 and 114% with RSDs (n = 3, each level) below 20% for most of the compounds. Despite the somewhat less analytical performance in comparison to the conventional procedure, the on-line approach of the new methodology is very suitable for screening of drugs in aqueous samples.

  3. Simple determination of betaine, l-carnitine and choline in human urine using self-packed column and column-switching ion chromatography with nonsuppressed conductivity detection.

    PubMed

    Wei, Dan; Zhu, Yan; Guo, Ming

    2018-02-01

    A sequential online extraction, clean-up and separation system for the determination of betaine, l-carnitine and choline in human urine using column-switching ion chromatography with nonsuppressed conductivity detection was developed in this work. A self-packed pretreatment column (50 × 4.6 mm, i.d.) was used for the extraction and clean-up of betaine, l-carnitine and choline. The separation was achieved using self-packed cationic exchange column (150 × 4.6 mm, i.d.), followed by nonsuppressed conductivity detection. Under optimized experimental conditions, the developed method presented good analytical performance, with excellent linearity in the range of 0.60-100 μg mL -1 for betaine, 0.75-100 μg mL -1 for l-carnitine and 0.50-100 μg mL -1 for choline, with all correlation coefficients (R 2 ) >0.99 in urine. The limits of detection were 0.15 μg mL -1 for betaine, 0.20 μg mL -1 for l-carnitine and 0.09 μg mL -1 for choline. The intra- and inter-day accuracy and precision for all quality controls were within ±10.32 and ±9.05%, respectively. Satisfactory recovery was observed between 92.8 and 102.0%. The validated method was successfully applied to the detection of urinary samples from 10 healthy people. The values detected in human urine using the proposed method showed good agreement with the measurement reported previously. Copyright © 2017 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  4. A LC/UV/Vis method for determination of cyanocobalamin in multivitamin dietary supplements with on-line sample clean-up

    USDA-ARS?s Scientific Manuscript database

    A HPLC-UV method using a two-column strategy with a switching valve for on-line sample clean-up was developed for the determination of cyanocobalamin (CN-CBL-vitamin B12, in dietary supplements. The method uses two columns, an Agilent Zorbax C8 (150 mm x 4.6 mm, 5 um particle) reversed-phase column...

  5. Simultaneous achiral-chiral analysis of pharmaceutical compounds using two-dimensional reversed phase liquid chromatography-supercritical fluid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Venkatramani, C J; Al-Sayah, Mohammad; Li, Guannan; Goel, Meenakshi; Girotti, James; Zang, Lisa; Wigman, Larry; Yehl, Peter; Chetwyn, Nik

    2016-02-01

    A new interface was designed to enable the coupling of reversed phase liquid chromatography (RPLC) and supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC). This online two-dimensional chromatographic system utilizing RPLC in the first dimension and SFC in the second was developed to achieve simultaneous achiral and chiral analysis of pharmaceutical compounds. The interface consists of an eight-port, dual-position switching valve with small volume C-18 trapping columns. The peaks of interest eluting from the first RPLC dimension column were effectively focused as sharp concentration pulses on small volume C-18 trapping column/s and then injected onto the second dimension SFC column. The first dimension RPLC separation provides the achiral purity result, and the second dimension SFC separation provides the chiral purity result (enantiomeric excess). The results are quantitative enabling simultaneous achiral, chiral analysis of compounds. The interface design and proof of concept demonstration are presented. Additionally, comparative studies to conventional SFC and case studies of the applications of 2D LC-SFC in pharmaceutical analysis is presented. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Semi-micro high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis of tiropramide in human plasma using column-switching.

    PubMed

    Baek, Soo Kyoung; Lee, Seung Seok; Park, Eun Jeon; Sohn, Dong Hwan; Lee, Hye Suk

    2003-02-05

    A rapid and sensitive column-switching semi-micro high-performance liquid chromatography method was developed for the direct analysis of tiropramide in human plasma. The plasma sample (100 microl) was directly injected onto Capcell Pak MF Ph-1 precolumn where deproteinization and analyte fractionation occurred. Tiropramide was then eluted into an enrichment column (Capcell Pak UG C(18)) using acetonitrile-potassium phosphate (pH 7.0, 50 mM) (12:88, v/v) and was analyzed on a semi-micro C(18) analytical column using acetonitrile-potassium phosphate (pH 7.0, 10 mM) (50:50, v/v). The method showed excellent sensitivity (limit of quantification 5 ng/ml), and good precision (C.V.

  7. Column switching combined with hydrophilic interaction chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry for the analysis of saxitoxin analogues, and their biosynthetic intermediates in dinoflagellates.

    PubMed

    Cho, Yuko; Tsuchiya, Shigeki; Yoshioka, Renpei; Omura, Takuo; Konoki, Keiichi; Oshima, Yasukatsu; Yotsu-Yamashita, Mari

    2016-11-25

    Hydrophilic-interaction chromatography (HILIC) is reportedly useful for the analysis of saxitoxin (STX) analogues, collectively known as paralytic shellfish toxins. Column switching and two-step gradient elution using HILIC combined with mass spectrometry enabled the simultaneous analysis of the 15 primary STX analogues and their biosynthetic intermediates, arginine, Int-A', and Int-C'2, and the shunt product, Cyclic-C'. Crude extracts of toxin-producing dinoflagellates can be injected without any treatment except filtration. Enrichment of the compounds using this method was highly reproducible with respect to retention times (% RSD was under 1%) and highly sensitive (limits of detection (LODs) were in the range 0.9 (Int-C'2) - 116 (C3) μM) in terms of avoiding matrix effects associated with co-eluting substances. Validation studies demonstrated acceptable performance of this method for specificity, repeatability, linearity and recovery. A comparison of the quantitative results for STX analogues in Alexandrium tamarense using HPLC with post-column fluorescent derivatization and the column-switching HILIC-MS method revealed good agreement. The presence of Int-A', Int-C'2, and Cyclic-C' in toxic dinoflagellate species with different toxin profiles was confirmed using this method. Our data support the hypothesis that the early stages of the STX biosynthesis and shunt pathways are the same in dinoflagellates and cyanobacteria. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Determination of alpidem, an imidazopyridine anxiolytic, and its metabolites by column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection.

    PubMed

    Flaminio, L; Ripamonti, M; Ascalone, V

    1994-05-13

    Alpidem, 6-chloro-2-(4-chlorophenyl)-N,N-dipropylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine- 3-acetamide, is an anxiolytic imidazopyridine that undergoes a first-pass elimination after oral administration to humans; it is actively metabolized and three circulating metabolites have been identified in plasma due to N-dealkylation, oxidation or a combination of both processes. For the determination of the unchanged drug and its metabolites in human plasma, a column-switching HPLC method was developed. The method, based on solid-phase extraction (performed on-line), involves the automatic injection of plasma samples (200 microliters) on to a precolumn filled with C18 material, clean-up of the sample with water in order to remove protein and salts and transfer of the analytes to the analytical column (after valve switching) by means of the mobile phase. All the processes were performed in the presence of an internal standard, a compound chemically related to alpidem. During the analytical chromatography, the precolumn was flushed with different solvents and after regeneration with water, it was ready for further injections. The analytical column was a C8 type and the mobile phase was acetonitrile-methanol-phosphate buffer solution (45:15:45, v/v/v) at a flow-rate of 1.5 ml min-1. The column was connected to a fluorimetric detector operating at excitation and emission wavelengths of 255 and 423 nm, respectively. The limits of quantitation of alpidem and three metabolites were 2.5 and 1.5 ng ml-1, respectively, in human plasma.

  9. Switching and optimizing control for coal flotation process based on a hybrid model

    PubMed Central

    Dong, Zhiyong; Wang, Ranfeng; Fan, Minqiang; Fu, Xiang

    2017-01-01

    Flotation is an important part of coal preparation, and the flotation column is widely applied as efficient flotation equipment. This process is complex and affected by many factors, with the froth depth and reagent dosage being two of the most important and frequently manipulated variables. This paper proposes a new method of switching and optimizing control for the coal flotation process. A hybrid model is built and evaluated using industrial data. First, wavelet analysis and principal component analysis (PCA) are applied for signal pre-processing. Second, a control model for optimizing the set point of the froth depth is constructed based on fuzzy control, and a control model is designed to optimize the reagent dosages based on expert system. Finally, the least squares-support vector machine (LS-SVM) is used to identify the operating conditions of the flotation process and to select one of the two models (froth depth or reagent dosage) for subsequent operation according to the condition parameters. The hybrid model is developed and evaluated on an industrial coal flotation column and exhibits satisfactory performance. PMID:29040305

  10. Micro/nano electro mechanical systems for practical applications

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Esashi, Masayoshi

    2009-09-01

    Silicon MEMS as electrostatically levitated rotational gyroscope, 2D optical scanner and wafer level packaged devices as integrated capacitive pressure sensor and MEMS switch are described. MEMS which use non-silicon materials as diamond, PZT, conductive polymer, CNT (carbon nano tube), LTCC with electrical feedthrough, SiC (silicon carbide) and LiNbO3 for multi-probe data storage, multi-column electron beam lithography system, probe card for wafer-level burn-in test, mould for glass press moulding and SAW wireless passive sensor respectively are also described.

  11. Analysis of trace inorganic anions in weak acid salts by single pump cycling-column-switching ion chromatography.

    PubMed

    Huang, Zhongping; Ni, Chengzhu; Zhu, Zhuyi; Pan, Zaifa; Wang, Lili; Zhu, Yan

    2015-05-01

    The application of ion chromatography with the single pump cycling-column-switching technique was described for the analysis of trace inorganic anions in weak acid salts within a single run. Due to the hydrogen ions provided by an anion suppressor electrolyzing water, weak acid anions could be transformed into weak acids, existing as molecules, after passing through the suppressor. Therefore, an anion suppressor and ion-exclusion column were adopted to achieve on-line matrix elimination of weak acid anions with high concentration for the analysis of trace inorganic anions in weak acid salts. A series of standard solutions consisting of target anions of various concentrations from 0.005 to 10 mg/L were analyzed, with correlation coefficients r ≥ 0.9990. The limits of detection were in the range of 0.67 to 1.51 μg/L, based on the signal-to-noise ratio of 3 and a 25 μL injection volume. Relative standard deviations for retention time, peak area, and peak height were all less than 2.01%. A spiking study was performed with satisfactory recoveries between 90.3 and 104.4% for all anions. The chromatographic system was successfully applied to the analysis of trace inorganic anions in five weak acid salts. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  12. Rugged large volume injection for sensitive capillary LC-MS environmental monitoring

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Roberg-Larsen, Hanne; Abele, Silvija; Demir, Deniz; Dzabijeva, Diana; Amundsen, Sunniva F.; Wilson, Steven R.; Bartkevics, Vadims; Lundanes, Elsa

    2017-08-01

    A rugged and high throughput capillary column (cLC) LC-MS switching platform using large volume injection and on-line automatic filtration and filter back-flush (AFFL) solid phase extraction (SPE) for analysis of environmental water samples with minimal sample preparation is presented. Although narrow columns and on-line sample preparation are used in the platform, high ruggedness is achieved e.g. injection of 100 non-filtrated water samples would did not result in a pressure rise/clogging of the SPE/capillary columns (inner diameter 300 µm). In addition, satisfactory retention time stability and chromatographic resolution were also features of the system. The potential of the platform for environmental water samples was demonstrated with various pharmaceutical products, which had detection limits (LOD) in the 0.05 - 12.5 ng/L range. Between-day and within-day repeatability of selected analytes were < 20% RSD.

  13. A GC-system for the analysis of residual geothermal gases

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Sheppard, D.S.; Truesdell, A.H.

    1985-01-01

    The gases evolved from geothermal fields, after condensation of H2O, CO2, H2S and NH3 in caustic solution, contain He, H2, Ar, O2, N2, CH4 and higher hydrocarbons. The analysis for the major components in these residual gas mixtures can be achieved by use of two simple gas chromatographs in parallel, and using 5A?? molecular sieve. The separation of He and H2 to baseline is achieved by using low temperatures (30??C) coupled with a relatively long column; and the difficult separation of Ar and O2 is achieved by use of a cryogenically cooled column. The use of switching valves to backflush and bypass columns ensures that a minimum time for analysis can be achieved whilst retaining baseline separations of the He/H2 and Ar/O2 pairs. ?? 1985 Friedr. Vieweg & Sohn Verlagsgesellschaft mbH.

  14. Recent advances in liquid and gas chromatography methodology for extending coverage of the metabolome.

    PubMed

    Haggarty, Jennifer; Burgess, Karl Ev

    2017-02-01

    The metabolome is the complete complement of metabolites (small organic biomolecules). In order to comprehensively understand the effect of stimuli on a biological system, it is important to detect as many of the metabolites within that system as possible. This review briefly describes some new advances in liquid and gas chromatography to improve coverage of the metabolome, including the serial combination of two columns in tandem, column switching and different variations of two-dimensional chromatography. Supercritical fluid chromatography could provide complimentary data to liquid and gas chromatography. Although there have been many recent advancements in the field of metabolomics, it is evident that a combination, rather than a single method, is required to approach full coverage of the metabolome. Copyright © 2016 The Authors. Published by Elsevier Ltd.. All rights reserved.

  15. Phototoxicity testing by online irradiation and HPLC.

    PubMed

    Schröder, Sven; Surmann, J P

    2006-11-01

    A high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) system was developed for the determination of drug photostability and phototoxicity based on an automated column-switching system with aqueous online UV-A irradiation and hyphenated organic separation of the drug and its photoproducts. The photoreactor is built with an poly(ethylene-co-tetrafluoroethylene) (ETFE) reaction coil knitted around a UV-A light source. The chromatographic separation was performed with two special C18 columns, which are also suitable for using with pure water as eluent. Degradation of chlorpromazine (CPZ) by ultraviolet light was investigated at pH 7 and pH 3. Furthermore chlorpromazine was irradiated in the presence of guanosine-5-monophosphate (GMP) in pH 7 buffered solution, leading to a new photoproduct. In the pH 3 irradiation studies of CPZ and GMP, no reaction was detected between the molecules.

  16. Crossbar Switches For Optical Data-Communication Networks

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Monacos, Steve P.

    1994-01-01

    Optoelectronic and electro-optical crossbar switches called "permutation engines" (PE's) developed to route packets of data through fiber-optic communication networks. Basic network concept described in "High-Speed Optical Wide-Area Data-Communication Network" (NPO-18983). Nonblocking operation achieved by decentralized switching and control scheme. Each packet routed up or down in each column of this 5-input/5-output permutation engine. Routing algorithm ensures each packet arrives at its designated output port without blocking any other packet that does not contend for same output port.

  17. An on-line SPE-HPLC method for effective sample preconcentration and determination of fenoxycarb and cis, trans-permethrin in surface waters.

    PubMed

    Šatínský, Dalibor; Naibrtová, Linda; Fernández-Ramos, Carolina; Solich, Petr

    2015-09-01

    A new on-line SPE-HPLC method using fused-core columns for on-line solid phase extraction and large volume sample injection for increasing the sensitivity of detection was developed for the determination of insecticides fenoxycarb and cis-, trans-permethrin in surface waters. The separation was carried out on fused-core column Phenyl-Hexyl (100×4.6 mm), particle size 2.7 µm with mobile phase acetonitrile:water in gradient mode at flow rate 1.0 mL min(-1), column temperature 45°C. Large volume sample injection (1500 µL) to the extraction dimension using short precolumn Ascentis Express RP C-18 (5×4.6 mm); fused-core particle size 2.7 µm allowed effective sample preconcentration and efficient ballast sample matrix removal. The washing mobile phase consisting of a mixture of acetonitrile:water; 30:70, (v/v) was pumped at flow rate of 0.5 mL min(-1) through the extraction precolumn to the waste. Time of the valve switch for transferring the preconcentrated sample zone from the extraction to the separation column was set at 3rd min. Elution of preconcentrated insecticides from the extraction precolumn and separation on the analytical column was performed in gradient mode. Linear gradient elution started from 40% of acetonitrile at time of valve switch from SPE column (3rd min) to 95% of acetonitrile at 7th min. Synthetic dye sudan I was chosen as an internal standard. UV detection at wavelength 225 nm was used and the method reached the limits of detection (LOD) at ng mL(-1) levels for both insecticides. The method showing on-line sample pretreatment and preconcentration with highly sensitive determination of insecticides was applied for monitoring of fenoxycarb and both permethrin isomers in different surface water samples in Czech Republic. The time of whole analysis including on-line extraction, interferences removal, chromatography separation and system equilibration was less than 8 min. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. Fault handling schemes in electronic systems with specific application to radiation tolerance and VLSI design

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Attia, John Okyere

    1993-01-01

    Naturally occurring space radiation particles can produce transient and permanent changes in the electrical properties of electronic devices and systems. In this work, the transient radiation effects on DRAM and CMOS SRAM were considered. In addition, the effect of total ionizing dose radiation of the switching times of CMOS logic gates were investigated. Effects of transient radiation on the column and cell of MOS dynamic memory cell was simulated using SPICE. It was found that the critical charge of the bitline was higher than that of the cell. In addition, the critical charge of the combined cell-bitline was found to be dependent on the gate voltage of the access transistor. In addition, the effect of total ionizing dose radiation on the switching times of CMOS logic gate was obtained. The results of this work indicate that, the rise time of CMOS logic gates increases, while the fall time decreases with an increase in total ionizing dose radiation. Also, by increasing the size of the P-channel transistor with respect to that of the N-channel transistor, the propagation delay of CMOS logic gate can be made to decrease with, or be independent of an increase in total ionizing dose radiation. Furthermore, a method was developed for replacing polysilicon feedback resistance of SRAMs with a switched capacitor network. A switched capacitor SRAM was implemented using MOS Technology. The critical change of the switched capacitor SRAM has a very large critical charge. The results of this work indicate that switched capacitor SRAM is a viable alternative to SRAM with polysilicon feedback resistance.

  19. Analysis of Phenolic Antioxidants in Navy Mobility Fuels by Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2013-06-19

    8.0 LITERATURE CITED .........................................................................................14 APPENDIX A: Calibration Curves for...chromatogram from an F-76 diesel fuel containing 24 ppm of the AO-37 additive package, analyzed using single column GC-MS-SIM method...sulfur diesel fuel containing 6.25 ppm of the AO-37 additive package, analyzed using dual column Deans switch GC-MS-SIM method

  20. Differential coulometric oxidation following post column-switching high pressure liquid chromatography for fluorescence measurement of unmetabolized folic acid in human plasma.

    PubMed

    Bailey, Steven W; Ayling, June E

    2013-11-08

    Although many countries have fortified their grain supplies with folic acid (FA) to decrease the incidence of neural tube defects, others have not due to concerns that this synthetic folate might have some adverse effects. Persistent unmetabolized FA has been found even in plasma from fasted subjects. To facilitate measurement of low levels of folic acid in human plasma, post-column coulometric oxidative cleavage was used to convert poorly fluorescent FA into a highly fluorescent compound determined to be 6-formyl-pterin. To minimize sample work-up and maximize recovery, column-switching HPLC transferred a window of eluate containing the FA from the first column (C8) onto a second column (phenyl-hexyl). The pH of two mobile phases were adjusted to be above and then below a pK of the FA α-carboxyl group, thus promoting separation from compounds coeluting from the C8-column. This permitted sample preparation using only a simple high recovery protein precipitation. Definitive identification of FA in human plasma was accomplished by duplicate injections of sample with the electrochemical voltage set above and below its half-potential. The LOD (S/N=3) was 0.10 nM. The intra- and inter-assay CV's were 2.3% and 5%, respectively. Comparison of these results with those obtained by HPLC/MS/MS with stable isotope internal standard showed a slope of 1.00 ± 0.019. This simple, sensitive, and repeatable assay facilitates a more thorough investigation of the response of various human populations to folic acid intake. Post-column differential coulometric electrochemistry can expand the variety of compounds amenable to fluorescence detection. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. Quantitative analysis of the immunosuppressant CP-690,550 in whole blood by column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography and mass spectrometry detection.

    PubMed

    Paniagua, Ricardo; Campbell, Andrew; Changelian, Paul S; Reitz, Bruce A; Prakash, Chandra; Borie, Dominic C

    2005-10-01

    A fast and accurate method to quantify the new immunosuppressive JAK3 inhibitor CP-690,550 in whole blood using a dual-pump liquid chromatography-liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC/LC-MS) system was developed and validated in nonhuman primate blood. Before injection, blood samples were prepared by precipitation with a reagent that included methanol and acetonitrile (30:70, vol/vol) along with the internal standard (CP-istd). Column-switching LC/LC-MS analysis used online extraction followed by separation on a C8 analytic column and MS detection of the [M + H] CP-690,550 (m/z = 313.1) and CP internal standard (m/z = 288.1). Linearity was always better than r = 0.99 (n = 7) for CP-690,550 (range 2.5-750 ng/mL), with a lower limit of quantification (LLOQ) of 2.5 ng/mL. The intrarun accuracy and precision ranged from 103.0% to 105.4% and 2.7% to 4.3%, respectively (n = 5), and the interday precision ranged from 8.7% to 11.1%, and the interday accuracy ranged from 98.1% to 103.8% of nominal values (n = 14). The injection repeatability for the method was 1.3% (n = 7). Except for the LLOQ, the intraday accuracy and precision in human blood were also within 15% (n = 5). The combination of simple sample preparation and short analytic run time of this sensitive procedure makes it effective for monitoring the concentration of CP-690,550 in whole blood in organ-transplant recipients.

  2. Determination of N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexylcarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine in human plasma by solid-phase extraction and column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography with ultraviolet detection.

    PubMed

    Ono, I; Matsuda, K; Kanno, S

    1996-04-12

    A column-switching high-performance liquid chromatography method with ultraviolet detection at 210 nm has been developed for the determination of N-(trans-4-isopropylcyclohexylcarbonyl)-D-phenylalanine (AY4166, I) in human plasma. Plasma samples were prepared by solid-phase extraction with Sep-Pak Light tC18, followed by HPLC. The calibration graph for I was linear in the range 0.1-20 micrograms/ml. The limit of quantitation of I, in plasma, was 0.05 microgram/ml. The recovery of spiked I (0.5 microgram/ml) to drug-free plasma was over 92% and the relative standard deviation of spiked I (0.5 microgram/ml) compared to drug-free plasma was 4.3% (n = 8).

  3. Comprehensive analysis of pharmaceutical products using simultaneous mixed-mode (ion-exchange/reversed-phase) and hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Kazarian, Artaches A; Nesterenko, Pavel N; Soisungnoen, Phimpha; Burakham, Rodjana; Srijaranai, Supalax; Paull, Brett

    2014-08-01

    Liquid chromatographic assays were developed using a mixed-mode column coupled in sequence with a hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography column to allow the simultaneous comprehensive analysis of inorganic/organic anions and cations, active pharmaceutical ingredients, and excipients (carbohydrates). The approach utilized dual sample injection and valve-mediated column switching and was based upon a single high-performance liquid chromatography gradient pump. The separation consisted of three distinct sequential separation mechanisms, namely, (i) ion-exchange, (ii) mixed-mode interactions under an applied dual gradient (reversed-phase/ion-exchange), and (iii) hydrophilic interaction chromatography. Upon first injection, the Scherzo SS C18 column (Imtakt) provided resolution of inorganic anions and cations under isocratic conditions, followed by a dual organic/salt gradient to elute active pharmaceutical ingredients and their respective organic counterions and potential degradants. At the top of the mixed-mode gradient (high acetonitrile content), the mobile phase flow was switched to a preconditioned hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography column, and the standard/sample was reinjected for the separation of hydrophilic carbohydrates, some of which are commonly known excipients in drug formulations. The approach afforded reproducible separation and resolution of up to 23 chemically diverse solutes in a single run. The method was applied to investigate the composition of commercial cough syrups (Robitussin®), allowing resolution and determination of inorganic ions, active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, and numerous well-resolved unknown peaks. © 2014 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  4. Automated metal-free multiple-column nanoLC for improved phosphopeptide analysis sensitivity and throughput

    PubMed Central

    Zhao, Rui; Ding, Shi-Jian; Shen, Yufeng; Camp, David G.; Livesay, Eric A.; Udseth, Harold; Smith, Richard D.

    2009-01-01

    We report on the development and characterization of automated metal-free multiple-column nanoLC instrumentation for sensitive and high-throughput analysis of phosphopeptides with mass spectrometry analysis. The system implements a multiple-column capillary LC fluidic design developed for high-throughput analysis of peptides (Anal. Chem. 2001, 73, 3011–3021), incorporating modifications to achieve broad and sensitive analysis of phosphopeptides. The integrated nanoLC columns (50 µm i.d. × 30 cm containing 5 µm C18 particles) and the on-line solid phase extraction columns (150 µm i.d. × 4 cm containing 5 µm C18 particles) were connected to automatic switching valves with non-metal chromatographic accessories, and other modifications to avoid the exposure of the analyte to any metal surfaces during handling, separation, and electrospray ionization. The nanoLC developed provided a separation peak capacity of ∼250 for phosphopeptides (and ∼400 for normal peptides). A detection limit of 0.4 fmol was obtained when a linear ion trap tandem mass spectrometer (Finnegan LTQ) was coupled to a 50-µm i.d. column of the nanoLC. The separation power and sensitivity provided by the nanoLC-LTQ enabled identification of ∼4600 phosphopeptide candidates from ∼60 µg COS-7 cell tryptic digest followed by IMAC enrichment and ∼520 tyrosine phosphopeptides from ∼2 mg of human T cells digests followed by phosphotyrosine peptide immunoprecipitation. PMID:19217835

  5. High-performance liquid chromatographic determination of the beta2-selective adrenergic agonist fenoterol in human plasma after fluorescence derivatization.

    PubMed

    Kramer, S; Blaschke, G

    2001-02-10

    A sensitive high-performance liquid chromatographic method has been developed for the determination of the beta2-selective adrenergic agonist fenoterol in human plasma. To improve the sensitivity of the method, fenoterol was derivatized with N-(chloroformyl)-carbazole prior to HPLC analysis yielding highly fluorescent derivatives. The assay involves protein precipitation with acetonitrile, liquid-liquid-extraction of fenoterol from plasma with isobutanol under alkaline conditions followed by derivatization with N-(chloroformyl)-carbazole. Reversed-phase liquid chromatographic determination of the fenoterol derivative was performed using a column-switching system consisting of a LiChrospher 100 RP 18 and a LiChrospher RP-Select B column with acetonitrile, methanol and water as mobile phase. The limit of quantitation in human plasma was 376 pg fenoterol/ml. The method was successfully applied for the assay of fenoterol in patient plasma.

  6. Nonvolatile random access memory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wu, Jiin-Chuan (Inventor); Stadler, Henry L. (Inventor); Katti, Romney R. (Inventor)

    1994-01-01

    A nonvolatile magnetic random access memory can be achieved by an array of magnet-Hall effect (M-H) elements. The storage function is realized with a rectangular thin-film ferromagnetic material having an in-plane, uniaxial anisotropy and inplane bipolar remanent magnetization states. The thin-film magnetic element is magnetized by a local applied field, whose direction is used to form either a 0 or 1 state. The element remains in the 0 or 1 state until a switching field is applied to change its state. The stored information is detcted by a Hall-effect sensor which senses the fringing field from the magnetic storage element. The circuit design for addressing each cell includes transistor switches for providing a current of selected polarity to store a binary digit through a separate conductor overlying the magnetic element of the cell. To read out a stored binary digit, transistor switches are employed to provide a current through a row of Hall-effect sensors connected in series and enabling a differential voltage amplifier connected to all Hall-effect sensors of a column in series. To avoid read-out voltage errors due to shunt currents through resistive loads of the Hall-effect sensors of other cells in the same column, at least one transistor switch is provided between every pair of adjacent cells in every row which are not turned on except in the row of the selected cell.

  7. Simultaneous determination of 1- and 2-naphthol in human urine using on-line clean-up column-switching liquid chromatography-fluorescence detection.

    PubMed

    Preuss, Ralf; Angerer, Jürgen

    2004-03-05

    We developed a new 3-D HPLC method for on-line clean-up and simultaneous quantification of two important naphthalene metabolites, 1-naphthol and 2-naphthol, in human urine. Except an enzymatic hydrolysis no further sample pre-treatment is necessary. The metabolites are stripped from urinary matrix by on-line extraction on a restricted access material pre-column (RAM RP-8), transferred in backflush mode onto a silica-based CN-(cyano)phase column for further purification from interfering substances. By another successive column switching step both analytes are transferred with a minimum of overlapping interferences onto a C12 bonded reversed phase column with trimethylsilyl endcapping where the final separation is carried out. The entire arrangement is software controlled. Eluting analytes are quantified by fluorescence detection (227/430 nm) after an external calibration. Within a total run time of 40 min we can selectively quantify both naphthols with detection limits in the lower ppb range (1.5 and 0.5 microg/l for 1- and 2-naphthol, respectively) with excellent reliability (ensured by precision, accuracy, matrix-independency and FIOH quality assurance program participation). First results on a collective of 53 occupationally non exposed subjects showed mean levels of 11.0 microg/l (1-naphthol) and 12.9 microg/l (2-naphthol). Among smokers (n=21) a significantly elevated mean level of urinary naphthols was determined (1-naphthol: 19.2 microg/l and 2-naphthol: 23.7 microg/l) in comparison to non smokers (n=32; 1-naphthol: 5.6 microg/l, 2-naphthol: 5.6 microg/l).

  8. Determination of highly protein bound drugs in plasma using high-performance liquid chromatography and column switching, exemplified by the retinoids.

    PubMed

    Wyss, R; Bucheli, F

    1988-12-02

    During method development for the determination of either isotretinoin, tretinoin and their 4-oxo-metabolites, or etretinate, acitretin and 13-cis-acitretin in plasma using high-performance liquid chromatography and column switching, recovery problems arose, when undiluted plasma samples were injected directly onto the precolumn. These recovery problems may be due to the strong binding of the retinoids to different plasma proteins. Measures to overcome this strong protein binding, such as variation of the injection solution composition and the purge mobile phase, were systematically investigated. Best recoveries were obtained by diluting of plasma with 9 mM sodium hydroxide-acetonitrile (8:2, v/v) and protein precipitation with ethanol for the isotretinoin and etretinate series, respectively, in combination with the use of a purge mobile phase containing ammonium acetate and 10-20% acetonitrile. Less effective was the use of a longer precolumn or heating of the precolumn.

  9. Integrated protein analysis platform based on column switch recycling size exclusion chromatography, microenzymatic reactor and microRPLC-ESI-MS/MS.

    PubMed

    Yuan, Huiming; Zhou, Yuan; Zhang, Lihua; Liang, Zhen; Zhang, Yukui

    2009-10-30

    An integrated platform with the combination of proteins and peptides separation was established via the unit of on-line proteins digestion, by which proteins were in sequence separated by column switch recycling size exclusion chromatography (csrSEC), on-line digested by an immobilized trypsin microreactor, trapped and desalted by two parallel C8 precolumns, separated by microRPLC with the linear gradient of organic modifier concentration, and identified by ESI-MS/MS. A 6-protein mixture, with Mr ranging from 10 kDa to 80 kDa, was used to evaluate the performance of the integrated platform, and all proteins were identified with sequence coverage over 5.67%. Our experimental results demonstrate that such an integrated platform is of advantages such as good time compatibility, high peak capacity, and facile automation, which might be a promising approach for proteome study.

  10. High-performance liquid chromatography method for the simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim in bovine milk using an on-line clean-up column.

    PubMed

    Pereira, A V; Cass, Q B

    2005-11-05

    A bidimensional HPLC method for the simultaneous determination of sulfamethoxazole (SMX) and trimethoprim (TMP) in bovine milk has been developed and validated. After centrifugation, aliquots (150 microl) of milk samples were directly injected to a column-switching HPLC system. At the first step a RAM octyl-BSA column was employed to automatically remove proteins that otherwise would interfere with milk analysis. The mobile phase 0.01 M phosphate buffer pH 6.0:acetonitrile (95:5, v/v) was used in the first 5 min for the elution of milk proteins and then 0.01 M phosphate buffer pH 6.0:acetonitrile (83:17, v/v) for transfer SMX and TMP to the analytical column. The separation of SMX and TMP from one another and from other remaining milk components was performed on an octyl column using the mobile phase 0.01 M phosphate buffer pH 5.0:acetonitrile (82:18, v/v), which were detected by UV at 265 nm. The calibration graphs were linear in the concentration ranges of 25-800 ng/ml and 50-400 ng/ml for SMX and TMP, respectively. The intra- and inter-assay coefficients of variation were less than 15% for both drugs. The validated method was applied to the analysis of milk samples of twelve (two groups of six) cows after administration (intramuscular or subcutaneous) of a single recommended therapeutic dose of the SMX-TMP combination.

  11. DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Milkov, Mihail M.

    A comparator circuit suitable for use in a column-parallel single-slope analog-to-digital converter comprises a comparator, an input voltage sampling switch, a sampling capacitor arranged to store a voltage which varies with an input voltage when the sampling switch is closed, and a local ramp buffer arranged to buffer a global voltage ramp applied at an input. The comparator circuit is arranged such that its output toggles when the buffered global voltage ramp exceeds the stored voltage. Both DC- and AC-coupled comparator embodiments are disclosed.

  12. Achiral-chiral two-dimensional chromatography of free amino acids in milk: A promising tool for detecting different levels of mastitis in cows.

    PubMed

    Ianni, Federica; Sardella, Roccaldo; Lisanti, Antonella; Gioiello, Antimo; Cenci Goga, Beniamino Terzo; Lindner, Wolfgang; Natalini, Benedetto

    2015-12-10

    In two-dimensional HPLC (2D-HPLC) "heart-cut" applications, two columns are connected in series via a switching valve and volume fractions from the "primary" column are re-injected on the "secondary" column. The heart-cut 2D-HPLC system here described was implemented by connecting a reversed-phase (RP) column (first dimension) to a chiral column (second dimension) containing a quinidine-based chiral stationary phase. The system was used to evaluate the change in the enantiomeric excess value of dansylated (Dns) amino acids (AAs) in milk samples from two cows with different "California Mastitis Test" scores: negative test for sample 1, positive for sample 2. Apart from the co-elution of Dns-Arg/Dns-Gly and the reduced chemoselectivity for Dns-Leu/Dns-allo-Ile, the optimized achiral RP method distinguished the remaining standard Dns-AAs. Dns-AAs were identified in the chromatograms of the real samples, and in higher concentration Dns-Ala, Dns-Arg, Dns-Asp, Dns-Glu, Dns-Ile, Dns-Leu, Dns-Phe and Dns-Val. Except Dns-Arg, the chiral column enabled the RP enantioseparation of all the other compounds (α and RS values up to 1.65 and 8.63, respectively, for Dns-Phe). In sample 2, the amounts of Dns-d-AAs were rather elevated, in particular for Dns-Ala and Dns-Asp. Instead, for sample 1, D-isomers were detected for Dns-Ala, Dns-Glu and Dns-Leu. The proposed 2D-HPLC method could be useful for the identification of clinical mastitis difficult to be diagnosed. Moreover, the eventual progressive reduction of D-AAs levels with the degree of sub-clinical mastitis could allow the building of mathematical models to use for the diagnosis of early stages of mastitis. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Quantitative high-performance liquid chromatographic determination of retinoids in human serum using on-line solid-phase extraction and column switching. Determination of 9-cis-retinoic acid, 13-cis-retinoic acid, all-trans-retinoic acid, 4-oxo-all-trans-retinoicacid and 4-oxo-13-cis-retinoic acid.

    PubMed

    Gundersen, T E; Lundanes, E; Blomhoff, R

    1997-03-28

    A fully automated isocratic high-performance liquid chromatographic method for the determination of 9-cis-retinoic acid, 13-cis-retinoic acid, all-trans-retinoic acid, 4-oxo-13-cis-retinoic acid and 4-oxo-all-trans-retinoic acid, has been developed using on-line solid-phase extraction and a column switching technique allowing clean-up and pre-concentration in a single step. A 500-microliter sample of serum was diluted with 750 microliters of a solution containing 20% acetonitrile and the internal standard 9,10-dimethylanthracene. About 1000 microliters of this mixture was injected on a 20 x 4.6 mm I.D. poly ether ether ketone (PEEK) pre-column with titanium frits packed with Bondapak C18, 37-53 microns, 300 A particles. Proteins and very polar compounds were washed out to waste, from the pre-column, with 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)-acetonitrile (8.5:1.5, v/v). More than 200 aliquots of diluted serum could be injected on this pre-column before elevated back-pressure enforces replacement. Components retained on the pre-column were backflushed to the analytical column for separation and detection at 360 nm. Baseline separation was achieved using a single 250 x 4.6 mm I.D. Suplex pKb-100 column and a mobile phase containing 69:10:2:16:3 (v/v) of acetonitrile-methanol-n-butanol-2% ammonium acetate-glacial acetic acid. A total time of analysis of less than 30 min, including sample preparation, was achieved. Recoveries were in the range of 79-86%. The limit of detection was 1-7 ng/ml serum and the precision, in the concentration range 20-1000 ng/ml, was between 1.3 and 4.5% for all five compounds. The method was applied for the analysis of human serum after oral administration of 60 mg Roaccutan. The method is well suited for pharmacological studies, while the endogenous levels of some retinoic acid isomers are below the limit of quantitation.

  14. PINPIN a-Si:H based structures for X-ray image detection using the laser scanning technique

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fernandes, M.; Vygranenko, Y.; Vieira, M.

    2015-05-01

    Conventional film based X-ray imaging systems are being replaced by their digital equivalents. Different approaches are being followed by considering direct or indirect conversion, with the later technique dominating. The typical, indirect conversion, X-ray panel detector uses a phosphor for X-ray conversion coupled to a large area array of amorphous silicon based optical sensors and a couple of switching thin film transistors (TFT). The pixel information can then be readout by switching the correspondent line and column transistors, routing the signal to an external amplifier. In this work we follow an alternative approach, where the electrical switching performed by the TFT is replaced by optical scanning using a low power laser beam and a sensing/switching PINPIN structure, thus resulting in a simpler device. The optically active device is a PINPIN array, sharing both front and back electrical contacts, deposited over a glass substrate. During X-ray exposure, each sensing side photodiode collects photons generated by the scintillator screen (560 nm), charging its internal capacitance. Subsequently a laser beam (445 nm) scans the switching diodes (back side) retrieving the stored charge in a sequential way, reconstructing the image. In this paper we present recent work on the optoelectronic characterization of the PINPIN structure to be incorporated in the X-ray image sensor. The results from the optoelectronic characterization of the device and the dependence on scanning beam parameters are presented and discussed. Preliminary results of line scans are also presented.

  15. Fast and flexible selection with a single switch.

    PubMed

    Broderick, Tamara; MacKay, David J C

    2009-10-22

    Selection methods that require only a single-switch input, such as a button click or blink, are potentially useful for individuals with motor impairments, mobile technology users, and individuals wishing to transmit information securely. We present a single-switch selection method, "Nomon," that is general and efficient. Existing single-switch selection methods require selectable options to be arranged in ways that limit potential applications. By contrast, traditional operating systems, web browsers, and free-form applications (such as drawing) place options at arbitrary points on the screen. Nomon, however, has the flexibility to select any point on a screen. Nomon adapts automatically to an individual's clicking ability; it allows a person who clicks precisely to make a selection quickly and allows a person who clicks imprecisely more time to make a selection without error. Nomon reaps gains in information rate by allowing the specification of beliefs (priors) about option selection probabilities and by avoiding tree-based selection schemes in favor of direct (posterior) inference. We have developed both a Nomon-based writing application and a drawing application. To evaluate Nomon's performance, we compared the writing application with a popular existing method for single-switch writing (row-column scanning). Novice users wrote 35% faster with the Nomon interface than with the scanning interface. An experienced user (author TB, with 10 hours practice) wrote at speeds of 9.3 words per minute with Nomon, using 1.2 clicks per character and making no errors in the final text.

  16. An Ultra-Sensitive Method for the Analysis of Perfluorinated ...

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    In epidemiological research, it has become increasingly important to assess subjects' exposure to different classes of chemicals in multiple environmental media. It is a common practice to aliquot limited volumes of samples into smaller quantities for specific trace level chemical analysis. A novel method was developed for the determination of 14 perfluorinated alkyl acids (PFAAs) in small volumes (10 mL) of drinking water using off-line solid phase extraction (SPE) pre-treatment followed by on-line pre-concentration on WAX column before analysis on column-switching high performance liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/MS). In general, large volumes (100 - 1000 mL) have been used for the analysis of PFAAs in drinking water. The current method requires approximately 10 mL of drinking water concentrated by using an SPE cartridge and eluted with methanol. A large volume injection of the extract was introduced on to a column-switching HPLC-MS/MS using a mix-mode SPE column for the trace level analysis of PFAAs in water. The recoveries for most of the analytes in the fortified laboratory blanks ranged from 73±14% to 128±5%. The lowest concentration minimum reporting levels (LCMRL) for the 14 PFAAs ranged from 0.59 to 3.4 ng/L. The optimized method was applied to a pilot-scale analysis of a subset of drinking water samples from an epidemiological study. These samples were collected directly from the taps in the households of Ohio and Nor

  17. An ultra-sensitive method for the analysis of perfluorinated alkyl acids in drinking water using a column switching high-performance liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Dasu, Kavitha; Nakayama, Shoji F; Yoshikane, Mitsuha; Mills, Marc A; Wright, J Michael; Ehrlich, Shelley

    2017-04-21

    In epidemiological research, it has become increasingly important to assess subjects' exposure to different classes of chemicals in multiple environmental media. It is a common practice to aliquot limited volumes of samples into smaller quantities for specific trace level chemical analyses. A novel method was developed for the determination of 14 perfluorinated alkyl acids (PFAAs) in small volumes (10mL) of drinking water using off-line solid phase extraction (SPE) pre-treatment followed by on-line pre-concentration on a WAX column before analysis on column-switching high performance liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS/MS). In general, large volumes (100-1000mL) have been used for the analysis of PFAAs in drinking water. The current method requires approximately 10mL of drinking water concentrated by using an SPE cartridge and eluted with methanol. A large volume injection of the extract was introduced on to a column-switching HPLC-MS/MS using a mix-mode SPE column for the trace level analysis of PFAAs in water. The recoveries for most of the analytes in the fortified laboratory blanks ranged from 73±14% to 128±5%. The lowest concentration minimum reporting levels (LCMRL) for the 14 PFAAs ranged from 0.59 to 3.4ng/L. The optimized method was applied to a pilot-scale analysis of a subset of drinking water samples from an epidemiological study. These samples were collected directly from the taps in the households of Ohio and Northern Kentucky, United States and the sources of drinking water samples are both surface water and ground water, and supplied by different water distribution facilities. Only five PFAAs, perfluoro-1-butanesulfonic acid (PFBS), perfluoro-1- -hexanesulfonic acid (PFHxS), perfluoro-1-octanesulfonic acid (PFOS), perfluoro-n-heptanoic acid (PFHpA) and perfluoro-n-octanoic acid (PFOA) are detected above the LCMRL values. The median concentrations of these five PFAAs detected in the samples was ≤4.1ng/L with PFOS at 7.6ng/L and PFOA at 10ng/L. Concentrations of perfluoro-1-decanesulfonic acid, PFDS and other perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acids were below the LCMRL values. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. Huffman scanning: using language models within fixed-grid keyboard emulation☆

    PubMed Central

    Roark, Brian; Beckley, Russell; Gibbons, Chris; Fried-Oken, Melanie

    2012-01-01

    Individuals with severe motor impairments commonly enter text using a single binary switch and symbol scanning methods. We present a new scanning method –Huffman scanning – which uses Huffman coding to select the symbols to highlight during scanning, thus minimizing the expected bits per symbol. With our method, the user can select the intended symbol even after switch activation errors. We describe two varieties of Huffman scanning – synchronous and asynchronous –and present experimental results, demonstrating speedups over row/column and linear scanning. PMID:24244070

  19. Automation and integration of multiplexed on-line sample preparation with capillary electrophoresis for DNA sequencing

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tan, H.

    1999-03-31

    The purpose of this research is to develop a multiplexed sample processing system in conjunction with multiplexed capillary electrophoresis for high-throughput DNA sequencing. The concept from DNA template to called bases was first demonstrated with a manually operated single capillary system. Later, an automated microfluidic system with 8 channels based on the same principle was successfully constructed. The instrument automatically processes 8 templates through reaction, purification, denaturation, pre-concentration, injection, separation and detection in a parallel fashion. A multiplexed freeze/thaw switching principle and a distribution network were implemented to manage flow direction and sample transportation. Dye-labeled terminator cycle-sequencing reactions are performedmore » in an 8-capillary array in a hot air thermal cycler. Subsequently, the sequencing ladders are directly loaded into a corresponding size-exclusion chromatographic column operated at {approximately} 60 C for purification. On-line denaturation and stacking injection for capillary electrophoresis is simultaneously accomplished at a cross assembly set at {approximately} 70 C. Not only the separation capillary array but also the reaction capillary array and purification columns can be regenerated after every run. DNA sequencing data from this system allow base calling up to 460 bases with accuracy of 98%.« less

  20. High performance liquid chromatography column efficiency enhancement by zero dead volume recycling and practical approach using park and recycle arrangement.

    PubMed

    Minarik, Marek; Franc, Martin; Minarik, Milan

    2018-06-15

    A new instrumental approach to recycling HPLC is described. The concept is based on fast reintroduction of incremental peak sections back onto the separation column. The re-circulation is performed within a closed loop containing only the column and two synchronized switching valves. By having HPLC pump out of the cycle, the method minimizes peak broadening due to dead volume. As a result the efficiency is dramatically increased allowing for the most demanding analytical applications. In addition, a parking loop is employed for temporary storage of analytes from the middle section of the separated mixture prior to their recycling. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  1. An on-line coupling of nanofibrous extraction with column-switching high performance liquid chromatography - A case study on the determination of bisphenol A in environmental water samples.

    PubMed

    Háková, Martina; Chocholoušová Havlíková, Lucie; Chvojka, Jiří; Solich, Petr; Šatínský, Dalibor

    2018-02-01

    Polyamide 6 nanofiber polymers were used as modern sorbents for on-line solid phase extraction (SPE) coupled with liquid chromatography. The on-line SPE system was tested for the determination of bisphenol A in river water samples. Polyamide nanofibers were prepared using needleless electrospinning, inserted into a mini-column cartridge (5 × 4.6mm) and coupled with HPLC. The effect of column packing and the amount of polyamide 6 on extraction efficiency was tested and the packing process was optimized. The proposed method was performed using a 50-µL sample injection followed by an on-line nanofibrous extraction procedure. The influence of the washing mobile phase on the retention of bisphenol A during the extraction procedure was evaluated. Ascentis ® Express C18 (10cm × 4.6mm) core-shell column was used as an analytical column. Fluorescence detection wavelengths (λ ex = 225nm and λ em = 320nm) were used for identification and quantification of Bisphenol A in river waters. The linearity was tested in the range from 2 to 500µgL -1 (using nine calibration points). The limits of detection and quantification were 0.6 and 2µgL -1 , respectively. The developed method was successfully used for the determination of bisphenol A in various samples of river waters in the Czech Republic (The Ohře, Labe, Nisa, Úpa, and Opava Rivers). Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Critical comparison of the on-line and off-line molecularly imprinted solid-phase extraction of patulin coupled with liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Lhotská, Ivona; Holznerová, Anežka; Solich, Petr; Šatínský, Dalibor

    2017-12-01

    Reaching trace amounts of mycotoxin contamination requires sensitive and selective analytical tools for their determination. Improving the selectivity of sample pretreatment steps covering new and modern extraction techniques is one way to achieve it. Molecularly imprinted polymers as selective sorbent for extraction undoubtedly meet these criteria. The presented work is focused on the hyphenation of on-line molecularly imprinted solid-phase extraction with a chromatography system using a column-switching approach. Making a critical comparison with a simultaneously developed off-line extraction procedure, evaluation of pros and cons of each method, and determining the reliability of both methods on a real sample analysis were carried out. Both high-performance liquid chromatography methods, using off-line extraction on molecularly imprinted polymer and an on-line column-switching approach, were validated, and the validation results were compared against each other. Although automation leads to significant time savings, fewer human errors, and required no handling of toxic solvents, it reached worse detection limits (15 versus 6 μg/L), worse recovery values (68.3-123.5 versus 81.2-109.9%), and worse efficiency throughout the entire clean-up process in comparison with the off-line extraction method. The difficulties encountered, the compromises made during the optimization of on-line coupling and their critical evaluation are presented in detail. © 2017 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  3. DIODE STEERED MANGETIC-CORE MEMORY

    DOEpatents

    Melmed, A.S.; Shevlin, R.T.; Laupheimer, R.

    1962-09-18

    A word-arranged magnetic-core memory is designed for use in a digital computer utilizing the reverse or back current property of the semi-conductor diodes to restore the information in the memory after read-out. In order to ob tain a read-out signal from a magnetic core storage unit, it is necessary to change the states of some of the magnetic cores. In order to retain the information in the memory after read-out it is then necessary to provide a means to return the switched cores to their states before read-out. A rewrite driver passes a pulse back through each row of cores in which some switching has taken place. This pulse combines with the reverse current pulses of diodes for each column in which a core is switched during read-out to cause the particular cores to be switched back into their states prior to read-out. (AEC)

  4. Water-compatible molecularly imprinted polymers for efficient direct injection on-line solid-phase extraction of ropivacaine and bupivacaine from human plasma.

    PubMed

    Cobb, Zoe; Sellergren, Börje; Andersson, Lars I

    2007-12-01

    Two novel molecularly imprinted polymers (MIPs) selected from a combinatorial library of bupivacaine imprinted polymers were used for selective on-line solid-phase extraction of bupivacaine and ropivacaine from human plasma. The MIPs were prepared using methacrylic acid as the functional monomer, ethylene glycol dimethacrylate as the cross-linking monomer and in addition hydroxyethylmethacrylate to render the polymer surface hydrophilic. The novel MIPs showed high selectivity for the analytes and required fewer and lower concentrations of additives to suppress non-specific adsorption compared with a conventional MIP. This enabled the development of an on-line system for direct extraction of buffered plasma. Selective extraction was achieved without the use of time-consuming solvent switch steps, and transfer of the analytes from the MIP column to the analytical column was carried out under aqueous conditions fully compatible with reversed-phase LC gradient separation of analyte and internal standard. The MIPs showed excellent aqueous compatibility and yielded extractions with acceptable recovery and high selectivity.

  5. At-line hyphenation of high-speed countercurrent chromatography with Sephadex LH-20 column chromatography for bioassay-guided separation of antioxidants from vine tea (Ampelopsis grossedentata).

    PubMed

    Ma, Ruyi; Zhou, Rongrong; Tong, Runna; Shi, Shuyun; Chen, Xiaoqing

    2017-01-01

    Vine tea (Ampelopsis grossedentata), a widely used healthy tea, beverage and herbal medicine, exhibited strong antioxidant activity. However, systematic purification of antioxidants, especially for those with similar structures or polarities, is a challenging work. Here, we present a novel at-line hyphenation of high-speed countercurrent chromatography with Sephadex LH-20 column chromatography (HSCCC-Sephadex LH-20 CC) for rapid and efficient separation of antioxidants from vine tea target-guided by 1,1-diphenyl-2-picryl-hydrazyl radical-high performance liquid chromatography (DPPH-HPLC) experiment. A makeup pump, a six-port switching valve and a trapping column were served as interface. The configuration had no operational time and mobile phase limitations between two dimensional chromatography and showed great flexibility without tedious sample-handling procedure. Seven targeted antioxidants were firstly separated by stepwise HSCCC using petroleum ether-ethyl acetate-methanol-water (4:9:4:9, v/v/v/v) and (4:9:5:8, v/v/v/v) as solvent systems, and then co-eluted antioxidants were on-line trapped, concentrated and desorbed to Sephadex LH-20 column for further off-line purification by methanol. It is noted that six elucidated antioxidants with purity over 95% exhibited stronger activity than ascorbic acid (VC). More importantly, this at-line hyphenated strategy could sever as a rapid and efficient pathway for systematic purification of bioactive components from complex matrix. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Ammonium fluoride as a mobile phase additive in aqueous normal phase chromatography.

    PubMed

    Pesek, Joseph J; Matyska, Maria T

    2015-07-03

    The use of ammonium fluoride as a mobile phase additive in aqueous normal phase chromatography with silica hydride-based stationary phases and mass spectrometry detection is evaluated. Retention times, peak shape, efficiency and peak intensity are compared to the more standard additives formic acid and ammonium formate. The test solutes were NAD, 3-hydroxyglutaric acid, α-ketoglutaric acid, p-aminohippuric acid, AMP, ATP, aconitic acid, threonine, N-acetyl carnitine, and 3-methyladipic acid. The column parameters are assessed in both the positive and negative ion detection modes. Ammonium fluoride is potentially an aggressive mobile phase additive that could have detrimental effects on column lifetime. Column reproducibility is measured and the effects of switching between different additives are also tested. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Quantized Self-Assembly of Discotic Rings in a Liquid Crystal Confined in Nanopores

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sentker, Kathrin; Zantop, Arne W.; Lippmann, Milena; Hofmann, Tommy; Seeck, Oliver H.; Kityk, Andriy V.; Yildirim, Arda; Schönhals, Andreas; Mazza, Marco G.; Huber, Patrick

    2018-02-01

    Disklike molecules with aromatic cores spontaneously stack up in linear columns with high, one-dimensional charge carrier mobilities along the columnar axes, making them prominent model systems for functional, self-organized matter. We show by high-resolution optical birefringence and synchrotron-based x-ray diffraction that confining a thermotropic discotic liquid crystal in cylindrical nanopores induces a quantized formation of annular layers consisting of concentric circular bent columns, unknown in the bulk state. Starting from the walls this ring self-assembly propagates layer by layer towards the pore center in the supercooled domain of the bulk isotropic-columnar transition and thus allows one to switch on and off reversibly single, nanosized rings through small temperature variations. By establishing a Gibbs free energy phase diagram we trace the phase transition quantization to the discreteness of the layers' excess bend deformation energies in comparison to the thermal energy, even for this near room-temperature system. Monte Carlo simulations yielding spatially resolved nematic order parameters, density maps, and bond-orientational order parameters corroborate the universality and robustness of the confinement-induced columnar ring formation as well as its quantized nature.

  8. Analysis of pharmaceutical impurities using multi-heartcutting 2D LC coupled with UV-charged aerosol MS detection.

    PubMed

    Zhang, Kelly; Li, Yi; Tsang, Midco; Chetwyn, Nik P

    2013-09-01

    To overcome challenges in HPLC impurity analysis of pharmaceuticals, we developed an automated online multi-heartcutting 2D HPLC system with hyphenated UV-charged aerosol MS detection. The first dimension has a primary column and the second dimension has six orthogonal columns to enhance flexibility and selectivity. The two dimensions were interfaced by a pair of switching valves equipped with six trapping loops that allow multi-heartcutting of peaks of interest in the first dimension and also allow "peak parking." The hyphenated UV-charged aerosol MS detection provides comprehensive detection for compounds with and without UV chromophores, organics, and inorganics. It also provides structural information for impurity identification. A hidden degradation product that co-eluted with the drug main peak was revealed by RP × RP separation and thus enabled the stability-indicating method development. A poorly retained polar component with no UV chromophores was analyzed by RP × hydrophilic interaction liquid chromatography separation with charged aerosol detection. Furthermore, using this system, the structures of low-level impurities separated by a method using nonvolatile phosphate buffer were identified and tracked by MS in the second dimension. © 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  9. Variable-Resistivity Material For Memory Circuits

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nagasubramanian, Ganesan; Distefano, Salvador; Moacanin, Jovan

    1989-01-01

    Nonvolatile memory elements packed densely. Electrically-erasable, programmable, read-only memory matrices made with newly-synthesized organic material of variable electrical resistivity. Material, polypyrrole doped with tetracyanoquinhydrone (TCNQ), changes reversibly between insulating or higher-resistivity state and conducting or low-resistivity state. Thin film of conductive polymer separates layer of row conductors from layer of column conductors. Resistivity of film at each intersection and, therefore, resistance of memory element defined by row and column, increased or decreased by application of suitable switching voltage. Matrix circuits made with this material useful for experiments in associative electronic memories based on models of neural networks.

  10. A Low-Cost Miniaturized Laser Heterodyne Radiometer (Mini-LHR) for Near-ir Measurements of CO2 and CH4 in the Atmospheric Column

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Steel, Emily Wilson

    2016-01-01

    The miniaturized laser heterodyne radiometer (mini-LHR) is a ground-based passive variation of a laser heterodyne radiometer that uses sunlight to measure absorption of CO2 andCH4 in the infrared. Sunlight is collected using collimation optics mounted to an AERONET sun tracker, modulated with a fiber switch and mixed with infrared laser light in a fast photoreciever.The amplitude of the resultant RF (radio frequency) beat signal correlates with the concentration of the gas in the atmospheric column.

  11. Transmission-Type 2-Bit Programmable Metasurface for Single-Sensor and Single-Frequency Microwave Imaging

    PubMed Central

    Li, Yun Bo; Li, Lian Lin; Xu, Bai Bing; Wu, Wei; Wu, Rui Yuan; Wan, Xiang; Cheng, Qiang; Cui, Tie Jun

    2016-01-01

    The programmable and digital metamaterials or metasurfaces presented recently have huge potentials in designing real-time-controlled electromagnetic devices. Here, we propose the first transmission-type 2-bit programmable coding metasurface for single-sensor and single- frequency imaging in the microwave frequency. Compared with the existing single-sensor imagers composed of active spatial modulators with their units controlled independently, we introduce randomly programmable metasurface to transform the masks of modulators, in which their rows and columns are controlled simultaneously so that the complexity and cost of the imaging system can be reduced drastically. Different from the single-sensor approach using the frequency agility, the proposed imaging system makes use of variable modulators under single frequency, which can avoid the object dispersion. In order to realize the transmission-type 2-bit programmable metasurface, we propose a two-layer binary coding unit, which is convenient for changing the voltages in rows and columns to switch the diodes in the top and bottom layers, respectively. In our imaging measurements, we generate the random codes by computer to achieve different transmission patterns, which can support enough multiple modes to solve the inverse-scattering problem in the single-sensor imaging. Simple experimental results are presented in the microwave frequency, validating our new single-sensor and single-frequency imaging system. PMID:27025907

  12. Transmission-Type 2-Bit Programmable Metasurface for Single-Sensor and Single-Frequency Microwave Imaging.

    PubMed

    Li, Yun Bo; Li, Lian Lin; Xu, Bai Bing; Wu, Wei; Wu, Rui Yuan; Wan, Xiang; Cheng, Qiang; Cui, Tie Jun

    2016-03-30

    The programmable and digital metamaterials or metasurfaces presented recently have huge potentials in designing real-time-controlled electromagnetic devices. Here, we propose the first transmission-type 2-bit programmable coding metasurface for single-sensor and single- frequency imaging in the microwave frequency. Compared with the existing single-sensor imagers composed of active spatial modulators with their units controlled independently, we introduce randomly programmable metasurface to transform the masks of modulators, in which their rows and columns are controlled simultaneously so that the complexity and cost of the imaging system can be reduced drastically. Different from the single-sensor approach using the frequency agility, the proposed imaging system makes use of variable modulators under single frequency, which can avoid the object dispersion. In order to realize the transmission-type 2-bit programmable metasurface, we propose a two-layer binary coding unit, which is convenient for changing the voltages in rows and columns to switch the diodes in the top and bottom layers, respectively. In our imaging measurements, we generate the random codes by computer to achieve different transmission patterns, which can support enough multiple modes to solve the inverse-scattering problem in the single-sensor imaging. Simple experimental results are presented in the microwave frequency, validating our new single-sensor and single-frequency imaging system.

  13. On-line sample cleanup and enrichment chromatographic technique for the determination of ambroxol in human serum.

    PubMed

    Emara, Samy; Kamal, Maha; Abdel Kawi, Mohamed

    2012-02-01

    A sensitive and efficient on-line clean up and pre-concentration method has been developed using column-switching technique and protein-coated µ-Bondapak CN silica pre-column for quantification of ambroxol (AM) in human serum. The method is performed by direct injection of serum sample onto a protein-coated µ-Bondapak CN silica pre-column, where AM is pre-concentrated and retained, while proteins and very polar constituents are washed to waste using a phosphate buffer saline (pH 7.4). The retained analyte on the pre-column is directed onto a C(18) analytical column for separation, with a mobile phase consisting of a mixture of methanol and distilled deionized water (containing 1% triethylamine adjusted to pH 3.5 with ortho-phosphoric acid) in the ratio of 50:50 (v/v). Detection is performed at 254 nm. The calibration curve is linear over the concentration range of 12-120 ng/mL (r(2) = 0.9995). The recovery, selectivity, linearity, precision, and accuracy of the method are convenient for pharmacokinetic studies or routine assays.

  14. A novel assembly used for hot-shock consolidation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Pengwan; Zhou, Qiang; State Key Laboratory of Explosion Science and Technique Team

    2013-06-01

    A novel assembly characterized by an automatic set-up was developed for hot-shock consolidations of powders. The under-water shock wave and the high-temperature preheating, which are considered as two effective ways to eliminate cracks, were combined in the system. In this work, a SHS reaction mixture was used as chemical furnace to preheat the precursor powder, and the water column as well as the explosive attached to it was detached from the furnace by a solenoid valve fixed on the slide guide. When the precursor powders was preheated to the designed temperature, the solenoid valve was switched on, then the water column and the explosive slid down along the slide guide by gravity. At the moment the water container contacted with the lower part, the explosive was initiated, and the generated shock wave propagated through the water column to compact the powders. So the explosive and water column can be kept cool during the preheating process. The intensity of shock wave loading can be adjusted by changing the heights of water column. And the preheating temperature is controlled in the range of 700 ~1300 °C by changing the mass of the SHS mixture. In this work, pure tungsten powders and tungsten-copper mixture were separately compacted using this new assembly. The pure tungsten powder with a grain size of 2 μm were compacted to high density (96%T.D.) at 1300 °C, and the 90W-10Cu (wt pct) mixtures were compacted to nearly theoretical density at 1000 °C. The results showed that both samples were free of cracks. The consolidated specimens were then characterized by SEM analysis and micro-hardness testing.

  15. A novel assembly used for hot-shock consolidation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, P.; Zhou, Q.

    2014-05-01

    A novel assembly was developed for hot-shock consolidations of powders. The under-water shock wave and the high-temperature preheating, which are considered as two effective ways to eliminate cracks, were combined in the system. In this work, a SHS (self-propagating high-temperature synthesis) reaction mixture was used as chemical furnace to preheat the precursor powder, and the water column as well as the explosive attached to it was detached from the furnace by a solenoid valve fixed on the slide guide. When the precursor powders were preheated to the designed temperature, the solenoid valve was switched on, and then the water column and the explosive slid down along the slide guide by gravity. At the moment the water container contacted with the lower part, the explosive was initiated, and the generated shock wave propagated through the water column to compact the powders. So the explosive and water column can be kept cool during the preheating process. The intensity of shock wave loading can be adjusted by changing the heights of water column. And the preheating temperature is controlled in the range of 700~1300 °C by changing the mass of the SHS mixture. In this work, pure tungsten powders and tungsten-copper mixture were separately compacted using this new assembly. The pure tungsten powder with a grain size of 2 μm were compacted to high density (96 %T.D.) at 1300 °C, and the 90W-10Cu (wt pct) mixtures were compacted to 95.3 %T.D. at 970 °C. The results showed that both samples were free of cracks. The consolidated specimens were then characterized using SEM analysis and micro-hardness testing.

  16. The Use of Cryogenically Cooled 5A Molecular Sieves for Large Volume Reduction of Tritiated Hydrogen Gas

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Antoniazzi, A.B.; Bartoszek, F.E.; Sherlock, A.M.

    2006-07-01

    A commercial hydrogen isotope separation system based on gas chromatography (AGC-ISS) has been built. The system operates in two modes: stripping and volume reduction. The purpose of the stripping mode is to reduce a large volume of tritiated hydrogen gas to a small volume of tritium rich hydrogen gas. The results here illustrate the effectiveness of the AGC-ISS in the stripping and volume reduction phases. Column readiness for hydrogen isotope separation is confirmed by room temperature air separation tests. Production runs were initially carried out using natural levels of deuterium (110-160 ppm) in high purity hydrogen. After completion of themore » deuterium/hydrogen runs the system began operations with tritiated hydrogen. The paper presents details of the AGC-ISS design and results of tritium tests. The heart of the AGC-ISS consists of two packed columns (9 m long, 3.8 cm OD) containing 5A molecular sieve material of 40/60 mesh size. Each column has 5 individually controlled heaters along the length of the column and is coiled around an inverted inner dewar. The coiled column and inner dewar are both contained within an outer dewar. In this arrangement liquid nitrogen, used to cryogenically cool the columns, flows into and out off the annular space defined by the two dewars, allowing for alternate heating and cooling cycles. Tritiated hydrogen feed is injected in batch quantities. The batch size is variable with the maximum quantity restricted by the tritium concentration in the exhausted hydrogen. The stripping operations can be carried out in full automated mode or in full manual mode. The average cycle time between injections is about 75 minutes. To date, the maximum throughput achieved is 10.5 m{sup 3}/day. A total of 37.8 m{sup 3} of tritiated hydrogen has been processed during commissioning. The system has demonstrated that venting of >99.95% of the feed gas is possible while retaining 99.98% of the tritium. At a maximum tritium concentration of {approx}7 GBq/m{sup 3} (190 mCi/m{sup 3}), processing tritiated hydrogen gas at a rate of 8.1 m{sup 3} (NTP)/day results in an average tritium concentration in the process effluent line of 1.4 MBq/m{sup 3} (37 {mu}Ci/m{sup 3}). The average process exhaust flow, split between helium and hydrogen, is 10.6 litre/min. Product from the stripping phase is stored on a 5 kg depleted uranium bed. A 250 g depleted uranium bed is available for storage of enriched product. Several, ionization type, tritium sensors are located throughout the process to control emissions, control valve switching, and monitor evolution of tritiated species from the columns. (authors)« less

  17. Simultaneous determination of amino acids and carbohydrates in culture media of Clostridium thermocellum by valve-switching ion chromatography.

    PubMed

    Fa, Yun; Yang, Haiyan; Ji, Chengshuai; Cui, He; Zhu, Xinshu; Du, Juan; Gao, Jun

    2013-10-10

    An improved method for the simultaneous determination of 20 amino acids and 7 carbohydrates using one-valve switching after injection, ion chromatography, and integrated pulsed amperometric detection is proposed. The resolution of the amino acids and carbohydrates in the cation trap column was investigated. In addition, parameters including flow liquid type, flow rate, concentration, and valve-switch timing were optimized. The method is time-saving, effective, and accurate for the simultaneous separation of amino acids and carbohydrates, with a mean correlation coefficient of >0.99 and repeatability of 0.5-4.6% for eight replicates. The method was successfully applied in the analysis of amino acids and carbohydrates in aseptic media and in extracellular culture media of three phenotypes of Clostridium thermocellum. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  18. Solid-state pulse modulator using Marx generator for a medical linac electron-gun

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lim, Heuijin; Hyeok Jeong, Dong; Lee, Manwoo; Lee, Mujin; Yi, Jungyu; Yang, Kwangmo; Ro, Sung Chae

    2016-04-01

    A medical linac is used for the cancer treatment and consists of an accelerating column, waveguide components, a magnetron, an electron-gun, a pulse modulator, and an irradiation system. The pulse modulator based on hydrogen thyratron-switched pulse-forming network is commonly used in linac. As the improvement of the high power semiconductors in switching speed, voltage rating, and current rating, an insulated gate bipolar transistor has become the more popular device used for pulsed power systems. We propose a solid-state pulse modulator to generator high voltage by multi-stacked storage-switch stages based on the Marx generator. The advantage of our modulator comes from the use of two semiconductors to control charging and discharging of the storage capacitor at each stage and it allows to generate the pulse with various amplitudes, widths, and shapes. In addition, a gate driver for two semiconductors is designed to reduce the control channels and to protect the circuits. It is developed for providing the pulsed power to a medical linac electron-gun that requires 25 kV and 1 A as the first application. In order to improve the power efficiency and achieve the compactness modulator, a capacitor charging power supply, a Marx pulse generator, and an electron-gun heater isolated transformer are constructed and integrated. This technology is also being developed to extend the high power pulsed system with > 1 MW and also other applications such as a plasma immersed ion implantation and a micro pulse electrostatic precipitator which especially require variable pulse shape and high repetition rate > 1 kHz. The paper describes the design features and the construction of this solid-state pulse modulator. Also shown are the performance results into the linac electron-gun.

  19. Regulated bioanalysis of conformers - A case study with ASP2151 in dog plasma and urine.

    PubMed

    Ohtsu, Yoshiaki; Otsuka, Shohei; Nakamura, Takeshi; Noguchi, Kiyoshi

    2015-08-01

    We developed and validated bioanalytical methods for a potent helicase-primase inhibitor ASP2151 that has two conformers. These conformers elute as unseparated broad peaks under ordinary high-performance liquid chromatographic conditions, indicating discernable differences in hydrophobicity. We observed that column temperature and mobile phase pH have no effect on these peaks and that conformers form a single symmetrical peak when tetrahydrofuran is added to the mobile phase. In addition, we needed to develop semi-automated methods where inter-conversion of the conformers is unlikely to cause sample-to-sample extraction variability. Briefly, following the addition of deuterium-labeled ASP2151 as an internal standard (IS), dog plasma samples or acetonitrile-added urine samples were filtrated. The filtrates were then injected into a column-switching liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) system and trapped onto an extraction column. Extracts were back-flushed onto an analytical C18 column (4.6×50mm, 3μm) with a mobile phase consisting of methanol, tetrahydrofuran, and 20mmol/L ammonium acetate (45:5:50, v/v/v). The eluent was monitored in the negative atmospheric pressure chemical ionization mode. The calibration curve was linear over a range of 5-1000ng/mL for plasma and 0.5-100μg/mL for urine. Validation data met the acceptance criteria in accordance with regulatory guidance and demonstrated that these methods were selective, accurate, and reproducible. In addition, the present methods were successfully applied to a pharmacokinetic study in dogs. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. An Ultra-Sensitive Method for the Analysis of Perfluorinated Alkyl Acids in Drinking Water using a Column Switching High-Performance Liquid Chromatography Tandem Mass Spectrometry

    EPA Science Inventory

    In epidemiological research, it has become increasingly important to assess subjects' exposure to different classes of chemicals in multiple environmental media. It is a common practice to aliquot limited volumes of samples into smaller quantities for specific trace level chemi...

  1. Electrical latching of microelectromechanical devices

    DOEpatents

    Garcia, Ernest J.; Sleefe, Gerard E.

    2004-11-02

    Methods are disclosed for row and column addressing of an array of microelectromechanical (MEM) devices. The methods of the present invention are applicable to MEM micromirrors or memory elements and allow the MEM array to be programmed and maintained latched in a programmed state with a voltage that is generally lower than the voltage required for electrostatically switching the MEM devices.

  2. Optimising the design and operation of semi-continuous affinity chromatography for clinical and commercial manufacture.

    PubMed

    Pollock, James; Bolton, Glen; Coffman, Jon; Ho, Sa V; Bracewell, Daniel G; Farid, Suzanne S

    2013-04-05

    This paper presents an integrated experimental and modelling approach to evaluate the potential of semi-continuous chromatography for the capture of monoclonal antibodies (mAb) in clinical and commercial manufacture. Small-scale single-column experimental breakthrough studies were used to derive design equations for the semi-continuous affinity chromatography system. Verification runs with the semi-continuous 3-column and 4-column periodic counter current (PCC) chromatography system indicated the robustness of the design approach. The product quality profiles and step yields (after wash step optimisation) achieved were comparable to the standard batch process. The experimentally-derived design equations were incorporated into a decisional tool comprising dynamic simulation, process economics and sizing optimisation. The decisional tool was used to evaluate the economic and operational feasibility of whole mAb bioprocesses employing PCC affinity capture chromatography versus standard batch chromatography across a product's lifecycle from clinical to commercial manufacture. The tool predicted that PCC capture chromatography would offer more significant savings in direct costs for early-stage clinical manufacture (proof-of-concept) (∼30%) than for late-stage clinical (∼10-15%) or commercial (∼5%) manufacture. The evaluation also highlighted the potential facility fit issues that could arise with a capture resin (MabSelect) that experiences losses in binding capacity when operated in continuous mode over lengthy commercial campaigns. Consequently, the analysis explored the scenario of adopting the PCC system for clinical manufacture and switching to the standard batch process following product launch. The tool determined the PCC system design required to operate at commercial scale without facility fit issues and with similar costs to the standard batch process whilst pursuing a process change application. A retrofitting analysis established that the direct cost savings obtained by 8 proof-of-concept batches would be sufficient to pay back the investment cost of the pilot-scale semi-continuous chromatography system. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. Supercritical fluid chromatography of metoprolol and analogues on aminopropyl and ethylpyridine silica without any additives.

    PubMed

    Lundgren, Johanna; Salomonsson, John; Gyllenhaal, Olle; Johansson, Erik

    2007-06-22

    Metoprolol and a number of related amino alcohols and similar analytes have been chromatographed on aminopropyl (APS) and ethylpyridine (EPS) silica columns. The mobile phase was carbon dioxide with methanol as modifier and no amine additive was present. Optimal isocratic conditions for the selectivity were evaluated based on experiments using design of experiments. A central composite circumscribed model for each column was used. Factors were column temperature, back-pressure and % (v/v) of modifier. The responses were retention and selectivity versus metoprolol. The % of modifier mainly controlled the retention on both columns but pressure and temperature could also be important for optimizing the selectivity between the amino alcohols. The compounds could be divided into four and five groups on both columns, with respect to the selectivity. Furthermore, on the aminopropyl silica the analytes were more spread out whereas on the ethylpyridine silica, due to its aromaticity, retention and selectivity were closer. For optimal conditions the column temperature and back-pressure should be high and the modifier concentration low. A comparison of the selectivity using optimized conditions show a few switches of retention order between the two columns. On aminopropyl silica an aldehyde failed to be eluted owing to Schiff-base formation. Peak symmetry and column efficiency were briefly studied for some structurally close analogues. This revealed some activity from the columns that affected analytes that had less protected amino groups, a methyl group instead of isopropyl. The tailing was more marked with the ethylpyridine column even with the more bulky alkyl substituents. Plate number N was a better measure than the asymmetry factor since some analyte peaks broadened without serious deterioration of symmetry compared to homologues.

  4. Movement plans for posture selection do not transfer across hands

    PubMed Central

    Schütz, Christoph; Schack, Thomas

    2015-01-01

    In a sequential task, the grasp postures people select depend on their movement history. This motor hysteresis effect results from the reuse of former movement plans and reduces the cognitive cost of movement planning. Movement plans for hand trajectories not only transfer across successive trials, but also across hands. We therefore asked whether such a transfer would also be found in movement plans for hand postures. To this end, we designed a sequential, continuous posture selection task. Participants had to open a column of drawers with cylindrical knobs in ascending and descending sequences. A hand switch was required in each sequence. Hand pro/supination was analyzed directly before and after the hand switch. Results showed that hysteresis effects were present directly before, but absent directly after the hand switch. This indicates that, in the current study, movement plans for hand postures only transfer across trials, but not across hands. PMID:26441734

  5. Characterization and application of restricted access carbon nanotubes in online extraction of anticonvulsant drugs from plasma samples followed by liquid chromatography analysis.

    PubMed

    Dos Santos, Rodrigo Campos; Kakazu, Adriana Kaori; Santos, Mariane Gonçalves; Belinelli Silva, Fábio Antônio; Figueiredo, Eduardo Costa

    2017-06-01

    Anticonvulsant drugs are often used in the treatment of epilepsy. However, their therapeutic monitoring is often necessary in order to obtain an appropriate dose adjustment, due to the proximity between their therapeutic and toxic ranges. The aim of this study was to carry out the synthesis, characterization and use of restricted access carbon nanotubes (RACNTs) in an online method for the analyses of phenobarbital and carbamazepine and primidone from untreated human blood plasma by column switching liquid chromatography. Therefore, the synthesis of RACNTs was carried out through coating commercial Carbon nanotubes with bovine serum albumin (BSA) to subsequently use them as adsorbents in a column switching system operating in the backflush mode. This material was evaluated through the construction of the kinetic and isotherm curves. The experimental data for the interaction of primidone with RACNTs were adequately adjusted to the chemisorption and Sips models for the kinetic and adsorption studies, respectively. The analytical curves ranged from 2.0 to 40.0mgL -1 , with correlation coefficients higher than 0.99, for all the analytes. The LODs of 0.1, 0.1 and 0.01μgmL -1 were defined for PHB, PRM and CBZ, respectively. The relative standard deviation values ranged from 1.0% to 8.4% for the intra assay precision and from 2.7% to 7.6% for inter assay precision. The relative error values ranged from -13.4% to 7.7% for the intra assay accuracy and from -8.6% to 2.5% for the inter assay accuracy. The method was adequately used in the therapeutic monitoring of anticonvulsant drugs in human plasma samples. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Analysis of alkyl phosphates in petroleum samples by comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography with nitrogen phosphorus detection and post-column Deans switching.

    PubMed

    Nizio, Katie D; Harynuk, James J

    2012-08-24

    Alkyl phosphate based gellants used as viscosity builders for fracturing fluids used in the process of hydraulic fracturing have been implicated in numerous refinery-fouling incidents in North America. In response, industry developed an inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy (ICP-OES) based method for the analysis of total volatile phosphorus in distillate fractions of crude oil; however, this method is plagued by poor precision and a high limit of detection (0.5±1μg phosphorus mL(-1)). Furthermore this method cannot provide speciation information, which is critical for developing an understanding of the challenge of alkyl phosphates at a molecular level. An approach using comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography with nitrogen phosphorus detection (GC×GC-NPD) and post-column Deans switching is presented. This method provides qualitative and quantitative profiles of alkyl phosphates in industrial petroleum samples with increased precision and at levels comparable to or below those achievable by ICP-OES. A recovery study in a fracturing fluid sample and a profiling study of alkyl phosphates in four recovered fracturing fluid/crude oil mixtures (flowback) are also presented. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. On the occurrence of caligids (Copepoda: Siphonostomatoida) in the marine plankton: a review and checklist.

    PubMed

    Maran, Balu Alagar Venmathi; Suárez-Morales, Eduardo; Ohtsuka, Susumu; Soh, Ho Young; Hwang, Ui Wook

    2016-10-11

    Members of the copepod genus Caligus Müller, 1785 (Siphonostomatoida: Caligidae) are commonly referred to as sea lice. Virtually all of the more than 450 species utilize marine fishes as hosts, however, an increasing number of records from marine plankton samples shows that at least some species reside in the water column during their adult phase. Members of three different genera, Caligus, Lepeophtheirus von Nordmann, 1832, and Metacaligus Thomsen, 1949 have been reported from plankton samples off eastern Asia and in the north-western Atlantic. Thirteen species have so far been consistently reported from the plankton only with no information on their hosts. Here we review the various hypotheses previously proposed to explain the presence of caligids in the water column, i.e. accidental occurrence, behavioral detachment from the host during mate location, and host-switching. The discovery of adults of two species of Caligus with no other developmental stages on their teleost hosts, suggests an ontogenetic host-switching after the final molt since both species also occurred in plankton samples. A checklist of all caligid records from the marine plankton, including known host data, is presented.

  8. Gas chromatographic sulphur speciation in heavy crude oil using a modified standard D5623 method and microfluidic Deans switching.

    PubMed

    Heshka, Nicole E; Choy, Joanne M; Chen, Jinwen

    2017-12-29

    A modification to American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) method D5623 is proposed to enable successful and repeatable analysis of heavy crude oil samples. A two-dimensional gas chromatography configuration was implemented, with separation of sulphur compounds occurring on two columns. A Deans switch is used to enable heart-cutting of volatile sulphur compounds onto a DB-Sulfur stationary phase, and separation occurs concurrently with the backflushing of the primary column. The use of a sulphur-selective detector increases selectivity, and 22 volatile sulphur species are quantified in less than 15min, which is almost half the time of the original ASTM method. Samples ranging from light distillation cuts to whole crudes (boiling from 100°C to >750°C) were analyzed with minimal sample preparation. The calculated limit of detection was 0.7mg/kg, repeatability was 3% relative standard deviation (RSD), and a linear range of 1-250mg/kg was obtained, with an R 2 value of 0.994 or better, depending on the compound. Crown Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. Analog bus driver and multiplexer

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pain, Bedabrata (Inventor); Hancock, Bruce (Inventor); Cunningham, Thomas J. (Inventor)

    2012-01-01

    For a source-follower signal chain, the ohmic drop in the selection switch causes unacceptable voltage offset, non-linearity, and reduced small signal gain. For an op amp signal chain, the required bias current and the output noise rises rapidly with increasing the array format due to a rapid increase in the effective capacitance caused by the Miller effect boosting up the contribution of the bus capacitance. A new switched source-follower signal chain circuit overcomes limitations of existing op-amp based or source follower based circuits used in column multiplexers and data readout. This will improve performance of CMOS imagers, and focal plane read-out integrated circuits for detectors of infrared or ultraviolet light.

  10. Miniaturised medium pressure capillary liquid chromatography system with flexible open platform design using off-the-shelf microfluidic components.

    PubMed

    Li, Yan; Dvořák, Miloš; Nesterenko, Pavel N; Stanley, Roger; Nuchtavorn, Nantana; Krčmová, Lenka Kujovská; Aufartová, Jana; Macka, Mirek

    2015-10-08

    Trends towards portable analytical instrumentation of the last decades have not been equally reflected in developments of portable liquid chromatography (LC) instrumentation for rapid on-site measurements. A miniaturised medium pressure capillary LC (MPLC) system with gradient elution capability has been designed based on a flexible modular microfluidic system using primarily off-the-shelf low cost components to ensure wide accessibility to other analysts. The microfluidic platform was assembled on a breadboard and contained microsyringe pumps and switch valves, complemented with an injection valve and on-capillary detectors, all controlled by a PC. Four miniaturised microsyringe pumps, with 5, 20 and 100 μL syringe volume options, formed the basis of the pumping system. Two pairs of pumps were used for each mobile phase to create gradient elution capability. The two microsyringe pumps in each pairs were linked by two electrically operated microfluidic switching valves and both pairs of pumps were connected through a zero void volume cross-connector, thus providing a low hold-up volume for gradient formation. Sample was injected by a 20 nL nano-LC sampling valve, directly connected to a 18 cm long 100 μm i.d. Chromolith CapRod RP-18 monolithic capillary column. On-capillary LED-based UV-vis photometric detection was conducted through a piece of equal diameter fused silica capillary connected after the column. The performance of the portable LC system was evaluated theoretically and experimentally, including the maximum operating pressure, gradient mixing performance, and the performance of the detectors. The 5 μL microsyringe pump offered the best performance, with typical maximum operating pressures up to 11.4 ± 0.4 MPa (water) and gradient pumping repeatability of between 4 and 9% for gradients between 0.10% s(-1) and 0.33% s(-1). Test analytes of charged and uncharged dyes and pharmaceuticals of varying hydrophobicity showed typical RSD values of 0.7-1.4% and 3.3-4.8% in isocratic mode and 1.2-4.6% and 3.2-6.4% in gradient mode, respectively for retention time and peak area repeatability. Crown Copyright © 2015. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Mapper: high throughput maskless lithography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kuiper, V.; Kampherbeek, B. J.; Wieland, M. J.; de Boer, G.; ten Berge, G. F.; Boers, J.; Jager, R.; van de Peut, T.; Peijster, J. J. M.; Slot, E.; Steenbrink, S. W. H. K.; Teepen, T. F.; van Veen, A. H. V.

    2009-01-01

    Maskless electron beam lithography, or electron beam direct write, has been around for a long time in the semiconductor industry and was pioneered from the mid-1960s onwards. This technique has been used for mask writing applications as well as device engineering and in some cases chip manufacturing. However because of its relatively low throughput compared to optical lithography, electron beam lithography has never been the mainstream lithography technology. To extend optical lithography double patterning, as a bridging technology, and EUV lithography are currently explored. Irrespective of the technical viability of both approaches, one thing seems clear. They will be expensive [1]. MAPPER Lithography is developing a maskless lithography technology based on massively-parallel electron-beam writing with high speed optical data transport for switching the electron beams. In this way optical columns can be made with a throughput of 10-20 wafers per hour. By clustering several of these columns together high throughputs can be realized in a small footprint. This enables a highly cost-competitive alternative to double patterning and EUV alternatives. In 2007 MAPPER obtained its Proof of Lithography milestone by exposing in its Demonstrator 45 nm half pitch structures with 110 electron beams in parallel, where all the beams where individually switched on and off [2]. In 2008 MAPPER has taken a next step in its development by building several tools. A new platform has been designed and built which contains a 300 mm wafer stage, a wafer handler and an electron beam column with 110 parallel electron beams. This manuscript describes the first patterning results with this 300 mm platform.

  12. A new restricted access molecularly imprinted polymer capped with albumin for direct extraction of drugs from biological matrices: the case of chlorpromazine in human plasma.

    PubMed

    de Oliveira Isac Moraes, Gabriel; da Silva, Larissa Meirelles Rodrigues; dos Santos-Neto, Alvaro José; Florenzano, Fábio Herbst; Figueiredo, Eduardo Costa

    2013-09-01

    A new restricted access molecularly imprinted polymer coated with bovine serum albumin (RAMIP-BSA) was developed, characterized, and used for direct analysis of chlorpromazine in human plasma samples. The RAMIP-BSA was synthesized using chlorpromazine, methacrylic acid, and ethylene glycol dimethacrylate as template, functional monomer, and cross-linker, respectively. Glycerol dimethacrylate and hydroxy methyl methacrylate were used to promote a hydrophilic surface (high density of hydroxyl groups). Afterward, the polymer was coated with BSA using glutaraldehyde as cross-linker, resulting in a protein chemical shield around it. The material was able to eliminate ca. 99% of protein when a 44-mg mL(-1) BSA aqueous solution was passed through it. The RAMIP-BSA was packed in a column and used for direct analysis of chlorpromazine in human plasma samples in an online column switching high-performance liquid chromatography system. The analytical calibration curve was prepared in a pool of human plasma samples with chlorpromazine concentrations ranging from 30 to 350 μg L(-1). The correlation coefficient obtained was 0.995 and the limit of quantification was 30 μg L(-1). Intra-day and inter-day precision and accuracy presented variation coefficients and relative errors lower than 15% and within -15 and 15%, respectively. The sample throughput was 3 h(-1) (sample preparation and chromatographic analysis steps) and the same RAMIP-BSA column was efficiently used for about 90 cycles.

  13. Organization of the Tropical Convective Cloud Population by Humidity and the Critical Transition to Heavy Precipitation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Igel, M.

    2015-12-01

    The tropical atmosphere exhibits an abrupt statistical switch between non-raining and heavily raining states as column moisture increases across a wide range of length scales. Deep convection occurs at values of column humidity above the transition point and induces drying of moist columns. With a 1km resolution, large domain cloud resolving model run in RCE, what will be made clear here for the first time is how the entire tropical convective cloud population is affected by and feeds back to the pickup in heavy precipitation. Shallow convection can act to dry the low levels through weak precipitation or vertical redistribution of moisture, or to moisten toward a transition to deep convection. It is shown that not only can deep convection dehydrate the entire column, it can also dry just the lower layer through intense rain. In the latter case, deep stratiform cloud then forms to dry the upper layer through rain with anomalously high rates for its value of column humidity until both the total column moisture falls below the critical transition point and the upper levels are cloud free. Thus, all major tropical cloud types are shown to respond strongly to the same critical phase-transition point. This mutual response represents a potentially strong organizational mechanism for convection, and the frequency of and logical rules determining physical evolutions between these convective regimes will be discussed. The precise value of the point in total column moisture at which the transition to heavy precipitation occurs is shown to result from two independent thresholds in lower-layer and upper-layer integrated humidity.

  14. Structural control and health monitoring of building structures with unknown ground excitations: Experimental investigation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    He, Jia; Xu, You-Lin; Zhan, Sheng; Huang, Qin

    2017-03-01

    When health monitoring system and vibration control system both are required for a building structure, it will be beneficial and cost-effective to integrate these two systems together for creating a smart building structure. Recently, on the basis of extended Kalman filter (EKF), a time-domain integrated approach was proposed for the identification of structural parameters of the controlled buildings with unknown ground excitations. The identified physical parameters and structural state vectors were then utilized to determine the control force for vibration suppression. In this paper, the possibility of establishing such a smart building structure with the function of simultaneous damage detection and vibration suppression was explored experimentally. A five-story shear building structure equipped with three magneto-rheological (MR) dampers was built. Four additional columns were added to the building model, and several damage scenarios were then simulated by symmetrically cutting off these columns in certain stories. Two sets of earthquakes, i.e. Kobe earthquake and Northridge earthquake, were considered as seismic input and assumed to be unknown during the tests. The structural parameters and the unknown ground excitations were identified during the tests by using the proposed identification method with the measured control forces. Based on the identified structural parameters and system states, a switching control law was employed to adjust the current applied to the MR dampers for the purpose of vibration attenuation. The experimental results show that the presented approach is capable of satisfactorily identifying structural damages and unknown excitations on one hand and significantly mitigating the structural vibration on the other hand.

  15. High-speed and high-resolution UPLC separation at zero degrees Celsius

    PubMed Central

    Wales, Thomas E.; Fadgen, Keith E.; Gerhardt, Geoff C.; Engen, John R.

    2008-01-01

    The conformational properties of proteins can be probed with hydrogen/deuterium exchange mass spectrometry (HXMS). In order to maintain the deuterium label during LC/MS analyses, chromatographic separation must be done rapidly (usually in under 8–10 minutes) and at zero degrees Celsius. Traditional RP-HPLC with ~3 micron particles has shown generally poor chromatographic performance under these conditions and thereby has been prohibitive for HXMS analyses of larger proteins and many protein complexes. Ultra performance liquid chromatography (UPLC) employs particles smaller than 2 microns in diameter to achieve superior resolution, speed, and sensitivity as compared to HPLC. UPLC has previously been shown to be compatible with the fast separation and low temperature requirements of HXMS. Here we present construction and validation of a custom UPLC system for HXMS. The system is based on the Waters nanoACQUITY platform and contains a Peltier-cooled module that houses the injection and switching valves, online pepsin digestion column, and C-18 analytical separation column. Single proteins in excess of 95 kDa and a four-protein mixture in excess of 250 kDa have been used to validate the performance of this new system. Near baseline resolution was achieved in 6 minute separations at 0 °C and displayed a median chromatographic peak width of ~2.7 sec at half height. Deuterium recovery was similar to that obtained using a conventional HPLC and icebath. This new system represents a significant advancement in HXMS technology that is expected to make the technique more accessible and mainstream in the near future. PMID:18672890

  16. Simultaneous determination of eight chemicals in Fufang Xueshuantong capsules by LC-MS-MS with periodic polarity switching.

    PubMed

    Zhou, Chunhua; Su, Linfei; Shang, Weiding; Rong, Zhihuan; Sun, Mengmeng; Zhang, Kai; Shi, Xiaowei; Wang, Qiao

    2015-01-01

    A rapid, sensitive, selective and periodic polarity-switching liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry(LC-MS-MS) method was developed for the simultaneous determination of eight components in an important traditional Chinese medicinal capsule, Fufang Xueshuantong. LC analysis was carried out on a Kinetex 2.6 µm XB-C18 column by gradient elution. The detection was performed by multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) with a periodic polarity-switching electrospray ionization (ESI) source across five periods of switching between positive and negative mode. Periodic polarity-switching was used to acquire maximal responses and to simultaneously detect eight constituents in one analysis run lasting 8 min. All of the analytes showed good linearity (r > 0.9947) in the tested ranges. The average recoveries were in the range of 95.4-103.9% with relative standard deviations ≤6.3%, and the intra- and inter-day variations were ≤3.7%. The developed method was successfully employed to analyze three batches of Fufang Xueshuantong capsule samples. The results showed that the levels of notoginsenoside R1, ginsenoside Rb1 and salvianolic acid B were clearly different in different batches of Fufang Xueshuantong capsules. Furthermore, the new established periodic polarity-switching LC-MS-MS method was proven to be highly sensitive and effective in evaluating the quality of Fufang Xueshuantong capsules. © The Author 2015. Published by Oxford University Press. All rights reserved. For Permissions, please email: journals.permissions@oup.com.

  17. Conditions for Stabilizability of Linear Switched Systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Minh, Vu Trieu

    2011-06-01

    This paper investigates some conditions that can provide stabilizability for linear switched systems with polytopic uncertainties via their closed loop linear quadratic state feedback regulator. The closed loop switched systems can stabilize unstable open loop systems or stable open loop systems but in which there is no solution for a common Lyapunov matrix. For continuous time switched linear systems, we show that if there exists solution in an associated Riccati equation for the closed loop systems sharing one common Lyapunov matrix, the switched linear systems are stable. For the discrete time switched systems, we derive a Linear Matrix Inequality (LMI) to calculate a common Lyapunov matrix and solution for the stable closed loop feedback systems. These closed loop linear quadratic state feedback regulators guarantee the global asymptotical stability for any switched linear systems with any switching signal sequence.

  18. Targeting Human Serum Fucome by an Integrated Liquid-phase Multi Column Platform Operating in “Cascade” to Facilitate Comparative Mass Spectrometric Analysis of Disease-Free and Breast Cancer Sera

    PubMed Central

    Selvaraju, Subhashini; Rassi, Ziad El

    2013-01-01

    A fully integrated platform was developed for capturing/fractionating human fucome from disease-free and breast cancer sera. It comprised multicolumn operated by HPLC pumps and switching valves for the simultaneous depletion of high abundance proteins via affinity-based subtraction and the capturing of fucosylated glycoproteins via lectin affinity chromatography followed by the fractionation of the captured glycoproteins by reversed phase chromatography (RPC). Two lectin columns specific to fucose, namely Aleuria aurantia lectin (AAL) and Lotus tetragonolobus agglutinin (LTA) were utilized. The platform allowed the “cascading” of the serum sample from column-to-column in the liquid phase with no sample manipulation between the various steps. This guaranteed no sample loss and no propagation of experimental biases between the various columns. Finally, the fucome was fractionated by RPC yielding desalted fractions in volatile acetonitrile-rich mobile phase, which after vacuum evaporation were subjected to trypsinolysis for LC-MS/MS analysis. This permitted the identification of the differentially expressed proteins (DEP) in breast cancer serum yielding a broad panel of 35 DEP from the combined LTA and AAL captured proteins and a narrower panel of 8 DEP that were commonly differentially expressed in both LTA and AAL fractions, which are considered as more representative of cancer altered fucome. PMID:23533108

  19. Distributed Consensus of Stochastic Delayed Multi-agent Systems Under Asynchronous Switching.

    PubMed

    Wu, Xiaotai; Tang, Yang; Cao, Jinde; Zhang, Wenbing

    2016-08-01

    In this paper, the distributed exponential consensus of stochastic delayed multi-agent systems with nonlinear dynamics is investigated under asynchronous switching. The asynchronous switching considered here is to account for the time of identifying the active modes of multi-agent systems. After receipt of confirmation of mode's switching, the matched controller can be applied, which means that the switching time of the matched controller in each node usually lags behind that of system switching. In order to handle the coexistence of switched signals and stochastic disturbances, a comparison principle of stochastic switched delayed systems is first proved. By means of this extended comparison principle, several easy to verified conditions for the existence of an asynchronously switched distributed controller are derived such that stochastic delayed multi-agent systems with asynchronous switching and nonlinear dynamics can achieve global exponential consensus. Two examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  20. Chiral separation of the β2-sympathomimetic fenoterol by HPLC and capillary zone electrophoresis for pharmacokinetic studies.

    PubMed

    Ullrich, Thomas; Wesenberg, Dirk; Bleuel, Corinna; Krauss, Gerd-Joachim; Schmid, Martin G; Weiss, Michael; Gübitz, Gerald

    2010-10-01

    The development of methods for the separation of the enantiomers of fenoterol by chiral HPLC and capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE) is described. For the HPLC separation precolumn fluorescence derivatization with naphthyl isocyanate was applied. The resulting urea derivatives were resolved on a cellulose tris(3,5-dimethylphenylcarbamate)-coated silica gel column employing a column switching procedure. Detection was carried out fluorimetrically with a detection limit in the low ng/mL range. The method was adapted to the determination of fenoterol enantiomers in rat heart perfusates using liquid-liquid extraction. As an alternative a CE method was used for the direct separation of fenoterol enantiomers comparing different cyclodextrin derivatives as chiral selectors. Copyright © 2010 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  1. Use of a novel cation-exchange restricted-access material for automated sample clean-up prior to the determination of basic drugs in plasma by liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Chiap, P; Rbeida, O; Christiaens, B; Hubert, Ph; Lubda, D; Boos, K S; Crommen, J

    2002-10-25

    A new kind of silica-based restricted-access material (RAM) has been tested in pre-columns for the on-line solid-phase extraction (SPE) of basic drugs from directly injected plasma samples before their quantitative analysis by reversed-phase liquid chromatography (LC), using the column switching technique. The outer surface of the porous RAM particlescontains hydrophilic diol groups while sulphonic acid groups are bound to the internal surface, which gives the sorbent the properties of a strong cation exchanger towards low molecular mass compounds. Macromolecules such as proteins have no access to the internal surface of the pre-column due to their exclusion from the pores and are then flushed directly out. The retention capability of this novel packing material has been tested for some hydrophilic basic drugs, such as atropine, fenoterol, ipratropium, procaine, sotalol and terbutaline, used as model compounds. The influence of the composition of the washing liquid on the retention of the analytes in the pre-column has been investigated. The elution profiles of the different compounds and the plasma matrix as well as the time needed for the transfer of the analytes from the pre-column to the analytical column were determined in order to deduce the most suitable conditions for the clean-up step and develop on-line methods for the LC determination of these compounds in plasma. The cationic exchange sorbent was also compared to another RAM, namely RP-18 ADS (alkyl diol silica) sorbent with respect to retention capability towards basic analytes.

  2. Optical switching property of electromagnetically induced transparency in a Λ system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Lianshui; Wang, Jian; Feng, Xiaomin; Yang, Lijun; Li, Xiaoli; Zhao, Min

    2008-12-01

    In this paper we study the coherent transient property of a Λ-three-level system (Ωd = 0) and a quasi- Λ -four-level system (Ωd>0). Optical switching of the probe field can be achieved by applying a pulsed coupling field or rf field. In Λ -shaped three-level system, when the coupling field was switched on, there is a almost total transparency of the probe field and the time required for the absorption changing from 90% to 10% of the maximum absorption is 2.9Γ0 (Γ0 is spontaneous emission lifetime). When the coupling field was switched off, there is an initial increase of the probe field absorption and then gradually evolves to the maximum of absorption of the two-level absorption, the time required for the absorption of the system changing from 10% to 90% is 4.2Γ0. In four-level system, where rf driving field is used as switching field, to achieve the same depth of the optical switching, the time of the optical switching is 2.5Γ0 and 6.1Γ0, respectively. The results show that with the same depth of the optical switching, the switch-on time of the four-level system is shorter than that of the three-level system, while the switch-off time of the four-level system is longer. The depth of the optical switching of the four-level system was much larger than that of the three-level system, where the depth of the optical switching of the latter is merely 14.8% of that of the former. The speed of optical switching of the two systems can be increased by the increase of Rabi frequency of coupling field or rf field.

  3. H∞ control for switched fuzzy systems via dynamic output feedback: Hybrid and switched approaches

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiang, Weiming; Xiao, Jian; Iqbal, Muhammad Naveed

    2013-06-01

    Fuzzy T-S model has been proven to be a practical and effective way to deal with the analysis and synthesis problems for complex nonlinear systems. As for switched nonlinear system, describing its subsystems as fuzzy T-S models, namely switched fuzzy system, naturally is an alternative method to conventional control approaches. In this paper, the H∞ control problem for a class of switched fuzzy systems is addressed. Hybrid and switched design approaches are proposed with different availability of switching signal information at switching instant. The hybrid control strategy includes two parts: fuzzy controllers for subsystems and state updating controller at switching instant, and the switched control strategy contains the controllers for subsystems. It is demonstrated that the conservativeness is reduced by introducing the state updating behavior but its cost is an online prediction of switching signal. Numerical examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of proposed approaches and compare the conservativeness of two approaches.

  4. The Weak Fe Fluorescence Line and Long-Term X-Ray Evolution of the Compton-Thick Active Galactic Nucleus in NGC7674

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ghandi, P.; Annuar, A.; Lansbury, G. B.; Stern, D.; Alexander, D. M.; Bauer, F. E.; Bianchi, S.; Boggs, S. E.; Boorman, P. G.; Brandt, W. N.; hide

    2017-01-01

    We present NuSTAR X-ray observations of the active galactic nucleus (AGN) in NGC7674.The source shows a flat X-ray spectrum, suggesting that it is obscured by Compton-thick gas columns. Based upon long-term flux dimming, previous work suggested the alternate possibility that the source is a recently switched-off AGN with the observed X-rays being the lagged echo from the torus. Our high-quality data show the source to be reflection-dominated in hard X-rays, but with a relatively weak neutral Fe K(alpha) emission line (equivalent width [EW] of approximately 0.4 keV) and a strong Fe XXVI ionized line (EW approximately 0.2 keV).We construct an updated long-term X-ray light curve of NGC7674 and find that the observed 2-10 keV flux has remained constant for the past approximately 20 yr, following a high-flux state probed by Ginga. Light travel time arguments constrain the minimum radius of the reflector to be approximately 3.2 pc under the switched-off AGN scenario, approximately 30 times larger than the expected dust sublimation radius, rendering this possibility unlikely. A patchy Compton-thick AGN (CTAGN) solution is plausible, requiring a minimum line-of-sight column density (N(sub H)) of 3 x 10(exp 24) cm(exp -2) at present, and yields an intrinsic 2-10 keV luminosity of (3-5) x 10(exp 43) erg s(exp -1). Realistic uncertainties span the range of approximately (1-13) x 10(exp 43) erg s1. The source has one of the weakest fluorescence lines amongst bona fide CTAGN, and is potentially a local analogue of bolometrically luminous systems showing complex neutral and ionized Fe emission. It exemplifies the difficulty of identification and proper characterization of distant CTAGN based on the strength of the neutral Fe K line

  5. The weak Fe fluorescence line and long-term X-ray evolution of the Compton-thick active galactic nucleus in NGC 7674

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gandhi, P.; Annuar, A.; Lansbury, G. B.; Stern, D.; Alexander, D. M.; Bauer, F. E.; Bianchi, S.; Boggs, S. E.; Boorman, P. G.; Brandt, W. N.; Brightman, M.; Christensen, F. E.; Comastri, A.; Craig, W. W.; Del Moro, A.; Elvis, M.; Guainazzi, M.; Hailey, C. J.; Harrison, F. A.; Koss, M.; Lamperti, I.; Malaguti, G.; Masini, A.; Matt, G.; Puccetti, S.; Ricci, C.; Rivers, E.; Walton, D. J.; Zhang, W. W.

    2017-06-01

    We present NuSTAR X-ray observations of the active galactic nucleus (AGN) in NGC 7674. The source shows a flat X-ray spectrum, suggesting that it is obscured by Compton-thick gas columns. Based upon long-term flux dimming, previous work suggested the alternate possibility that the source is a recently switched-off AGN with the observed X-rays being the lagged echo from the torus. Our high-quality data show the source to be reflection-dominated in hard X-rays, but with a relatively weak neutral Fe Kα emission line (equivalent width [EW] of ≈ 0.4 keV) and a strong Fe xxvi ionized line (EW ≈ 0.2 keV). We construct an updated long-term X-ray light curve of NGC 7674 and find that the observed 2-10 keV flux has remained constant for the past ≈ 20 yr, following a high-flux state probed by Ginga. Light travel time arguments constrain the minimum radius of the reflector to be ˜ 3.2 pc under the switched-off AGN scenario, ≈ 30 times larger than the expected dust sublimation radius, rendering this possibility unlikely. A patchy Compton-thick AGN (CTAGN) solution is plausible, requiring a minimum line-of-sight column density (NH) of 3 × 1024 cm-2 at present, and yields an intrinsic 2-10 keV luminosity of (3-5) × 1043 erg s-1. Realistic uncertainties span the range of ≈ (1-13) × 1043 erg s-1. The source has one of the weakest fluorescence lines amongst bona fide CTAGN, and is potentially a local analogue of bolometrically luminous systems showing complex neutral and ionized Fe emission. It exemplifies the difficulty of identification and proper characterization of distant CTAGN based on the strength of the neutral Fe Kα line.

  6. Hydrodynamic effects of air sparging on hollow fiber membranes in a bubble column reactor.

    PubMed

    Xia, Lijun; Law, Adrian Wing-Keung; Fane, Anthony G

    2013-07-01

    Air sparging is now a standard approach to reduce concentration polarization and fouling of membrane modules in membrane bioreactors (MBRs). The hydrodynamic shear stresses, bubble-induced turbulence and cross flows scour the membrane surfaces and help reduce the deposit of foulants onto the membrane surface. However, the detailed quantitative knowledge on the effect of air sparging remains lacking in the literature due to the complex hydrodynamics generated by the gas-liquid flows. To date, there is no valid model that describes the relationship between the membrane fouling performance and the flow hydrodynamics. The present study aims to examine the impact of hydrodynamics induced by air sparging on the membrane fouling mitigation in a quantitative manner. A modelled hollow fiber module was placed in a cylindrical bubble column reactor at different axial heights with the trans-membrane pressure (TMP) monitored under constant flux conditions. The configuration of bubble column without the membrane module immersed was identical to that studied by Gan et al. (2011) using Phase Doppler Anemometry (PDA), to ensure a good quantitative understanding of turbulent flow conditions along the column height. The experimental results showed that the meandering flow regime which exhibits high flow instability at the 0.3 m is more beneficial to fouling alleviation compared with the steady flow circulation regime at the 0.6 m. The filtration tests also confirmed the existence of an optimal superficial air velocity beyond which a further increase is of no significant benefit on the membrane fouling reduction. In addition, the alternate aeration provided by two air stones mounted at the opposite end of the diameter of the bubble column was also studied to investigate the associated flow dynamics and its influence on the membrane filtration performance. It was found that with a proper switching interval and membrane module orientation, the membrane fouling can be effectively controlled with even smaller superficial air velocity than the optimal value provided by a single air stone. Finally, the testing results with both inorganic and organic feeds showed that the solid particle composition and particle size distribution all contribute to the cake formation in a membrane filtration system. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  7. A fully automated and fast method using direct sample injection combined with fused-core column on-line SPE-HPLC for determination of ochratoxin A and citrinin in lager beers.

    PubMed

    Lhotská, Ivona; Šatínský, Dalibor; Havlíková, Lucie; Solich, Petr

    2016-05-01

    A new fast and sensitive method based on on-line solid-phase extraction on a fused-core precolumn coupled to liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection has been developed for ochratoxin A (OTA) and citrinin (CIT) determination in lager beer samples. Direct injection of 100 μL filtered beer samples into an on-line SPE-HPLC system enabled fast and effective sample extraction including separation in less than 6 min. Preconcentration of OTA and CIT from beer samples was performed on an Ascentis Express RP C18 guard column (5 × 4.6 mm), particle size 2.7 μm, with a mobile phase of methanol/0.5% aqueous acetic acid pH 2.8 (30:70, v/v) at a flow rate of 2.0 mL min(-1). The flow switch from extraction column to analytical column in back-flush mode was set at 2.0 min and the separation was performed on the fused-core column Ascentis Express Phenyl-Hexyl (100 × 4.6 mm), particle size 2.7 μm, with a mobile phase acetonitrile/0.5% aqueous acetic acid pH 2.8 in a gradient elution at a flow rate of 1.0 mL min(-1) and temperature of 50 °C. Fluorescence excitation/emission detection wavelengths were set at 335/497 nm. The accuracy of the method, defined as the mean recoveries of OTA and CIT from light and dark beer samples, was in the range 98.3-102.1%. The method showed high sensitivity owing to on-line preconcentration; LOQ values were found to be 10 and 20 ng L(-1) for OTA and CIT, respectively. The found values of OTA and CIT in all tested light, dark and wheat beer samples were significantly below the maximum tolerable limits (3.0 μg kg(-1) for OTA and 2000 μg kg(-1) for CIT) set by the European Union.

  8. Clinical Experiments of Communication by ALS Patient Utilizing Detecting Event-Related Potential

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kanou, Naoyuki; Sakuma, Kenji; Nakashima, Kenji

    Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis(ALS) patients are unable to successfully communicate their desires, although their mentality is normal, and so, the necessity of Communication Aids(CA) for ALS patients is realized. Therefore, the authors are focused on Event-Related Potential(ERP) which is elicited primarily for the target by visual and auditory stimuli. P200, N200 and P300 are components of ERP. These are potentials that are elicited when the subject focuses attention on stimuli that appears infrequently. ALS patient participated in two experiments. In the first experiment, a target word out of five words on a computer display was specified. The five words were linked to an each electric appliance, allowing the ALS patient to switch on a target appliance by ERP. In the second experiment, a target word in a 5×5 matrix was specified by measure of ERP. The rows and columns of the matrix were reversed randomly. The word on a crossing point of rows and columns including the target word, was specified as the target word. The rate of correct judgment in the first and second experiments were 100% in N200 and 96% in P200. For practical use of this system, it is very important to determine suitable communication algorithms for each patient by performing these experiments evaluating the results.

  9. Systems for column-based separations, methods of forming packed columns, and methods of purifying sample components

    DOEpatents

    Egorov, Oleg B.; O'Hara, Matthew J.; Grate, Jay W.; Chandler, Darrell P.; Brockman, Fred J.; Bruckner-Lea, Cynthia J.

    2000-01-01

    The invention encompasses systems for column-based separations, methods of packing and unpacking columns and methods of separating components of samples. In one aspect, the invention includes a method of packing and unpacking a column chamber, comprising: a) packing a matrix material within a column chamber to form a packed column; and b) after the packing, unpacking the matrix material from the column chamber without moving the column chamber. In another aspect, the invention includes a system for column-based separations, comprising: a) a fluid passageway, the fluid passageway comprising a column chamber and a flow path in fluid communication with the column chamber, the flow path being obstructed by a retaining material permeable to a carrier fluid and impermeable to a column matrix material suspended in the carrier fluid, the flow path extending through the column chamber and through the retaining material, the flow path being configured to form a packed column within the column chamber when a suspension of the fluid and the column matrix material is flowed along the flow path; and b) the fluid passageway extending through a valve intermediate the column chamber and the retaining material.

  10. Systems For Column-Based Separations, Methods Of Forming Packed Columns, And Methods Of Purifying Sample Components

    DOEpatents

    Egorov, Oleg B.; O'Hara, Matthew J.; Grate, Jay W.; Chandler, Darrell P.; Brockman, Fred J.; Bruckner-Lea, Cynthia J.

    2006-02-21

    The invention encompasses systems for column-based separations, methods of packing and unpacking columns and methods of separating components of samples. In one aspect, the invention includes a method of packing and unpacking a column chamber, comprising: a) packing a matrix material within a column chamber to form a packed column; and b) after the packing, unpacking the matrix material from the column chamber without moving the column chamber. In another aspect, the invention includes a system for column-based separations, comprising: a) a fluid passageway, the fluid passageway comprising a column chamber and a flow path in fluid communication with the column chamber, the flow path being obstructed by a retaining material permeable to a carrier fluid and impermeable to a column matrix material suspended in the carrier fluid, the flow path extending through the column chamber and through the retaining material, the flow path being configured to form a packed column within the column chamber when a suspension of the fluid and the column matrix material is flowed along the flow path; and b) the fluid passageway extending through a valve intermediate the column chamber and the retaining material.

  11. Systems For Column-Based Separations, Methods Of Forming Packed Columns, And Methods Of Purifying Sample Components.

    DOEpatents

    Egorov, Oleg B.; O'Hara, Matthew J.; Grate, Jay W.; Chandler, Darrell P.; Brockman, Fred J.; Bruckner-Lea, Cynthia J.

    2004-08-24

    The invention encompasses systems for column-based separations, methods of packing and unpacking columns and methods of separating components of samples. In one aspect, the invention includes a method of packing and unpacking a column chamber, comprising: a) packing a matrix material within a column chamber to form a packed column; and b) after the packing, unpacking the matrix material from the column chamber without moving the column chamber. In another aspect, the invention includes a system for column-based separations, comprising: a) a fluid passageway, the fluid passageway comprising a column chamber and a flow path in fluid communication with the column chamber, the flow path being obstructed by a retaining material permeable to a carrier fluid and impermeable to a column matrix material suspended in the carrier fluid, the flow path extending through the column chamber and through the retaining material, the flow path being configured to form a packed column within the column chamber when a suspension of the fluid and the column matrix material is flowed along the flow path; and b) the fluid passageway extending through a valve intermediate the column chamber and the retaining material.

  12. Huffman and linear scanning methods with statistical language models.

    PubMed

    Roark, Brian; Fried-Oken, Melanie; Gibbons, Chris

    2015-03-01

    Current scanning access methods for text generation in AAC devices are limited to relatively few options, most notably row/column variations within a matrix. We present Huffman scanning, a new method for applying statistical language models to binary-switch, static-grid typing AAC interfaces, and compare it to other scanning options under a variety of conditions. We present results for 16 adults without disabilities and one 36-year-old man with locked-in syndrome who presents with complex communication needs and uses AAC scanning devices for writing. Huffman scanning with a statistical language model yielded significant typing speedups for the 16 participants without disabilities versus any of the other methods tested, including two row/column scanning methods. A similar pattern of results was found with the individual with locked-in syndrome. Interestingly, faster typing speeds were obtained with Huffman scanning using a more leisurely scan rate than relatively fast individually calibrated scan rates. Overall, the results reported here demonstrate great promise for the usability of Huffman scanning as a faster alternative to row/column scanning.

  13. Dynamics in hybrid complex systems of switches and oscillators

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Taylor, Dane; Fertig, Elana J.; Restrepo, Juan G.

    2013-09-01

    While considerable progress has been made in the analysis of large systems containing a single type of coupled dynamical component (e.g., coupled oscillators or coupled switches), systems containing diverse components (e.g., both oscillators and switches) have received much less attention. We analyze large, hybrid systems of interconnected Kuramoto oscillators and Hopfield switches with positive feedback. In this system, oscillator synchronization promotes switches to turn on. In turn, when switches turn on, they enhance the synchrony of the oscillators to which they are coupled. Depending on the choice of parameters, we find theoretically coexisting stable solutions with either (i) incoherent oscillators and all switches permanently off, (ii) synchronized oscillators and all switches permanently on, or (iii) synchronized oscillators and switches that periodically alternate between the on and off states. Numerical experiments confirm these predictions. We discuss how transitions between these steady state solutions can be onset deterministically through dynamic bifurcations or spontaneously due to finite-size fluctuations.

  14. Phytoaccumulation of antimicrobials from biosolids: impacts on environmental fate and relevance to human exposure.

    PubMed

    Aryal, Niroj; Reinhold, Dawn M

    2011-11-01

    Triclocarban and triclosan, two antimicrobials widely used in consumer products, can adversely affect ecosystems and potentially impact human health. The application of biosolids to agricultural fields introduces triclocarban and triclosan to soil and water resources. This research examined the phytoaccumulation of antimicrobials, effects of plant growth on migration of antimicrobials to water resources, and relevance of phytoaccumulation in human exposure to antimicrobials. Pumpkin, zucchini, and switch grass were grown in soil columns to which biosolids were applied. Leachate from soil columns was assessed every other week for triclocarban and triclosan. At the end of the trial, concentrations of triclocarban and triclosan were determined for soil, roots, stems, and leaves. Results indicated that plants can reduce leaching of antimicrobials to water resources. Pumpkin and zucchini growth significantly reduced soil concentrations of triclosan to less than 0.001 mg/kg, while zucchini significantly reduced soil concentrations of triclocarban to 0.04 mg/kg. Pumpkin, zucchini, and switch grass accumulated triclocarban and triclosan in mg per kg (dry) concentrations. Potential human exposure to triclocarban from consumption of pumpkin or zucchini was substantially less than exposure from product use, but was greater than exposure from drinking water consumption. Consequently, research indicated that pumpkin and zucchini may beneficially impact the fate of antimicrobials in agricultural fields, while presenting minimal acute risk to human health. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  15. Comparison of twin-cell centrifugal partition chromatographic columns with different cell volume.

    PubMed

    Goll, Johannes; Audo, Gregoire; Minceva, Mirjana

    2015-08-07

    Two twin-cell centrifugal partition chromatographic columns (SCPC 250 and SCPE-250-BIO, Armen Instrument, France) with the same column volume but different cell size and number were compared in terms of stationary phase retention and column efficiency. The columns were tested with two types of solvent systems: a commonly used organic solvent based biphasic system from the ARIZONA solvent system family and a polymer/salt based aqueous two phase system (ATPS). The efficiency of the columns was evaluated by pulse injection experiments of two benzenediols (pyrocatechol and hydroquinone) in the case of the ARIZONA system and a protein mixture (myoglobin and lysozyme) in the case of the ATPS. As result of high stationary phase retention, the column with the lower number of larger twin-cells (SCPE-250-BIO) is suitable for protein separations using ATPS. On the other hand, due to higher column efficiency, the column with the greater number of smaller cells (SCPC 250) is superior for batch elution separations performed with standard liquid-liquid chromatography organic solvent based biphasic systems. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Switch contact device for interrupting high current, high voltage, AC and DC circuits

    DOEpatents

    Via, Lester C.; Witherspoon, F. Douglas; Ryan, John M.

    2005-01-04

    A high voltage switch contact structure capable of interrupting high voltage, high current AC and DC circuits. The contact structure confines the arc created when contacts open to the thin area between two insulating surfaces in intimate contact. This forces the arc into the shape of a thin sheet which loses heat energy far more rapidly than an arc column having a circular cross-section. These high heat losses require a dramatic increase in the voltage required to maintain the arc, thus extinguishing it when the required voltage exceeds the available voltage. The arc extinguishing process with this invention is not dependent on the occurrence of a current zero crossing and, consequently, is capable of rapidly interrupting both AC and DC circuits. The contact structure achieves its high performance without the use of sulfur hexafluoride.

  17. Organization of the channel-switching process in parallel computer systems based on a matrix optical switch

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Golomidov, Y. V.; Li, S. K.; Popov, S. A.; Smolov, V. B.

    1986-01-01

    After a classification and analysis of electronic and optoelectronic switching devices, the design principles and structure of a matrix optical switch is described. The switching and pair-exclusion operations in this type of switch are examined, and a method for the optical switching of communication channels is elaborated. Finally, attention is given to the structural organization of a parallel computer system with a matrix optical switch.

  18. Switching control of an R/C hovercraft: stabilization and smooth switching.

    PubMed

    Tanaka, K; Iwasaki, M; Wang, H O

    2001-01-01

    This paper presents stable switching control of an radio-controlled (R/C) hovercraft that is a nonholonomic (nonlinear) system. To exactly represent its nonlinear dynamics, more importantly, to maintain controllability of the system, we newly propose a switching fuzzy model that has locally Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy models and switches them according to states, external variables, and/or time. A switching fuzzy controller is constructed by mirroring the rule structure of the switching fuzzy model of an R/C hovercraft. We derive linear matrix inequality (LMI) conditions for ensuring the stability of the closed-loop system consisting of a switching fuzzy model and controller. Furthermore, to guarantee smooth switching of control input at switching boundaries, we also derive a smooth switching condition represented in terms of LMIs. A stable switching fuzzy controller satisfying the smooth switching condition is designed by simultaneously solving both of the LMIs. The simulation and experimental results for the trajectory control of an R/C hovercraft show the validity of the switching fuzzy model and controller design, particularly, the smooth switching condition.

  19. Safety Assessment of TACOM’s Crew Station/Turret Motion Base Simulator

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-04-01

    mode. The power ON switch is interlocked with the system hydraulic pressure switch so that the electronics can not be turned off while the system...analog) "o Oil Temperature Transducer (analog) "o Facility Pressure Switch o Pressure Critical Switch "o Six Supply Solenoid Valves "O Three Accumulator...Relief Solenoid Valves o Return Pressure Switch o Return Valve Switch o Six Filter Clogged Switches (one per filter) The Facility Pressure switch detects

  20. Interprocessor bus switching system for simultaneous communication in plural bus parallel processing system

    DOEpatents

    Atac, R.; Fischler, M.S.; Husby, D.E.

    1991-01-15

    A bus switching apparatus and method for multiple processor computer systems comprises a plurality of bus switches interconnected by branch buses. Each processor or other module of the system is connected to a spigot of a bus switch. Each bus switch also serves as part of a backplane of a modular crate hardware package. A processor initiates communication with another processor by identifying that other processor. The bus switch to which the initiating processor is connected identifies and secures, if possible, a path to that other processor, either directly or via one or more other bus switches which operate similarly. If a particular desired path through a given bus switch is not available to be used, an alternate path is considered, identified and secured. 11 figures.

  1. Interprocessor bus switching system for simultaneous communication in plural bus parallel processing system

    DOEpatents

    Atac, Robert; Fischler, Mark S.; Husby, Donald E.

    1991-01-01

    A bus switching apparatus and method for multiple processor computer systems comprises a plurality of bus switches interconnected by branch buses. Each processor or other module of the system is connected to a spigot of a bus switch. Each bus switch also serves as part of a backplane of a modular crate hardware package. A processor initiates communication with another processor by identifying that other processor. The bus switch to which the initiating processor is connected identifies and secures, if possible, a path to that other processor, either directly or via one or more other bus switches which operate similarly. If a particular desired path through a given bus switch is not available to be used, an alternate path is considered, identified and secured.

  2. A Methodology for Characterizing Potential Uranium Transport in Deep Geological Disposal Sites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dittrich, T. M.; Reimus, P. W.

    2013-12-01

    In order to make safe and reasonable decisions about radioactive waste disposal in deep geologic sites, it is important to understand the fate and potential transport of long half-life transuranic radionuclides over a wide range of time and distance scales. The objective of this study was to evaluate and demonstrate new experimental methods for quantifying the potential for actinide transport in deep fractured crystalline rock formations. We selected a fractured/weathered granodiorite at the Grimsel Test Site (GTS) in Switzerland as a model system because field experiments involving uranium, as well as other actinides, have already been conducted. Working on this system provides a unique opportunity to compare lab experimental results with field-scale observations. Drilled rock cores and weathered fracture fill material (FFM) from the GTS were shipped to Los Alamos National Laboratory, characterized by x-ray diffraction and microscopy, and used in batch sorption/desorption and column breakthrough experiments. Uranium solutions were made by adding uranium to a synthetic Grimsel groundwater that matched the natural water chemistry found in the GTS groundwater. Batch and breakthrough experiments were conducted using solutions between pH 6.9 and 9.0. All column experiments were conducted using syringe pumps at low flow rate (<0.3 ml h-1) in small columns containing 5 g of material with pore volumes of 2-3 ml. These small columns allow rapid and economical evaluation of sorption/desorption behavior under flowing conditions (and in duplicate or triplicate). Solutions were switched to uranium-free synthetic Grimsel groundwater after equilibration in batch experiments or after near-steady uranium breakthrough occurred in column experiments. The measurement of uranium concentrations as a function of time under these conditions allowed interrogation of desorption rates which we believe control uranium fate and transport over long time and distance scales. Uranium transport was conservative and matched tritium breakthrough for pH 9.0; however, retardation increased when pH was reduced to 7.9 and 6.9. We are currently evaluating uranium adsorption/desorption rates as a function of water chemistry (initial focus on pH), with future testing planned to evaluate the influence of carbonate concentrations, flow rates, mineralogy, bentonite colloids and other actinides (e.g., Am). Figure 1. Uranium breakthrough results for (a) 6.5 μM U, (b) U-free solution, (c) flow rate increased from 0.3 to 0.6 mL h-1, (d) pH increased from 6.8 to 7.2, and (e) pH increased from 7.2 to 8.8.

  3. Vehicle electrical system state controller

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bissontz, Jay E.

    A motor vehicle electrical power distribution system includes a plurality of distribution sub-systems, an electrical power storage sub-system and a plurality of switching devices for selective connection of elements of and loads on the power distribution system to the electrical power storage sub-system. A state transition initiator provides inputs to control system operation of switching devices to change the states of the power distribution system. The state transition initiator has a plurality of positions selection of which can initiate a state transition. The state transition initiator can emulate a four position rotary ignition switch. Fail safe power cutoff switches providemore » high voltage switching device protection.« less

  4. Study of matrix effects on the direct trace analysis of acidic pesticides in water using various liquid chromatographic modes coupled to tandem mass spectrometric detection.

    PubMed

    Dijkman, E; Mooibroek, D; Hoogerbrugge, R; Hogendoorn, E; Sancho, J V; Pozo, O; Hernández, F

    2001-08-10

    This study investigated the effects of matrix interferences on the analytical performance of a triple quadrupole mass spectrometric (MS-MS) detector coupled to various reversed-phase liquid chromatographic (LC) modes for the on-line determination of various types of acidic herbicides in water using external calibration for quantification of the analytes tested at a level of 0.4 microg/l. The LC modes included (i) a single-column configuration (LC), (ii) precolumn switching (PC-LC) and (iii) coupled-column LC (LC-LC). As regards detection, electrospray (ESI) and atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI) in both positive (PI) and negative (NI) ionization modes were examined. Salinity and dissolved organic carbon (DOC) were selected as interferences to study matrix effects in this type of analysis. Therefore, Milli-Q and tap water samples both fortified with 12 mg/l DOC and spiked with sulfometuron-methyl, bentazone, bromoxynil, 2-methyl-4-chlorophenoxyacetic acid, and 2-methyl-4-chlorophenoxypropionic acid at a level of about 0.4 microg/l were analyzed with the various LC-MS approaches. Direct sample injection was performed with volumes of 0.25 ml or 2.0 ml on a column of 2.1 mm I.D. or 4.6 mm I.D. for the ESI and APCI modes, respectively. The recovery data were used to compare and evaluate the analytical performance of the various LC approaches. As regards matrix effects, the salinity provided a dramatic decrease in response for early eluting analytes (k value of about 1) when using the LC mode. Both PC-LC and LC-LC efficiently eliminated this problem. The high DOC content hardly effected the responses of analytes in the ESI mode, while in most cases the responses increased when using APCI-MS-MS detection. Of all the tested configurations, LC-LC-ESI-MS-MS with the column combination Discovery C18/ABZ+ was the most favorable as regards elimination of matrix effects and provided reliable quantification of all compounds using external calibration at the tested low level. The major observed effects were verified with statistical evaluation of the data employing backwards ordinary least-square regression. All tested column-switching modes hyphenated to ESI- or APCI-MS-MS allowed the on-line multi-residue analysis of acidic pesticides in the reference water down to a level of 0.1 microg/l in less than 10 min, emphasizing the feasibility of such an approach in this field of analysis.

  5. Minimal Power Latch for Single-Slope ADCs

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hancock, Bruce R.

    2013-01-01

    Column-parallel analog-to-digital converters (ADCs) for imagers involve simultaneous operation of many ADCs. Single-slope ADCs are well adapted to this use because of their simplicity. Each ADC contains a comparator, comparing its input signal level to an increasing reference signal (ramp). When the ramp is equal to the input, the comparator triggers a latch that captures an encoded counter value (code). Knowing the captured code, the ramp value and hence the input signal are determined. In a column-parallel ADC, each column contains only the comparator and the latches; the ramp and code generation are shared. In conventional latch or flip-flop circuits, there is an input stage that tracks the input signal, and this stage consumes switching current every time the input changes. With many columns, many bits, and high code rates, this switching current can be substantial. It will also generate noise that may corrupt the analog signals. A latch was designed that does not track the input, and consumes power only at the instant of latching the data value. The circuit consists of two S-R (set-reset) latches, gated by the comparator. One is set by high data values and the other by low data values. The latches are cross-coupled so that the first one to set blocks the other. In order that the input data not need an inversion, which would consume power, the two latches are made in complementary polarity. This requires complementary gates from the comparator, instead of complementary data values, but the comparator only triggers once per conversion, and usually has complementary outputs to begin with. An efficient CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) implementation of this circuit is shown in the figure, where C is the comparator output, D is the data (code), and Q0 and Q1 are the outputs indicating the capture of a zero or one value. The latch for Q0 has a negative-true set signal and output, and is implemented using OR-AND-INVERT logic, while the latch for Q1 uses positive- true signals and is implemented using AND-OR-INVERT logic. In this implementation, both latches are cleared when the comparator is reset. Two redundant transistors are removed from the reset side of each latch, making for a compact layout. CMOS imagers with column-parallel ADCs have demonstrated high performance for remote sensing applications. With this latch circuit, the power consumption and noise can be further reduced. This innovation can be used in CMOS imagers and very-low-power electronics

  6. 40 CFR 799.6786 - TSCA water solubility: Generator column method.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ..., concentrations expressed in milligrams per liter (mg/L) are approximately equal to 10−3 g/103 g or parts per... section. (E) Two 6-port high-pressure rotary switching valves in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section. (F... Seawater1 Chemical Amount NaF 3 mg SrCl2.6H2O 20 mg H3BO3 30 mg KBr 100 mg KCl 700 mg CaCl2.2H2O 1.47 gram...

  7. Fluidically Controlled Cargo Hook

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1975-03-01

    Final Breadboard Fluidic Circuit IT 6 External Cargo Handling System - Cü-Sk Type Aircraft 18 7 Back Pressure Switch Response Time - Switching...On 20 8 Back Pressure Switch Response Time - Switching Off 21 9 Hook Actuator - Pressure Rise Rate 22 10 Breadboard Fluidic System Component...LINE LENGTH* FT Figure 7« Back. Pressure Switch Response Time - Switching On. ! TABLE k. INTERFACE VALVE SIGNAL TIME

  8. Asynchronous transfer mode distribution network by use of an optoelectronic VLSI switching chip.

    PubMed

    Lentine, A L; Reiley, D J; Novotny, R A; Morrison, R L; Sasian, J M; Beckman, M G; Buchholz, D B; Hinterlong, S J; Cloonan, T J; Richards, G W; McCormick, F B

    1997-03-10

    We describe a new optoelectronic switching system demonstration that implements part of the distribution fabric for a large asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) switch. The system uses a single optoelectronic VLSI modulator-based switching chip with more than 4000 optical input-outputs. The optical system images the input fibers from a two-dimensional fiber bundle onto this chip. A new optomechanical design allows the system to be mounted in a standard electronic equipment frame. A large section of the switch was operated as a 208-Mbits/s time-multiplexed space switch, which can serve as part of an ATM switch by use of an appropriate out-of-band controller. A larger section with 896 input light beams and 256 output beams was operated at 160 Mbits/s as a slowly reconfigurable space switch.

  9. Multidimensional gas chromatography for the characterization of permanent gases and light hydrocarbons in catalytic cracking process.

    PubMed

    Luong, J; Gras, R; Cortes, H J; Shellie, R A

    2013-01-04

    An integrated gas chromatographic system has been successfully developed and implemented for the measurement of oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide and light hydrocarbons in one single analysis. These analytes are frequently encountered in critical industrial petrochemical and chemical processes like catalytic cracking of naphtha or diesel fuel to lighter components used in gasoline. The system employs a practical, effective configuration consisting of two three-port planar microfluidic devices in series with each other, having built-in fluidic gates, and a mid-point pressure source. The use of planar microfluidic devices offers intangible advantages like in-oven switching with no mechanical moving parts, an inert sample flow path, and a leak-free operation even with multiple thermal cycles. In this way, necessary features such as selectivity enhancement, column isolation, column back-flushing, and improved system cleanliness were realized. Porous layer open tubular capillary columns were employed for the separation of hydrocarbons followed by flame ionization detection. After separation has occurred, carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide were converted to methane with the use of a nickel-based methanizer for detection with flame ionization. Flow modulated thermal conductivity detection was employed to measure oxygen and nitrogen. Separation of all the target analytes was achieved in one single analysis of less than 12 min. Reproducibility of retention times for all compounds were found to be less than 0.1% (n=20). Reproducibility of area counts at two levels, namely 100 ppm(v) and 1000 ppm(v) over a period of two days were found to be less than 5.5% (n=20). Oxygen and nitrogen were found to be linear over a range from 20 ppm(v) to 10,000 ppm(v) with correlation coefficients of at least 0.998 and detection limits of less than 10 ppm(v). Hydrocarbons of interest were found to be linear over a range from 200 ppb(v) to 1000 ppm(v) with correlation coefficients of greater than 0.999 and detection limits of less than 100 ppb(v). Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. 46 CFR 112.43-1 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Switches. 112.43-1 Section 112.43-1 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER SYSTEMS Emergency Lighting Systems § 112.43-1 Switches. An emergency lighting system must not have a switch, except...

  11. 46 CFR 112.43-1 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Switches. 112.43-1 Section 112.43-1 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER SYSTEMS Emergency Lighting Systems § 112.43-1 Switches. An emergency lighting system must not have a switch, except...

  12. 46 CFR 112.43-1 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Switches. 112.43-1 Section 112.43-1 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER SYSTEMS Emergency Lighting Systems § 112.43-1 Switches. An emergency lighting system must not have a switch, except...

  13. 46 CFR 112.43-1 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Switches. 112.43-1 Section 112.43-1 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER SYSTEMS Emergency Lighting Systems § 112.43-1 Switches. An emergency lighting system must not have a switch, except...

  14. 46 CFR 112.43-1 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Switches. 112.43-1 Section 112.43-1 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND POWER SYSTEMS Emergency Lighting Systems § 112.43-1 Switches. An emergency lighting system must not have a switch, except...

  15. On the transient dynamics of piezoelectric-based, state-switched systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lopp, Garrett K.; Kelley, Christopher R.; Kauffman, Jeffrey L.

    2018-01-01

    This letter reports on the induced mechanical transients for piezoelectric-based, state-switching approaches utilizing both experimental tests and a numerical model that more accurately captures the dynamics associated with a switch between stiffness states. Currently, switching models instantaneously dissipate the stored piezoelectric voltage, resulting in a discrete change in effective stiffness states and a discontinuity in the system dynamics during the switching event. The proposed model allows for a rapid but continuous voltage dissipation and the corresponding variation between stiffness states, as one sees in physical implementations. This rapid variation in system stiffness when switching at a point of non-zero strain leads to high-frequency, large-amplitude transients in the system acceleration response. Utilizing a fundamental piezoelectric bimorph, a comparison between the numerical and experimental results reveals that these mechanical transients are much stronger than originally anticipated and masked by measurement hardware limitations, thus highlighting the significance of an appropriate system model governing the switch dynamics. Such a model enables designers to analyze systems that incorporate piezoelectric-based state switching with greater accuracy to ensure that these transients do not degrade the intended performance. Finally, if the switching does create unacceptable transients, controlling the duration of voltage dissipation enables control over the frequency content and peak amplitudes associated with the switch-induced acceleration transients.

  16. CO2 System Permeable Sediment Chemistry and Modeling of It's Behavior Under Rising temperature and Ocean Acidification

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Drupp, P. S.; De Carlo, E. H.; Guidry, M.; Mackenzie, F. T.

    2016-02-01

    Porewater was collected from highly permeable, carbonate-rich, sandy sediments at two locations, CRIMP-2 and Ala Wai, on coral reefs on Oahu, Hawaii. Samples were collected at the sediment-water interface and from porewater wells installed at sediment depths of 2, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 30, 40, and 60 cm. Total alkalinity and dissolved inorganic carbon were enriched, relative to the overlying water column, and ratios of TA:DIC at the two sites (0.80 and 0.93) suggest that aerobic respiration and sulfate reduction - both coupled with carbonate mineral dissolution - in the oxic and anoxic layers, respectively, are the major controls on the biogeochemistry of the porewater-sediment system. The porewater was approaching thermodynamic saturation with respect to aragonite and was found to be undersaturated with respect to all phases of magnesian calcite containing greater than 12 mol% MgCO3. In addition to microbial controls on porewater diagenesis, transient physical events in the water column, such as swells and changing bottom current speeds, appear to exert a strong influence on the porewater chemistry due to the highly permeable and porous nature of the sediments. Profiles collected before and after swell events at each location show an apparent flushing of the porewater system, replacing low pH, high DIC interstitial waters with seawater from the overlying water column. Using this data, along with data collected in numerous prior studies, a CO2-carbonic acid system biogeochemical box model of the barrier reef flat of Kaneohe Bay, Oahu was developed in order to determine how increasing DIC of the open ocean source waters due to rising anthropogenic CO2 emissions and ocean acidification affects the CaCO3 budget of coral reef systems. This 17-box model was forced using the Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) scenarios that predict CO2 atmospheric concentrations and temperature anomalies out to 2100. Model outputs predict a decrease in net ecosystem carbonate production, although the reef does not reach a state of net erosion by 2100. This dual approach allows for a better understanding of how sediment porewaters, sediments, and reef frameworks will respond to anthropogenic changes over the next century and provides valuable insight into the threshold when coral reefs could switch from net accretion to net erosion.

  17. Overvoltage protection system for wireless power transfer systems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chambon, Paul H.; Jones, Perry T.; Miller, John M.

    A wireless power transfer overvoltage protection system is provided. The system includes a resonant receiving circuit. The resonant receiving circuit includes an inductor, a resonant capacitor and a first switching device. The first switching device is connected the ends of the inductor. The first switching device has a first state in which the ends of the inductor are electrically coupled to each other through the first switching device, and a second state in which the inductor and resonant capacitor are capable of resonating. The system further includes a control module configured to control the first switching device to switching betweenmore » the first state and the second state when the resonant receiving circuit is charging a load and a preset condition is satisfied and otherwise, the first switching device is maintained in the first state.« less

  18. Incremental passivity and output regulation for switched nonlinear systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pang, Hongbo; Zhao, Jun

    2017-10-01

    This paper studies incremental passivity and global output regulation for switched nonlinear systems, whose subsystems are not required to be incrementally passive. A concept of incremental passivity for switched systems is put forward. First, a switched system is rendered incrementally passive by the design of a state-dependent switching law. Second, the feedback incremental passification is achieved by the design of a state-dependent switching law and a set of state feedback controllers. Finally, we show that once the incremental passivity for switched nonlinear systems is assured, the output regulation problem is solved by the design of global nonlinear regulator controllers comprising two components: the steady-state control and the linear output feedback stabilising controllers, even though the problem for none of subsystems is solvable. Two examples are presented to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  19. HOLLOTRON switch for megawatt lightweight space inverters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Poeschel, R. L.; Goebel, D. M.; Schumacher, R. W.

    1991-01-01

    The feasibility of satisfying the switching requirements for a megawatt ultralight inverter system using HOLLOTRON switch technology was determined. The existing experimental switch hardware was modified to investigate a coaxial HOLLOTRON switch configuration and the results were compared with those obtained for a modified linear HOLLOTRON configuration. It was concluded that scaling the HOLLOTRON switch to the current and voltage specifications required for a megawatt converter system is indeed feasible using a modified linear configuration. The experimental HOLLOTRON switch operated at parameters comparable to the scaled coaxial HOLLOTRON. However, the linear HOLLOTRON data verified the capability for meeting all the design objectives simultaneously including current density (greater than 2 A/sq cm), voltage (5 kV), switching frequency (20 kHz), switching time (300 ns), and forward voltage drop (less than or equal to 20 V). Scaling relations were determined and a preliminary design was completed for an engineering model linear HOLLOTRON switch to meet the megawatt converter system specifications.

  20. Method and system for operating an electric motor

    DOEpatents

    Gallegos-Lopez, Gabriel; Hiti, Silva; Perisic, Milun

    2013-01-22

    Methods and systems for operating an electric motor having a plurality of windings with an inverter having a plurality of switches coupled to a voltage source are provided. A first plurality of switching vectors is applied to the plurality of switches. The first plurality of switching vectors includes a first ratio of first magnitude switching vectors to second magnitude switching vectors. A direct current (DC) current associated with the voltage source is monitored during the applying of the first plurality of switching vectors to the plurality of switches. A second ratio of the first magnitude switching vectors to the second magnitude switching vectors is selected based on the monitoring of the DC current associated with the voltage source. A second plurality of switching vectors is applied to the plurality of switches. The second plurality of switching vectors includes the second ratio of the first magnitude switching vectors to the second magnitude switching vectors.

  1. Preparation of a silica stationary phase co-functionalized with Wulff-type phenylboronate and C12 for mixed-mode liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Li, Hengye; Zhang, Xuemeng; Zhang, Lin; Wang, Xiaojin; Kong, Fenying; Fan, Dahe; Li, Lei; Wang, Wei

    2017-04-15

    A silica stationary phase was designed and synthesized through the co-functionalization of silica with Wulff-type phenylboronate and C12 for mixed-mode liquid chromatography applications. The as-synthesized stationary phase was characterized by elemental analysis and Fourier Transform-InfraRed Spectroscopy (FT-IR). Retention mechanisms, including boronate affinity (BA), reversed-phase (RP) and anion-exchange (AE), were involved. Retention mechanism switching was easily realized by adjustment of the mobile phase constitution. Cis-diol compounds could be selectively captured under neutral conditions in BA mode and off-line separated in RP mode. Neutral, basic, acidic and amphiprotic compounds were chromatographed on the column in RP chromatography, while inorganic anions were chromatographed in AE chromatography to characterize the mixed-mode nature of the prepared stationary phase. In addition, the RP performance was compared with an octadecyl silica column in terms of column efficiency (N/m), asymmetry factor (A f ), retention factor (k) and resolution (Rs). The prepared stationary phase offered multiple interactions with analytes in addition to hydrophobic interactions under RP elution conditions. Based on the mixed-mode properties, off-line 2D-LC, for selective capture and separation of urinary nucleosides, was successfully realized on a single column, demonstrating its powerful application potential for complex samples. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. MAPPER: high-throughput maskless lithography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wieland, M. J.; de Boer, G.; ten Berge, G. F.; Jager, R.; van de Peut, T.; Peijster, J. J. M.; Slot, E.; Steenbrink, S. W. H. K.; Teepen, T. F.; van Veen, A. H. V.; Kampherbeek, B. J.

    2009-03-01

    Maskless electron beam lithography, or electron beam direct write, has been around for a long time in the semiconductor industry and was pioneered from the mid-1960s onwards. This technique has been used for mask writing applications as well as device engineering and in some cases chip manufacturing. However because of its relatively low throughput compared to optical lithography, electron beam lithography has never been the mainstream lithography technology. To extend optical lithography double patterning, as a bridging technology, and EUV lithography are currently explored. Irrespective of the technical viability of both approaches, one thing seems clear. They will be expensive [1]. MAPPER Lithography is developing a maskless lithography technology based on massively-parallel electron-beam writing with high speed optical data transport for switching the electron beams. In this way optical columns can be made with a throughput of 10-20 wafers per hour. By clustering several of these columns together high throughputs can be realized in a small footprint. This enables a highly cost-competitive alternative to double patterning and EUV alternatives. In 2007 MAPPER obtained its Proof of Lithography milestone by exposing in its Demonstrator 45 nm half pitch structures with 110 electron beams in parallel, where all the beams where individually switched on and off [2]. In 2008 MAPPER has taken a next step in its development by building several tools. The objective of building these tools is to involve semiconductor companies to be able to verify tool performance in their own environment. To enable this, the tools will have a 300 mm wafer stage in addition to a 110-beam optics column. First exposures at 45 nm half pitch resolution have been performed and analyzed. On the same wafer it is observed that all beams print and based on analysis of 11 beams the CD for the different patterns is within 2.2 nm from target and the CD uniformity for the different patterns is better than 2.8 nm.

  3. Coplanar PCB distribution between chorioallantoic membranes and eggs of alligators and Loggerhead sea turtles

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bargar, T.A.; Cobb, G.P.

    1995-12-31

    The relative distribution of coplanar polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) between chorioallantoic membranes (CAMS) and eggs was investigated in inviable American alligator (Alligator mississippiensis) and Loggerhead sea turtle (Caretta caretra) eggs. Cam and egg extracts were fractionated by HPLC using a porous graphitic column (PGC) and an in line switching valve to separate coplanar from non-coplanar PCBs. The fractions were collected, concentrated by nitrogen evaporation, and injected on GC-ECD (60M DB-5 capillary column) for quantification. Alligator and Loggerhead sea turtle eggs contain toxicologically significant coplanar PCBs. Mono-ortho substituted PCBs were present with greater frequency relative to non-ortho substituted PCBs in both eggsmore » and CAMS. The presence of coplanar PCBs in eggs appears to be correlated to coplanar PCB presence in CAMS. The chorioallantoic membrane could serve as a biomarker of embryo exposure to coplanar PCBs.« less

  4. Switched periodic systems in discrete time: stability and input-output norms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bolzern, Paolo; Colaneri, Patrizio

    2013-07-01

    This paper deals with the analysis of stability and the characterisation of input-output norms for discrete-time periodic switched linear systems. Such systems consist of a network of time-periodic linear subsystems sharing the same state vector and an exogenous switching signal that triggers the jumps between the subsystems. The overall system exhibits a complex dynamic behaviour due to the interplay between the time periodicity of the subsystem parameters and the switching signal. Both arbitrary switching signals and signals satisfying a dwell-time constraint are considered. Linear matrix inequality conditions for stability and guaranteed H2 and H∞ performances are provided. The results heavily rely on the merge of the theory of linear periodic systems and recent developments on switched linear time-invariant systems.

  5. 49 CFR 234.237 - Reverse switch cut-out circuit.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Reverse switch cut-out circuit. 234.237 Section... Maintenance, Inspection, and Testing Maintenance Standards § 234.237 Reverse switch cut-out circuit. A switch... system circuitry, shall be maintained so that the warning system can only be cut out when the switch...

  6. 49 CFR 234.237 - Reverse switch cut-out circuit.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Reverse switch cut-out circuit. 234.237 Section... Maintenance, Inspection, and Testing Maintenance Standards § 234.237 Reverse switch cut-out circuit. A switch... system circuitry, shall be maintained so that the warning system can only be cut out when the switch...

  7. 49 CFR 236.13 - Spring switch; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Spring switch; selection of signal control... SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.13 Spring switch... facing movements over a main track spring switch shall be selected through the contacts of a switch...

  8. 49 CFR 236.13 - Spring switch; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Spring switch; selection of signal control... SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.13 Spring switch... facing movements over a main track spring switch shall be selected through the contacts of a switch...

  9. 49 CFR 236.13 - Spring switch; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Spring switch; selection of signal control... SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.13 Spring switch... facing movements over a main track spring switch shall be selected through the contacts of a switch...

  10. 49 CFR 236.13 - Spring switch; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Spring switch; selection of signal control... SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.13 Spring switch... facing movements over a main track spring switch shall be selected through the contacts of a switch...

  11. 49 CFR 236.13 - Spring switch; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Spring switch; selection of signal control... SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.13 Spring switch... facing movements over a main track spring switch shall be selected through the contacts of a switch...

  12. Influence of detergent formulation on nutrient movement through sand columns simulating mound and conventional septic system drainfields

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Alhajjar, Bashar J.; Linn Gould, C.; Chesters, Gordon; Harkin, John M.

    1990-12-01

    The effects of phosphate (P) and zeolite (Z) -built detergents on leaching of N and P through sand columns simulating septic system drainfields were examined in laboratory columns. To simulate mound septic system drainfields, paired sets of columns were dosed intermittently with septic tank effluent from households using P- or Z-built detergent. Two other paired sets of columns were flooded with P- or Z-effluent to simulate new conventional septic system drainfields; after clogging mats or "crusts" developed at infiltration surface, the subsurfaces of the columns were aerated to simulate mature (crusted) conventional septic system drainfields. NO 3 loading in leachate was 1.1 times higher and ortho-P loading was 4.3 times lower when columns were dosed with Z- than with P-effluent. Dosed columns removed P poorly; total phosphorus (TP) loading in leachate was 81 and 19 g m -2 yr -1 with P- and Z-effluent, respectively. In flooded columns 1.3, 2.0 and 1.8 times more NH 4, organic nitrogen (ON) and total nitrogen (TN) respectively, were leached with Z- than with P-effluent; NO 3 leaching was similar. Flooded columns removed P efficiently; TP leached through flooded systems was 2.5 and 1.4 g m -2 yr -1 with P- and Z effluent, respectively. Crusted columns fed Z-effluent leached 1.2, 2.6, 1.4 and 2.1 times more NH 4, NO 3, ON and TN, respectively, than those with P-effluent but 1.8 times less TP. Crusted columns removed P satisfactorily: 8.2 and 4.6 g m -2 yr -1 TP with P- and Z-effluent, respectively. The P-built detergent substantially improves the efficiency of N removal with satisfactory P removal in columns simulating conventional septic system drainfield. Simultaneous removal of N and P under flooded conditions might be explained by precipitation of struvite-type minerals. Dosed system drainfields were less efficient in removing N and P compared to flooded and crusted system drainfelds.

  13. Production of atmospheric-pressure glow discharge in nitrogen using needle-array electrode

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Takaki, K.; Hosokawa, M.; Sasaki, T.; Mukaigawa, S.; Fujiwara, T.

    2005-04-01

    An atmospheric pressure glow discharge was generated using a needle-array electrode in nitrogen, and the voltage-current characteristics of the glow discharge were obtained in a range from 1 mA to 60 A. A pulsed high voltage with short rise time under 10 ns was employed to generate streamer discharges simultaneously at all needle tips. The large number of streamer discharges prevented the glow-to-arc transition caused by inhomogeneous thermalization. Semiconductor opening switch diodes were employed as an opening switch to shorten the rise time. The glow voltage was almost constant until the discharge current became 0.3 A, whereas the voltage increased with the current higher than 0.3 A. Electron density and temperature in a positive column of the glow discharge at 60 A were obtained to 1.4×1012cm-3 and 1.3 eV from calculation based on nitrogen swarm data.

  14. Automation of nanoflow liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry for proteome analysis by using a strong cation exchange trap column.

    PubMed

    Jiang, Xiaogang; Feng, Shun; Tian, Ruijun; Han, Guanghui; Jiang, Xinning; Ye, Mingliang; Zou, Hanfa

    2007-02-01

    An approach was developed to automate sample introduction for nanoflow LC-MS/MS (microLC-MS/MS) analysis using a strong cation exchange (SCX) trap column. The system consisted of a 100 microm id x 2 cm SCX trap column and a 75 microm id x 12 cm C18 RP analytical column. During the sample loading step, the flow passing through the SCX trap column was directed to waste for loading a large volume of sample at high flow rate. Then the peptides bound on the SCX trap column were eluted onto the RP analytical column by a high salt buffer followed by RP chromatographic separation of the peptides at nanoliter flow rate. It was observed that higher performance of separation could be achieved with the system using SCX trap column than with the system using C18 trap column. The high proteomic coverage using this approach was demonstrated in the analysis of tryptic digest of BSA and yeast cell lysate. In addition, this system was also applied to two-dimensional separation of tryptic digest of human hepatocellular carcinoma cell line SMMC-7721 for large scale proteome analysis. This system was fully automated and required minimum changes on current microLC-MS/MS system. This system represented a promising platform for routine proteome analysis.

  15. Determination of γ-hydroxybutyrate in human urine samples by ion exclusion and ion exchange two-dimensional chromatography system.

    PubMed

    Liu, Junwei; Deng, Zhifen; Zhu, Zuoyi; Wang, Yong; Wang, Guoqing; Sun, Yu-An; Zhu, Yan

    2017-12-15

    A two-dimensional ion chromatography system was developed for the determination of γ-hydroxybutyrate (GHB) in human urine samples. Ion exclusion chromatography was used in the first dimensional separation for elimination of urine matrices and detection of GHB above 10mgL -1 , ion exchange chromatography was used in the second dimensional separation via column-switching technique for detection of GHB above 0.08mgL -1 . Under the optimized chromatographic conditions, the ion exclusion and ion exchange chromatography separation system exhibited satisfactory repeatability (RSD<3.1%, n=6) and good linearity in the range of 50-1000mgL -1 and 0.5-100mgL -1 , respectively. By this method, concentrations of GHB in the selected human urine samples were detected in the range of 0-1.57mgL -1 . The urine sample containing 0.89mgL -1 GHB was selected to evaluate the accuracy; the spiked recoveries of GHB were 95.9-102.8%. The results showed that the two-dimensional ion chromatography system was convenient and practical for the determination of GHB in human urine samples. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Advanced optical components for next-generation photonic networks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yoo, S. J. B.

    2003-08-01

    Future networks will require very high throughput, carrying dominantly data-centric traffic. The role of Photonic Networks employing all-optical systems will become increasingly important in providing scalable bandwidth, agile reconfigurability, and low-power consumptions in the future. In particular, the self-similar nature of data traffic indicates that packet switching and burst switching will be beneficial in the Next Generation Photonic Networks. While the natural conclusion is to pursue Photonic Packet Switching and Photonic Burst Switching systems, there are significant challenges in realizing such a system due to practical limitations in optical component technologies. Lack of a viable all-optical memory technology will continue to drive us towards exploring rapid reconfigurability in the wavelength domain. We will introduce and discuss the advanced optical component technologies behind the Photonic Packet Routing system designed and demonstrated at UC Davis. The system is capable of packet switching and burst switching, as well as circuit switching with 600 psec switching speed and scalability to 42 petabit/sec aggregated switching capacity. By utilizing a combination of rapidly tunable wavelength conversion and a uniform-loss cyclic frequency (ULCF) arrayed waveguide grating router (AWGR), the system is capable of rapidly switching the packets in wavelength, time, and space domains. The label swapping module inside the Photonic Packet Routing system containing a Mach-Zehnder wavelength converter and a narrow-band fiber Bragg-grating achieves all-optical label swapping with optical 2R (potentially 3R) regeneration while maintaining optical transparency for the data payload. By utilizing the advanced optical component technologies, the Photonic Packet Routing system successfully demonstrated error-free, cascaded, multi-hop photonic packet switching and routing with optical-label swapping. This paper will review the advanced optical component technologies and their role in the Next Generation Photonic Networks.

  17. A least-squares parameter estimation algorithm for switched hammerstein systems with applications to the VOR

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kukreja, Sunil L.; Kearney, Robert E.; Galiana, Henrietta L.

    2005-01-01

    A "Multimode" or "switched" system is one that switches between various modes of operation. When a switch occurs from one mode to another, a discontinuity may result followed by a smooth evolution under the new regime. Characterizing the switching behavior of these systems is not well understood and, therefore, identification of multimode systems typically requires a preprocessing step to classify the observed data according to a mode of operation. A further consequence of the switched nature of these systems is that data available for parameter estimation of any subsystem may be inadequate. As such, identification and parameter estimation of multimode systems remains an unresolved problem. In this paper, we 1) show that the NARMAX model structure can be used to describe the impulsive-smooth behavior of switched systems, 2) propose a modified extended least squares (MELS) algorithm to estimate the coefficients of such models, and 3) demonstrate its applicability to simulated and real data from the Vestibulo-Ocular Reflex (VOR). The approach will also allow the identification of other nonlinear bio-systems, suspected of containing "hard" nonlinearities.

  18. Global dynamics for switching systems and their extensions by linear differential equations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huttinga, Zane; Cummins, Bree; Gedeon, Tomáš; Mischaikow, Konstantin

    2018-03-01

    Switching systems use piecewise constant nonlinearities to model gene regulatory networks. This choice provides advantages in the analysis of behavior and allows the global description of dynamics in terms of Morse graphs associated to nodes of a parameter graph. The parameter graph captures spatial characteristics of a decomposition of parameter space into domains with identical Morse graphs. However, there are many cellular processes that do not exhibit threshold-like behavior and thus are not well described by a switching system. We consider a class of extensions of switching systems formed by a mixture of switching interactions and chains of variables governed by linear differential equations. We show that the parameter graphs associated to the switching system and any of its extensions are identical. For each parameter graph node, there is an order-preserving map from the Morse graph of the switching system to the Morse graph of any of its extensions. We provide counterexamples that show why possible stronger relationships between the Morse graphs are not valid.

  19. Global dynamics for switching systems and their extensions by linear differential equations.

    PubMed

    Huttinga, Zane; Cummins, Bree; Gedeon, Tomáš; Mischaikow, Konstantin

    2018-03-15

    Switching systems use piecewise constant nonlinearities to model gene regulatory networks. This choice provides advantages in the analysis of behavior and allows the global description of dynamics in terms of Morse graphs associated to nodes of a parameter graph. The parameter graph captures spatial characteristics of a decomposition of parameter space into domains with identical Morse graphs. However, there are many cellular processes that do not exhibit threshold-like behavior and thus are not well described by a switching system. We consider a class of extensions of switching systems formed by a mixture of switching interactions and chains of variables governed by linear differential equations. We show that the parameter graphs associated to the switching system and any of its extensions are identical. For each parameter graph node, there is an order-preserving map from the Morse graph of the switching system to the Morse graph of any of its extensions. We provide counterexamples that show why possible stronger relationships between the Morse graphs are not valid.

  20. Secure videoconferencing equipment switching system and method

    DOEpatents

    Hansen, Michael E [Livermore, CA

    2009-01-13

    A switching system and method are provided to facilitate use of videoconference facilities over a plurality of security levels. The system includes a switch coupled to a plurality of codecs and communication networks. Audio/Visual peripheral components are connected to the switch. The switch couples control and data signals between the Audio/Visual peripheral components and one but nor both of the plurality of codecs. The switch additionally couples communication networks of the appropriate security level to each of the codecs. In this manner, a videoconferencing facility is provided for use on both secure and non-secure networks.

  1. Effectiveness and usability of Scanning Wizard software: a tool for enhancing switch scanning.

    PubMed

    Koester, Heidi Horstmann; Simpson, Richard C

    2017-11-24

    Scanning Wizard software helps scanning users improve the setup of their switch and scanning system. This study evaluated Scanning Wizard's effectiveness and usability. Ten people who use switch scanning and ten practitioners used Scanning Wizard in the initial session. Usability was high, based on survey responses averaging over 4.5 out of 5, and qualitative feedback was very positive. Five switch users were able to complete the multi-week protocol, using settings on their own scanning system that were recommended from the Scanning Wizard session. Using these revised settings, text entry rates improved by an average of 71%, ranging from 29% to 172% improvement. Results suggest that Scanning Wizard is a useful tool for improving the configuration of scanning systems for people who use switch scanning to communicate. Implications for Rehabilitation Some individuals with severe physical impairments use switch scanning for spoken and written communication. Scanning Wizard software helps scanning users improve the setup of their switch and scanning system. This study demonstrated high usability of Scanning Wizard (with 10 switch userpractitioner teams) and increased text entry rate by an average of 71% (for five switch users). Results suggest that Scanning Wizard is a useful tool for improving the configuration of scanning systems for people who use switch scanning to communicate.

  2. Quantitation of tacrolimus in whole blood using high performance liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry (HPLC-MS-MS).

    PubMed

    Donaldson, Keri J; Shaw, Leslie M

    2010-01-01

    We describe a multiple reaction monitoring positive ion HPLC/tandem mass spectrometric method for quantification of tacrolimus in human whole blood with online extraction and cleanup. Included in this procedure: API 2000 triple quadrupole mass spectrometer with turbo-ion spray source (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA); 10-port diverter/switching valve (Valco, Houston, TX); HPLC system (Agilent Technologies series 1100, Wilmington, DE); 10 mm (C(18)) guard cartridge (Perkin Elmer, Norwalk, CT) used as an extraction column; a Nova-Pak C18 analytical column (2.1 x 150 mm I.D., 4 microm, Waters Corp, Milford, MA); washing solution, methanol: 30 mM ammonium acetate pH 5.1 (80:20); eluting solution, methanol:30 mM ammonium acetate pH 5.1 (97:3); flow rate 0.8 mL/min; and a run-time of 2.8 min. The first and third quadrupoles were set to detect the ammonium adduct ion and a high mass fragment of tacrolimus (m/z 821.5-->768.3), and of an internal standard (ascomycin) (m/z 901.8-->834.4). The lower limit of quantification of this method is 3.75 mg/L. The concentration of drug is determined by comparing peak-area ratios for tacrolimus and internal standard to a standard curve constructed using non-weighted linear through zero regression.

  3. Ultra High-Speed Radio Frequency Switch Based on Photonics.

    PubMed

    Ge, Jia; Fok, Mable P

    2015-11-26

    Microwave switches, or Radio Frequency (RF) switches have been intensively used in microwave systems for signal routing. Compared with the fast development of microwave and wireless systems, RF switches have been underdeveloped particularly in terms of switching speed and operating bandwidth. In this paper, we propose a photonics based RF switch that is capable of switching at tens of picoseconds speed, which is hundreds of times faster than any existing RF switch technologies. The high-speed switching property is achieved with the use of a rapidly tunable microwave photonic filter with tens of gigahertz frequency tuning speed, where the tuning mechanism is based on the ultra-fast electro-optics Pockels effect. The RF switch has a wide operation bandwidth of 12 GHz and can go up to 40 GHz, depending on the bandwidth of the modulator used in the scheme. The proposed RF switch can either work as an ON/OFF switch or a two-channel switch, tens of picoseconds switching speed is experimentally observed for both type of switches.

  4. Development of Simulated Disturbing Source for Isolation Switch

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cheng, Lin; Liu, Xiang; Deng, Xiaoping; Pan, Zhezhe; Zhou, Hang; Zhu, Yong

    2018-01-01

    In order to simulate the substation in the actual scene of the harsh electromagnetic environment, and then research on electromagnetic compatibility testing of electronic instrument transformer, On the basis of the original isolation switch as a harassment source of the electronic instrument transformer electromagnetic compatibility test system, an isolated switch simulation source system was developed, to promote the standardization of the original test. In this paper, the circuit breaker is used to control the opening and closing of the gap arc to simulate the operating of isolating switch, and the isolation switch simulation harassment source system is designed accordingly. Comparison with the actual test results of the isolating switch, it is proved that the system can meet the test requirements, and the simulation harassment source system has good stability and high reliability.

  5. 49 CFR 236.6 - Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit..., AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.6 Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller. Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller connected to the...

  6. 49 CFR 236.6 - Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit..., AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.6 Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller. Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller connected to the...

  7. 49 CFR 236.6 - Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit..., AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.6 Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller. Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller connected to the...

  8. 49 CFR 236.6 - Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit..., AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.6 Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller. Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller connected to the...

  9. 49 CFR 236.6 - Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit..., AND APPLIANCES Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.6 Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller. Hand-operated switch equipped with switch circuit controller connected to the...

  10. Determination of endogenous levels of 13-cis-retinoic acid (isotretinoin), all-trans-retinoic acid (tretinoin) and their 4-oxo metabolites in human and animal plasma by high-performance liquid chromatography with automated column switching and ultraviolet detection.

    PubMed

    Wyss, R; Bucheli, F

    1997-10-24

    A highly sensitive HPLC method with automated column switching was developed for the simultaneous determination of endogenous levels of 13-cis-retinoic acid (isotretinoin), all-trans-retinoic acid (tretinoin) and their 4-oxo metabolites in plasma samples from man, Cynomolgus monkey, rabbit, rat and mouse. Plasma (0.4 ml) was deproteinated by adding ethanol (1.5 ml) containing the internal standard acitretin. After centrifugation, 1.4 ml of the supernatant were directly injected onto the precolumn packed with LiChrospher 100 RP-18 (5 microm). 1.25% ammonium acetate and acetic acid-ethanol (8:2, v/v) was used as mobile phase during injection and 1% ammonium acetate and 2% acetic acid-ethanol (102:4, v/v) was added, on-line, to decrease the elution strength of the injection solution. After backflush purging of the precolumn, the retained components were transferred to the analytical column in the backflush mode, separated by gradient elution and detected at 360 nm. Two coupled Superspher 100 RP-18 endcapped columns (both 250x4 mm) were used for the separation, together with a mobile phase consisting of acetonitrile-water-10% ammonium acetate-acetic acid: (A) 600:300:60:10 (v/v/v/v), (B) 950:20:5:20 (v/v/v/v), and (C) 990:5:0:5 (v/v/v/v). The method was linear in the range 0.3-100 ng/ml, at least, with a quantification limit of 0.3 ng/ml. The mean recoveries from human plasma were 93.2%-94.4% and the mean inter-assay precision was 2.8%-3.2% (range 0.3-100 ng/ml). Similar results were obtained for animal plasma. The analytes were found to be stable in the plasma of all investigated species stored at -20 degrees C for 4.3 months and at -80 degrees C for 9 months, at least. At this temperature, human plasma samples were even stable for 2 years. The method was successfully applied to more than 6000 human and 1000 animal plasma samples from clinical and toxicokinetic studies. Endogenous levels determined in control patients and pregnant women were similar to published data from volunteers.

  11. Systems and methods for photovoltaic string protection

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Krein, Philip T.; Kim, Katherine A.; Pilawa-Podgurski, Robert C. N.

    A system and method includes a circuit for protecting a photovoltaic string. A bypass switch connects in parallel to the photovoltaic string and a hot spot protection switch connects in series with the photovoltaic string. A first control signal controls opening and closing of the bypass switch and a second control signal controls opening and closing of the hot spot protection switch. Upon detection of a hot spot condition the first control signal closes the bypass switch and after the bypass switch is closed the second control signal opens the hot spot protection switch.

  12. Adaptive synchronized switch damping on an inductor: a self-tuning switching law

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kelley, Christopher R.; Kauffman, Jeffrey L.

    2017-03-01

    Synchronized switch damping (SSD) techniques exploit low-power switching between passive circuits connected to piezoelectric material to reduce structural vibration. In the classical implementation of SSD, the piezoelectric material remains in an open circuit for the majority of the vibration cycle and switches briefly to a shunt circuit at every displacement extremum. Recent research indicates that this switch timing is only optimal for excitation exactly at resonance and points to more general optimal switch criteria based on the phase of the displacement and the system parameters. This work proposes a self-tuning approach that implements the more general optimal switch timing for synchronized switch damping on an inductor (SSDI) without needing any knowledge of the system parameters. The law involves a gradient-based search optimization that is robust to noise and uncertainties in the system. Testing of a physical implementation confirms this law successfully adapts to the frequency and parameters of the system. Overall, the adaptive SSDI controller provides better off-resonance steady-state vibration reduction than classical SSDI while matching performance at resonance.

  13. Method and system for a gas tube-based current source high voltage direct current transmission system

    DOEpatents

    She, Xu; Chokhawala, Rahul Shantilal; Bray, James William; Sommerer, Timothy John; Zhou, Rui; Zhang, Di

    2017-08-29

    A high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) transmission system includes an alternating current (AC) electrical source and a power converter channel that includes an AC-DC converter electrically coupled to the electrical source and a DC-AC inverter electrically coupled to the AC-DC converter. The AC-DC converter and the DC-AC inverter each include a plurality of legs that includes at least one switching device. The power converter channel further includes a commutating circuit communicatively coupled to one or more switching devices. The commutating circuit is configured to "switch on" one of the switching devices during a first portion of a cycle of the H-bridge switching circuits and "switch off" the switching device during a second portion of the cycle of the first and second H-bridge switching circuits.

  14. Flight Test Evaluation of Airborne Tire Pressure Indicating Systems.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1979-09-01

    System (Concept J, Part I Report) This system employs a wheel This system was the best mounted pressure switch the thought out and implemented state of...which is detected across system of its type with an air gap by a rotating coil excellent electror.ic and passing by a statiorery coil pressure switch designs...Pressure Low tire pressure is sensed by a The supplier of this pressure switch in wheel. hardware built a four wheel Pressure switch shorts secondary

  15. Switching synchronization in one-dimensional memristive networks

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Slipko, Valeriy A.; Shumovskyi, Mykola; Pershin, Yuriy V.

    2015-11-01

    We report on a switching synchronization phenomenon in one-dimensional memristive networks, which occurs when several memristive systems with different switching constants are switched from the high- to low-resistance state. Our numerical simulations show that such a collective behavior is especially pronounced when the applied voltage slightly exceeds the combined threshold voltage of memristive systems. Moreover, a finite increase in the network switching time is found compared to the average switching time of individual systems. An analytical model is presented to explain our observations. Using this model, we have derived asymptotic expressions for memory resistances at short and long times, which are in excellent agreement with results of our numerical simulations.

  16. Controlled Photon Switch Assisted by Coupled Quantum Dots

    PubMed Central

    Luo, Ming-Xing; Ma, Song-Ya; Chen, Xiu-Bo; Wang, Xiaojun

    2015-01-01

    Quantum switch is a primitive element in quantum network communication. In contrast to previous switch schemes on one degree of freedom (DOF) of quantum systems, we consider controlled switches of photon system with two DOFs. These controlled photon switches are constructed by exploring the optical selection rules derived from the quantum-dot spins in one-sided optical microcavities. Several double controlled-NOT gate on different joint systems are greatly simplified with an auxiliary DOF of the controlling photon. The photon switches show that two DOFs of photons can be independently transmitted in quantum networks. This result reduces the quantum resources for quantum network communication. PMID:26095049

  17. Single molecules can operate as primitive biological sensors, switches and oscillators.

    PubMed

    Hernansaiz-Ballesteros, Rosa D; Cardelli, Luca; Csikász-Nagy, Attila

    2018-06-18

    Switch-like and oscillatory dynamical systems are widely observed in biology. We investigate the simplest biological switch that is composed of a single molecule that can be autocatalytically converted between two opposing activity forms. We test how this simple network can keep its switching behaviour under perturbations in the system. We show that this molecule can work as a robust bistable system, even for alterations in the reactions that drive the switching between various conformations. We propose that this single molecule system could work as a primitive biological sensor and show by steady state analysis of a mathematical model of the system that it could switch between possible states for changes in environmental signals. Particularly, we show that a single molecule phosphorylation-dephosphorylation switch could work as a nucleotide or energy sensor. We also notice that a given set of reductions in the reaction network can lead to the emergence of oscillatory behaviour. We propose that evolution could have converted this switch into a single molecule oscillator, which could have been used as a primitive timekeeper. We discuss how the structure of the simplest known circadian clock regulatory system, found in cyanobacteria, resembles the proposed single molecule oscillator. Besides, we speculate if such minimal systems could have existed in an RNA world.

  18. Qualitative Differences between Bilingual Language Control and Executive Control: Evidence from Task-Switching

    PubMed Central

    Calabria, Marco; Hernández, Mireia; Branzi, Francesca M.; Costa, Albert

    2012-01-01

    Previous research has shown that highly proficient bilinguals have comparable switch costs in both directions when they switch between languages (L1 and L2), the so-called “symmetrical switch cost” effect. Interestingly, the same symmetry is also present when they switch between L1 and a much weaker L3. These findings suggest that highly proficient bilinguals develop a language control system that seems to be insensitive to language proficiency. In the present study, we explore whether the pattern of symmetrical switch costs in language switching tasks generalizes to a non-linguistic switching task in the same group of highly proficient bilinguals. The end goal of this is to assess whether bilingual language control (bLC) can be considered as subsidiary to domain-general executive control (EC). We tested highly proficient Catalan–Spanish bilinguals both in a linguistic switching task and in a non-linguistic switching task. In the linguistic task, participants named pictures in L1 and L2 (Experiment 1) or L3 (Experiment 2) depending on a cue presented with the picture (a flag). In the non-linguistic task, the same participants had to switch between two card sorting rule-sets (color and shape). Overall, participants showed symmetrical switch costs in the linguistic switching task, but not in the non-linguistic switching task. In a further analysis, we observed that in the linguistic switching task the asymmetry of the switch costs changed across blocks, while in the non-linguistic switching task an asymmetrical switch cost was observed throughout the task. The observation of different patterns of switch costs in the linguistic and the non-linguistic switching tasks suggest that the bLC system is not completely subsidiary to the domain-general EC system. PMID:22275905

  19. Biological conversion system

    DOEpatents

    Scott, C.D.

    A system for bioconversion of organic material comprises a primary bioreactor column wherein a biological active agent (zymomonas mobilis) converts the organic material (sugar) to a product (alcohol), a rejuvenator column wherein the biological activity of said biological active agent is enhanced, and means for circulating said biological active agent between said primary bioreactor column and said rejuvenator column.

  20. Adaptive Fuzzy Control Design for Stochastic Nonlinear Switched Systems With Arbitrary Switchings and Unmodeled Dynamics.

    PubMed

    Li, Yongming; Sui, Shuai; Tong, Shaocheng

    2017-02-01

    This paper deals with the problem of adaptive fuzzy output feedback control for a class of stochastic nonlinear switched systems. The controlled system in this paper possesses unmeasured states, completely unknown nonlinear system functions, unmodeled dynamics, and arbitrary switchings. A state observer which does not depend on the switching signal is constructed to tackle the unmeasured states. Fuzzy logic systems are employed to identify the completely unknown nonlinear system functions. Based on the common Lyapunov stability theory and stochastic small-gain theorem, a new robust adaptive fuzzy backstepping stabilization control strategy is developed. The stability of the closed-loop system on input-state-practically stable in probability is proved. The simulation results are given to verify the efficiency of the proposed fuzzy adaptive control scheme.

  1. Wavelength Locking to CO2 Absorption Line-Center for 2-Micron Pulsed IPDA Lidar Application

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Refaat, Tamer F.; Petros, Mulugeta; Antill, Charles W.; Singh, Upendra N.; Yu, Jirong

    2016-01-01

    An airborne 2-micron triple-pulse integrated path differential absorption (IPDA) lidar is currently under development at NASA Langley Research Center (LaRC). This IPDA lidar system targets both atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapor (H2O) column measurements. Independent wavelength control of each of the transmitted laser pulses is a key feature for the success of this instrument. The wavelength control unit provides switching, tuning and locking for each pulse in reference to a 2-micron CW (Continuous Wave) laser source locked to CO2 line-center. Targeting the CO2 R30 line center, at 2050.967 nanometers, a wavelength locking unit has been integrated using semiconductor laser diode. The CO2 center-line locking unit includes a laser diode current driver, temperature controller, center-line locking controller and CO2 absorption cell. This paper presents the CO2 center-line locking unit architecture, characterization procedure and results. Assessment of wavelength jitter on the IPDA measurement error will also be addressed by comparison to the system design.

  2. Controllability of multi-agent systems with periodically switching topologies and switching leaders

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tian, Lingling; Zhao, Bin; Wang, Long

    2018-05-01

    This paper considers controllability of multi-agent systems with periodically switching topologies and switching leaders. The concept of m-periodic controllability is proposed, and a criterion for m-periodic controllability is established. The effect of the duration of subsystems on controllability is analysed by utilising a property of analytic functions. In addition, the influence of switching periods on controllability is investigated, and an algorithm is proposed to search for the fewest periods to ensure controllability. A necessary condition for m-periodic controllability is obtained from the perspective of eigenvectors of the subsystems' Laplacian matrices. For a system with switching leaders, it is proved that switching-leader controllability is equivalent to multiple-leader controllability. Furthermore, both the switching order and the tenure of agents being leaders have no effect on the controllability. Some examples are provided to illustrate the theoretical results.

  3. Optical computer switching network

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Clymer, B.; Collins, S. A., Jr.

    1985-01-01

    The design for an optical switching system for minicomputers that uses an optical spatial light modulator such as a Hughes liquid crystal light valve is presented. The switching system is designed to connect 80 minicomputers coupled to the switching system by optical fibers. The system has two major parts: the connection system that connects the data lines by which the computers communicate via a two-dimensional optical matrix array and the control system that controls which computers are connected. The basic system, the matrix-based connecting system, and some of the optical components to be used are described. Finally, the details of the control system are given and illustrated with a discussion of timing.

  4. The Antemortem Detection and Conformational Switches of Prion Proteins

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2006-07-01

    distribution of di-, mono-, and unglycosylated PrPC molecules (Fig. 7B, lane 2). Subsequent elution of the column with N-acetyl glucosamine yielded...pellet was washed in 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 150 mM NaCl, and then solubilized in 6 M guanidinium hydrochloride , 50 mM Tris pH 8.0, 150 mM NaCl. The...and 150mM sodium chloride (TCl) containing 6M guanidinium hydrochloride . The supernatant was centrifuged for 30min at 18,000g. The protein was

  5. Development of SWITCH-Hawaii model: loads and renewable resources.

    DOT National Transportation Integrated Search

    2016-08-01

    This report summarizes work done to configure the SWITCH power system model using data for the Oahu power system. SWITCH is a planning model designed to choose optimal infrastructure investments for power systems over a multi-decade period. Investmen...

  6. Input and output constraints-based stabilisation of switched nonlinear systems with unstable subsystems and its application

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Chao; Liu, Qian; Zhao, Jun

    2018-01-01

    This paper studies the problem of stabilisation of switched nonlinear systems with output and input constraints. We propose a recursive approach to solve this issue. None of the subsystems are assumed to be stablisable while the switched system is stabilised by dual design of controllers for subsystems and a switching law. When only dealing with bounded input, we provide nested switching controllers using an extended backstepping procedure. If both input and output constraints are taken into consideration, a Barrier Lyapunov Function is employed during operation to construct multiple Lyapunov functions for switched nonlinear system in the backstepping procedure. As a practical example, the control design of an equilibrium manifold expansion model of aero-engine is given to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed design method.

  7. Technetium-99m generator system

    DOEpatents

    Mirzadeh, Saed; Knapp, Jr., Furn F.; Collins, Emory D.

    1998-01-01

    A .sup.99 Mo/.sup.99m Tc generator system includes a sorbent column loaded with a composition containing .sup.99 Mo. The sorbent column has an effluent end in fluid communication with an anion-exchange column for concentrating .sup.99m Tc eluted from the sorbent column. A method of preparing a concentrated solution of .sup.99m Tc includes the general steps of: a. providing a sorbent column loaded with a composition containing .sup.99 Mo, the sorbent column having an effluent end in fluid communication with an anion-exchange column; b. eluting the sorbent column with a salt solution to elute .sup.99m Tc from the sorbent and to trap and concentrate the eluted .sup.99m Tc on the ion-exchange column; and c. eluting the concentrated .sup.99m Tc from the ion-exchange column with a solution comprising a reductive complexing agent.

  8. Technetium-99m generator system

    DOEpatents

    Mirzadeh, S.; Knapp, F.F. Jr.; Collins, E.D.

    1998-06-30

    A {sup 99}Mo/{sup 99m}Tc generator system includes a sorbent column loaded with a composition containing {sup 99}Mo. The sorbent column has an effluent end in fluid communication with an anion-exchange column for concentrating {sup 99m}Tc eluted from the sorbent column. A method of preparing a concentrated solution of {sup 99m}Tc includes the general steps of: (a) providing a sorbent column loaded with a composition containing {sup 99}Mo, the sorbent column having an effluent end in fluid communication with an anion-exchange column; (b) eluting the sorbent column with a salt solution to elute {sup 99m}Tc from the sorbent and to trap and concentrate the eluted {sup 99m}Tc on the ion-exchange column; and (c) eluting the concentrated {sup 99m}Tc from the ion-exchange column with a solution comprising a reductive complexing agent. 1 fig.

  9. Recent Advance on Mesoporous Silica Nanoparticles-Based Controlled Release System: Intelligent Switches Open up New Horizon

    PubMed Central

    Sun, Ruijuan; Wang, Wenqian; Wen, Yongqiang; Zhang, Xueji

    2015-01-01

    Mesoporous silica nanoparticle (MSN)-based intelligent transport systems have attracted many researchers’ attention due to the characteristics of uniform pore and particle size distribution, good biocompatibility, high surface area, and versatile functionalization, which have led to their widespread application in diverse areas. In the past two decades, many kinds of smart controlled release systems were prepared with the development of brilliant nano-switches. This article reviews and discusses the advantages of MSN-based controlled release systems. Meanwhile, the switching mechanisms based on different types of stimulus response are systematically analyzed and summarized. Additionally, the application fields of these devices are further discussed. Obviously, the recent evolution of smart nano-switches promoted the upgrading of the controlled release system from the simple “separated” switch to the reversible, multifunctional, complicated logical switches and selective switches. Especially the free-blockage switches, which are based on hydrophobic/hydrophilic conversion, have been proposed and designed in the last two years. The prospects and directions of this research field are also briefly addressed, which could be better used to promote the further development of this field to meet the needs of mankind. PMID:28347110

  10. Study of optoelectronic switch for satellite-switched time-division multiple access

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Su, Shing-Fong; Jou, Liz; Lenart, Joe

    1987-01-01

    The use of optoelectronic switching for satellite switched time division multiple access will improve the isolation and reduce the crosstalk of an IF switch matrix. The results are presented of a study on optoelectronic switching. Tasks include literature search, system requirements study, candidate switching architecture analysis, and switch model optimization. The results show that the power divided and crossbar switching architectures are good candidates for an IF switch matrix.

  11. Research on multi-switch synchronization based on single trigger generator

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Geng, Jiuyuan; Cheng, Xinbing; Yang, Jianhua; Yang, Xiao; Chen, Rong

    2018-05-01

    Multi-switch synchronous operation is an effective approach to provide high-voltage high-current for a high-power device. In this paper, we present a synchronization system with a corona stabilized triggered switch (CSTS) as main switch and an all-solid modularized quasi-square pulse forming system. In addition, this paper provides explanations of low jitter and accurate triggering of CSTS based on streamer theory. Different switches of the module are triggered by an electrical pulse created by a trigger generator, a quasi-square pulse can be created on the load. The experimental results show that it is able to switch voltages in excess of 40kV with nanosecond system jitter for three-module synchronous operation.

  12. Low Power Switching for Antenna Reconfiguration

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bauhahn, Paul E. (Inventor); Becker, Robert C. (Inventor); Meyers, David W. (Inventor); Muldoon, Kelly P. (Inventor)

    2008-01-01

    Methods and systems for low power switching are provided. In one embodiment, an optical switching system is provided. The system comprises at least one optically controlled switch adapted to maintain one of an open state and a closed state based on an associated light signal; and at least one light source adapted to output the associated light signal to the at least one switch, wherein the at least one light source cycles the light signal on and off, wherein the at least one light source is cycled on for a sufficient duration of time and with a sufficient periodicity to maintain the optically controlled switch in one of an open state and a closed state.

  13. A method for nitrate collection for δ15N and δ18O analysis from waters with low nitrate concentrations

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Chang, Cecily C.Y.; Langston, J.; Riggs, M.; Campbell, D.H.; Silva, S.R.; Kendall, C.

    1999-01-01

     Recently, methods have been developed to analyze NO3- for δ15N and δ18O, improving our ability to identify NO3- sources and transformations. However, none of the existing methods are suited for waters with low NO3- concentrations (0.7-10 µM). We describe an improved method for collecting and recovering NO3- on exchange columns. To overcome the lengthy collection loading times imposed by the large sample volumes (7-70 L), the sample was prefiltered (0.45 µm) with a large surface area filter. Switching to AG2X anion resin and using a coarser mesh size (100-200) than previous methods also enhanced sample flow. Placement of a cation column in front of the anion column minimized clogging of the anion column by dissolved organic carbon (DOC) accumulation. This also served to minimize transfer of unwanted oxygen atoms from DOC to the 18O portion of the NO3- sample, thereby contaminating the sample and shifting δ18O. The cat-AG2X method is suited for on-site sample collection, making it possible to collect and recover NO3- from low ionic strength waters with modest DOC concentrations (80-800 µM), relieves the investigator of transporting large volumes of water back to the laboratory, and offers a means of sampling rain, snow, snowmelt, and stream samples from access-limited sites.

  14. A new communications technique for the nonvocal person, using the Apple II Computer.

    PubMed

    Seamone, W

    1982-01-01

    The purpose of this paper is to describe a technique for nonvocal personal communication for the severely handicapped person, using the Apple II computer system and standard commercially available software diskettes (Visi-Calc). The user's input in a pseudo-Morse code is generated via minute chin motions or limited finger motions applied to a suitable configured two-switch device, and input via the JHU/APL Morse code interface card. The commands and features of the program's row-column matrix, originally intended and widely used for financial management, are used here to call up and modify a large array of stored sentences which can be useful in personal communication. It is not known at this time if the system is in fact cost-effective for the sole purpose of nonvocal communication, since system tradeoff studies have not been made relative to other techniques. However, in some instances an Apple computer may be already available for other purposes at the institution or in the home, and the system described could simply be another utilization of that personal computer. In any case, the system clearly does not meet the requirement of portability. No special components (except for the JHU/APL Morse interface card) and no special programming experience are required to duplicate the communications technique described.

  15. Rotating permanent magnet excitation for blood flow measurement.

    PubMed

    Nair, Sarath S; Vinodkumar, V; Sreedevi, V; Nagesh, D S

    2015-11-01

    A compact, portable and improved blood flow measurement system for an extracorporeal circuit having a rotating permanent magnetic excitation scheme is described in this paper. The system consists of a set of permanent magnets rotating near blood or any conductive fluid to create high-intensity alternating magnetic field in it and inducing a sinusoidal varying voltage across the column of fluid. The induced voltage signal is acquired, conditioned and processed to determine its flow rate. Performance analysis shows that a sensitivity of more than 250 mV/lpm can be obtained, which is more than five times higher than conventional flow measurement systems. Choice of rotating permanent magnet instead of an electromagnetic core generates alternate magnetic field of smooth sinusoidal nature which in turn reduces switching and interference noises. These results in reduction in complex electronic circuitry required for processing the signal to a great extent and enable the flow measuring device to be much less costlier, portable and light weight. The signal remains steady even with changes in environmental conditions and has an accuracy of greater than 95%. This paper also describes the construction details of the prototype, the factors affecting sensitivity and detailed performance analysis at various operating conditions.

  16. A novel riboregulator switch system of gene expression for enhanced microbial production of succinic acid.

    PubMed

    Wang, Jing; Wang, Haoyuan; Yang, Le; Lv, Liping; Zhang, Zhe; Ren, Bin; Dong, Lichun; Li, Ning

    2018-04-01

    In this paper, a novel riboregulator Switch System of Gene Expression including an OFF-TO-ON switch and an ON-TO-OFF switch was designed to regulate the expression state of target genes between "ON" and "OFF" by switching the identifiability of ribosome recognition site (RBS) based on the thermodynamic stability of different RNA-RNA hybridizations between RBS and small noncoding RNAs. The proposed riboregulator switch system was employed for the fermentative production of succinic acid using an engineered strain of E. coli JW1021, during which the expression of mgtC gene was controlled at "ON" state and that of pepc and ecaA genes were controlled at the "OFF" state in the lag phase and switched to the "OFF" and "ON" state once the strain enters the logarithmic phase. The results showed that using the strain of JW1021, the yield and productivity of succinic acid can reach 0.91 g g -1 and 3.25 g L -1  h -1 , respectively, much higher than those using the strains without harboring the riboregulator switch system.

  17. Comprehensive two-dimensional HPLC to study the interaction of multiple components in Rheum palmatum L. with HSA by coupling a silica-bonded HSA column to a silica monolithic ODS column.

    PubMed

    Hu, Lianghai; Li, Xin; Feng, Shun; Kong, Liang; Su, Xingye; Chen, Xueguo; Qin, Feng; Ye, Mingliang; Zou, Hanfa

    2006-04-01

    A mode of comprehensive 2-D LC was developed by coupling a silica-bonded HSA column to a silica monolithic ODS column. This system combined the affinity property of the HSA column and the high-speed separation ability of the monolithic ODS column. The affinity chromatography with HSA-immobilized stationary phase was applied to study the interaction of multiple components in traditional Chinese medicines (TCMs) with HSA according to their affinity to protein in the first dimension. Then the unresolved components retained on the HSA column were further separated on the silica monolithic ODS column in the second dimension. By hyphenating the 2-D separation system to diode array detector and MS detectors, the UV and molecular weight information of the separated compounds can also be obtained. The developed separation system was applied to analysis of the extract of Rheum palmatum L., a number of low-abundant components can be separated on a single peak from the HSA column after normalization of peak heights. Six compounds were preliminarily identified according to their UV and MS spectra. It showed that this system was very useful for biological fingerprinting analysis of the components in TCMs and natural products.

  18. Two-dimensional liquid chromatography consisting of twelve second-dimension columns for comprehensive analysis of intact proteins.

    PubMed

    Ren, Jiangtao; Beckner, Matthew A; Lynch, Kyle B; Chen, Huang; Zhu, Zaifang; Yang, Yu; Chen, Apeng; Qiao, Zhenzhen; Liu, Shaorong; Lu, Joann J

    2018-05-15

    A comprehensive two-dimensional liquid chromatography (LCxLC) system consisting of twelve columns in the second dimension was developed for comprehensive analysis of intact proteins in complex biological samples. The system consisted of an ion-exchange column in the first dimension and the twelve reverse-phase columns in the second dimension; all thirteen columns were monolithic and prepared inside 250 µm i.d. capillaries. These columns were assembled together through the use of three valves and an innovative configuration. The effluent from the first dimension was continuously fractionated and sequentially transferred into the twelve second-dimension columns, while the second-dimension separations were carried out in a series of batches (six columns per batch). This LCxLC system was tested first using standard proteins followed by real-world samples from E. coli. Baseline separation was observed for eleven standard proteins and hundreds of peaks were observed for the real-world sample analysis. Two-dimensional liquid chromatography, often considered as an effective tool for mapping proteins, is seen as laborious and time-consuming when configured offline. Our online LCxLC system with increased second-dimension columns promises to provide a solution to overcome these hindrances. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. System for automatically switching transformer coupled lines

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dwinell, W. S. (Inventor)

    1979-01-01

    A system is presented for automatically controlling transformer coupled alternating current electric lines. The secondary winding of each transformer is provided with a center tap. A switching circuit is connected to the center taps of a pair of secondary windings and includes a switch controller. An impedance is connected between the center taps of the opposite pair of secondary windings. The switching circuit has continuity when the AC lines are continuous and discontinuity with any disconnect of the AC lines. Normally open switching means are provided in at least one AC line. The switch controller automatically opens the switching means when the AC lines become separated.

  20. GAS DISCHARGE SWITCH EVALUATION FOR RHIC BEAM ABORT KICKER APPLICATION.

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    ZHANG,W.; SANDBERG,J.; SHELDRAKE,R.

    2002-06-30

    A gas discharge switch EEV HX3002 is being evaluated at Brookhaven National Laboratory as a possible candidate of RHIC Beam Abort Kicker modulator main switch. At higher beam energy and higher beam intensity, the switch stability becomes very crucial. The hollow anode thyratron used in the existing system is not rated for long reverse current conduction. The reverse voltage arcing caused thyratron hold-off voltage de-rating has been the main limitation of the system operation. To improve the system reliability, a new type of gas discharge switch has been suggested by Marconi Applied Technology for its reverse conducting capability.

  1. Spacecraft in switch matrix for wide band service applicatons in 30/20 GHz communications satellite systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cory, B. J.

    1982-01-01

    Bandwidth, switching speed, off-state isolation, and reliability over a ten-year mission were factors in determining the optimum available technology for satellite communications switching in 1982. A proof of concept model for a 20 x 20 coupled crossbar switch matrix designed with FET devices for microwave switching and with high speed CMOS LIS for switch crosspoint addressing was fabricated and tested. Results show the design is feasible for application in a multichannel SS-TDMA communications system. Expandibility can readily be achieved with this design. A conceptual design study for a 100 x 100 switch matrix utilizing a coupled crossbar architecture implemented with a monolithic microwave integrated circuits revealed technology needs for high capacity switch matrices.

  2. Optimal control of switching time in switched stochastic systems with multi-switching times and different costs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liu, Xiaomei; Li, Shengtao; Zhang, Kanjian

    2017-08-01

    In this paper, we solve an optimal control problem for a class of time-invariant switched stochastic systems with multi-switching times, where the objective is to minimise a cost functional with different costs defined on the states. In particular, we focus on problems in which a pre-specified sequence of active subsystems is given and the switching times are the only control variables. Based on the calculus of variation, we derive the gradient of the cost functional with respect to the switching times on an especially simple form, which can be directly used in gradient descent algorithms to locate the optimal switching instants. Finally, a numerical example is given, highlighting the validity of the proposed methodology.

  3. Tungsten-188/carrier-free rhenium-188 perrhenic acid generator system

    DOEpatents

    Knapp, Jr., Furn F.; Lisic, Edward C.; Mirzadeh, Saed; Callahan, Alvin P.

    1993-01-01

    A generator system for providing a carrier-free radioisotope in the form of an acid comprises a chromatography column in tandem fluid connection with an ion exchange column, the chromatography column containing a charge of a radioactive parent isotope. The chromatography column, charged with a parent isotope, is eluted with an alkali metal salt solution to generate the radioisotope in the form of an intermediate solution, which is passed through the ion-exchange column to convert the radioisotope to a carrier-free acid form.

  4. Tungsten-188/carrier-free rhenium-188 perrhenic acid generator system

    DOEpatents

    Knapp, F.F. Jr.; Lisic, E.C.; Mirzadeh, S.; Callahan, A.P.

    1993-02-16

    A generator system for providing a carrier-free radioisotope in the form of an acid comprises a chromatography column in tandem fluid connection with an ion exchange column, the chromatography column containing a charge of a radioactive parent isotope. The chromatography column, charged with a parent isotope, is eluted with an alkali metal salt solution to generate the radioisotope in the form of an intermediate solution, which is passed through the ion-exchange column to convert the radioisotope to a carrier-free acid form.

  5. Tungsten-188/carrier-free rhenium-188 perrhenic acid generator system

    DOEpatents

    Knapp, Jr., Furn F.; Lisic, Edward C.; Mirzadeh, Saed; Callahan, Alvin P.

    1994-01-01

    A generator system for providing a carrier-free radioisotope in the form of an acid comprises a chromatography column in tandem fluid connection with an ion exchange column, the chromatography column containing a charge of a radioactive parent isotope. The chromatography column, charged with a parent isotope, is eluted with an alkali metal salt solution to generate the radioisotope in the form of an intermediate solution, which is passed through the ion-exchange column to convert the radioisotope to a carrier-free acid form.

  6. Kinetic performance of narrow-bore columns on a micro-system for high performance liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Gritti, Fabrice; Guiochon, Georges

    2012-05-04

    The kinetic performance of 0.5 mm × 50 mm columns packed with 2.7 μm Halo-C(18) core-shell particles and 3 μm EP-120-C(18) fully porous particles fitted on an Eksigent LC-Express Ultra μHPLC system were measured. The instrument contribution to band broadening was obtained by directly connecting the injection valve and the detector cell with a short, narrow PEEKSIL tube. The connections between the column and the connecting tubes, the column endfittings and its frits contribute to band spreading and are responsible for a significant rear peak tailing, even for retained compounds, resulting in a significant loss of efficiency. Our results show that the μHPLC system could outperform the current VHPLC systems using 2.1mm I.D. columns packed with 1.7 μm particles if it were using 0.5mm I.D. columns packed with 1 μm particles, if it could operate at a few kbar pressure drop, and if the sum of the contributions of the instrument, column endfittings and the column frits to band dispersion were three times smaller than it is at present. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  7. Shipboard Calibration Network Extension Utilizing COTS Products

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2014-09-01

    to emulate the MCS system console. C. KEYBOARD VIDEO AND MOUSE (KVM) SWITCH A ServSwitch Wizard IP Plus KVM switch is used to allow remote access...9 C. KEYBOARD VIDEO AND MOUSE (KVM) SWITCH .......................... 10 D. ROUTER...mechanical, and electrical KVM Keyboard Video and Mouse LAN Local Area Network MCS Machinery Control Systems NIST National Institute of Standards and

  8. Research on intelligent algorithm of electro - hydraulic servo control system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Yannian; Zhao, Yuhui; Liu, Chengtao

    2017-09-01

    In order to adapt the nonlinear characteristics of the electro-hydraulic servo control system and the influence of complex interference in the industrial field, using a fuzzy PID switching learning algorithm is proposed and a fuzzy PID switching learning controller is designed and applied in the electro-hydraulic servo controller. The designed controller not only combines the advantages of the fuzzy control and PID control, but also introduces the learning algorithm into the switching function, which makes the learning of the three parameters in the switching function can avoid the instability of the system during the switching between the fuzzy control and PID control algorithms. It also makes the switch between these two control algorithm more smoother than that of the conventional fuzzy PID.

  9. PWM Switching Frequency Effects on Eddy Current Sensors for Magnetically Suspended Flywheel Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jansen, Ralph; Lebron, Ramon; Dever, Timothy P.; Birchenough, Arthur G.

    2003-01-01

    A flywheel magnetic bearing (MB) pulse width modulated power amplifier (PWM) configuration is selected to minimize noise generated by the PWMs in the flywheel position sensor system. Two types of noise are addressed: beat frequency noise caused by variations in PWM switching frequencies, and demodulation noise caused by demodulation of high order harmonics of the switching voltage into the MB control band. Beat frequency noise is eliminated by synchronizing the PWM switch frequencies, and demodulation noise is minimized by selection of a switching frequency which does not have harmonics at the carrier frequency of the sensor. The recommended MB PWM system has five synchronized PWMs switching at a non-integer harmonic of the sensor carrier.

  10. HPLC separation of triacylglycerol positional isomers on a polymeric ODS column.

    PubMed

    Kuroda, Ikuma; Nagai, Toshiharu; Mizobe, Hoyo; Yoshimura, Nobuhito; Gotoh, Naohiro; Wada, Shun

    2008-07-01

    A polymeric ODS column was applied to the resolution of triacylglycerol positional isomers (TAG-PI), i.e. 1,3-dioleoyl-2-palmitoyl-glycerol (OPO) and 1,2-dioleoyl-3-palmitoyl-rac-glycerol (OOP), with a recycle HPLC system. To investigate the ODS column species and the column temperatures for the resolution of a TAG-PI pair, a mixture of OPO and OOP was subjected to an HPLC system equipped with a non-endcapped polymeric, endcapped monomeric, endcapped intermediate, or non-endcapped monomeric ODS column at three different column temperatures (40, 25, or 10 degrees C). Only the non-endcapped polymeric ODS column achieved the separation of OPO and OOP, and the lowest column temperature (10 degrees C) showed the best resolution for them. The other pair of TAG-PI, a mixture of 1,3-dipalmitoyl-2-oleoyl-glycerol (POP) and 1,2-dipalmitoyl-3-oleoyl-rac-glycerol (PPO) was also subjected to the system equipped with a non-endcapped polymeric or monomeric ODS column at five different column temperatures (40, 32, 25, 17, and 10 degrees C). Thus, POP and PPO were also separated on only the non-endcapped polymeric ODS column at 25 degrees C. However, no clear peak appeared at 10 degrees C. These results would indicate that the polymeric ODS stationary phase has an ability to recognize the structural differences between TAG-PI pairs. Also, the column temperature is a very important factor for separating the TAG-PI pair, and the optimal temperature would relate to the solubility of TAG-PI in the mobile phase. Furthermore, the recycle HPLC system provided measurements for the separation and analysis of TAG-PI pairs.

  11. Resolution Improvement and Pattern Generator Development for theMaskless Micro-Ion-Beam Reduction Lithography System

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jiang, Ximan

    The shrinking of IC devices has followed the Moore's Law for over three decades, which states that the density of transistors on integrated circuits will double about every two years. This great achievement is obtained via continuous advance in lithography technology. With the adoption of complicated resolution enhancement technologies, such as the phase shifting mask (PSM), the optical proximity correction (OPC), optical lithography with wavelength of 193 nm has enabled 45 nm printing by immersion method. However, this achievement comes together with the skyrocketing cost of masks, which makes the production of low volume application-specific IC (ASIC) impractical. In ordermore » to provide an economical lithography approach for low to medium volume advanced IC fabrication, a maskless ion beam lithography method, called Maskless Micro-ion-beam Reduction Lithography (MMRL), has been developed in the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. The development of the prototype MMRL system has been described by Dr. Vinh Van Ngo in his Ph.D. thesis. But the resolution realized on the prototype MMRL system was far from the design expectation. In order to improve the resolution of the MMRL system, the ion optical system has been investigated. By integrating a field-free limiting aperture into the optical column, reducing the electromagnetic interference and cleaning the RF plasma, the resolution has been improved to around 50 nm. Computational analysis indicates that the MMRL system can be operated with an exposure field size of 0.25 mm and a beam half angle of 1.0 mrad on the wafer plane. Ion-ion interactions have been studied with a two-particle physics model. The results are in excellent agreement with those published by the other research groups. The charge-interaction analysis of MMRL shows that the ion-ion interactions must be reduced in order to obtain a throughput higher than 10 wafers per hour on 300-mm wafers. In addition, two different maskless lithography strategies have been studied. The dependence of the throughput with the exposure field size and the speed of the mechanical stage has been investigated. In order to perform maskless lithography, different micro-fabricated pattern generators have been developed for the MMRL system. Ion beamlet switching has been successfully demonstrated on the MMRL system. A positive bias voltage around 10 volts is sufficient to switch off the ion current on the micro-fabricated pattern generators. Some unexpected problems, such as the high-energy secondary electron radiations, have been discovered during the experimental investigation. Thermal and structural analysis indicates that the aperture displacement error induced by thermal expansion can satisfy the 3δ CD requirement for lithography nodes down to 25 nm. The cross-talking effect near the surface and inside the apertures of the pattern generator has been simulated in a 3-D ray-tracing code. New pattern generator design has been proposed to reduce the cross-talking effect. In order to eliminate the surface charging effect caused by the secondary electrons, a new beam-switching scheme in which the switching electrodes are immersed in the plasma has been demonstrated on a mechanically fabricated pattern generator.« less

  12. Self-actuating heat switches for redundant refrigeration systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chan, Chung K. (Inventor)

    1988-01-01

    A dual refrigeration system for cooling a sink device is described, which automatically thermally couples the cold refrigerator to the sink device while thermally isolating the warm refrigerator from the sink device. The system includes two gas gap heat switches that each thermally couples one of the refrigerators to the sink device, and a pair of sorption pumps that are coupled through tubes to the heat switches. When the first refrigerator is operated and therefore cold, the first pump which is thermally coupled to it is also cooled and adsorbs gas to withdraw it from the second heat switch, to thereby thermally isolate the sink device from the warm second refrigerator. With the second refrigerator being warm, the second pump is also warm and desorbs gas, so the gas lies in the first switch, to close that switch and therefore thermally couple the cold first refrigerator to the sink device. Thus, the heat switches are automatically switched according to the temperature of the corresponding refrigerator.

  13. Ultralow-energy and high-contrast all-optical switch involving Fano resonance based on coupled photonic crystal nanocavities.

    PubMed

    Nozaki, Kengo; Shinya, Akihiko; Matsuo, Shinji; Sato, Tomonari; Kuramochi, Eiichi; Notomi, Masaya

    2013-05-20

    We experimentally and theoretically clarified that a Fano resonant system based on a coupled optical cavity has better performance when used as an all-optical switch than a single cavity in terms of switching energy, contrast, and operation bandwidth. We successfully fabricated a Fano system consisting of doubly coupled photonic-crystal (PhC) nanocavities, and demonstrated all-optical switching for the first time. A steep asymmetric transmission spectrum was clearly observed, thereby enabling a low-energy and high-contrast switching operation. We achieved the switching with a pump energy of a few fJ, a contrast of more than 10 dB, and an 18 ps switching time window. These levels of performance are actually better than those for Lorentzian resonance in a single cavity. We also theoretically investigated the achievable performance in a well-designed Fano system, which suggested a high contrast for the switching of more than 20 dB in a fJ energy regime.

  14. Simple gas chromatographic system for analysis of microbial respiratory gases

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Carle, G. C.

    1972-01-01

    Dual column ambient temperature system, consisting of pair of capillary columns, microbead thermistor detector and micro gas-sampling valve, is used in remote life-detection equipment for space experiments. Performance outweighs advantage gained by utilizing single-column systems to reduce weight, conserve carrier gas and operate at lower power levels.

  15. A statistical evaluation of effective time constants of random telegraph noise with various operation timings of in-pixel source follower transistors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yonezawa, A.; Kuroda, R.; Teramoto, A.; Obara, T.; Sugawa, S.

    2014-03-01

    We evaluated effective time constants of random telegraph noise (RTN) with various operation timings of in-pixel source follower transistors statistically, and discuss the dependency of RTN time constants on the duty ratio (on/off ratio) of MOSFET which is controlled by the gate to source voltage (VGS). Under a general readout operation of CMOS image sensor (CIS), the row selected pixel-source followers (SFs) turn on and not selected pixel-SFs operate at different bias conditions depending on the select switch position; when select switch locate in between the SF driver and column output line, SF drivers nearly turn off. The duty ratio and cyclic period of selected time of SF driver depends on the operation timing determined by the column read out sequence. By changing the duty ratio from 1 to 7.6 x 10-3, time constant ratio of RTN (time to capture <τc<)/(time to emission <τe<) of a part of MOSFETs increased while RTN amplitudes were almost the same regardless of the duty ratio. In these MOSFETs, <τc< increased and the majority of <τe< decreased and the minority of <τe< increased by decreasing the duty ratio. The same tendencies of behaviors of <τc< and <τe< were obtained when VGS was decreased. This indicates that the effective <τc< and <τe< converge to those under off state as duty ratio decreases. These results are important for the noise reduction, detection and analysis of in pixel-SF with RTN.

  16. Wavelength-switched phase interrogator for EFPI sensors with polarization self-calibrated

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xia, Ji; Wang, Fuyin; Luo, Hong; Xiong, Shuidong

    2017-10-01

    The stability of the demodulation system for extrinsic Fabry-Perot interferometric(EFPI) sensors is significant to dynamic signal recovery. In the wavelength-switched demodulation system, a phase interrogation with a wavelength-switched structure has been presented. Two reflected peaks were in perpendicular polarization direction and switched in the time-domain. However, the operation point of system affected output of the linearly-polarized beams seriously, and the stability of the system decreased and even failed to work. In order to solve this problem, a polarization control unit is added into the system in this paper. The modified demodulation system has been demonstrated to have a higher stability.

  17. Nanoionics-Based Switches for Radio-Frequency Applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nessel, James; Lee, Richard

    2010-01-01

    Nanoionics-based devices have shown promise as alternatives to microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) and semiconductor diode devices for switching radio-frequency (RF) signals in diverse systems. Examples of systems that utilize RF switches include phase shifters for electronically steerable phased-array antennas, multiplexers, cellular telephones and other radio transceivers, and other portable electronic devices. Semiconductor diode switches can operate at low potentials (about 1 to 3 V) and high speeds (switching times of the order of nanoseconds) but are characterized by significant insertion loss, high DC power consumption, low isolation, and generation of third-order harmonics and intermodulation distortion (IMD). MEMS-based switches feature low insertion loss (of the order of 0.2 dB), low DC power consumption (picowatts), high isolation (>30 dB), and low IMD, but contain moving parts, are not highly reliable, and must be operated at high actuation potentials (20 to 60 V) generated and applied by use of complex circuitry. In addition, fabrication of MEMS is complex, involving many processing steps. Nanoionics-based switches offer the superior RF performance and low power consumption of MEMS switches, without need for the high potentials and complex circuitry necessary for operation of MEMS switches. At the same time, nanoionics-based switches offer the high switching speed of semiconductor devices. Also, like semiconductor devices, nanoionics-based switches can be fabricated relatively inexpensively by use of conventional integrated-circuit fabrication techniques. More over, nanoionics-based switches have simple planar structures that can easily be integrated into RF power-distribution circuits.

  18. 49 CFR 234.237 - Reverse switch cut-out circuit.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Reverse switch cut-out circuit. 234.237 Section....237 Reverse switch cut-out circuit. A switch, when equipped with a switch circuit controller connected... warning system can only be cut out when the switch point is within one-half inch of full reverse position. ...

  19. 49 CFR 234.237 - Reverse switch cut-out circuit.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Reverse switch cut-out circuit. 234.237 Section....237 Reverse switch cut-out circuit. A switch, when equipped with a switch circuit controller connected... warning system can only be cut out when the switch point is within one-half inch of full reverse position. ...

  20. 49 CFR 234.237 - Reverse switch cut-out circuit.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Reverse switch cut-out circuit. 234.237 Section....237 Reverse switch cut-out circuit. A switch, when equipped with a switch circuit controller connected... warning system can only be cut out when the switch point is within one-half inch of full reverse position. ...

  1. Study of solar array switching power management technology for space power system

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cassinelli, J. E.

    1982-01-01

    This report documents work performed on the Solar Array Switching Power Management Study. Mission characteristics for three missions were defined to the depth necessary to determine their power management requirements. Solar array switching concepts were identified that could safisfy the mission requirements. These switching concepts were compared with a conventional buck regulator system on the basis of cost, weight and volume, reliability, efficiency and thermal control. For the missions reviewed, solar array switching provided significant advantages in all areas of comparison.

  2. Study of solar array switching power management technology for space power system

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Cassinelli, J. E.

    1982-01-01

    This report documents work performed on the Solar Array Switching Power Management Study. Mission characteristics for three missions were defined to the depth necessary to determine their power management requirements. Solar array switching concepts which could satisfy the mission requirements were identified. The switching concepts were compared with a conventional buck regulator system for cost, weight and volume, reliability, efficiency and thermal control. Solar array switching provided significant advantages in all areas of comparison for the reviewed missions.

  3. Design and fabrication of single-crystal GaN nano-bridge on homogeneous substrate for nanoindentation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hung, Shang-Chao

    2014-12-01

    This study reports a simple method to design and fabricate a freestanding GaN nano-bridge over a homogeneous short column as supporting leg. Test samples were fabricated from MOCVD-grown single-crystal GaN films over sapphire substrate using a FIB milling to leave freestanding short spans. We also investigated the nanoindentation characteristics and the corresponding nanoscopic mechanism of the GaN nano-bridge and its short column with a conical indenter inside transmission electron microscopy. The stress-strain mechanical properties and Young's modulus have also been examined and calculated as 108 GPa ± 4.8 % by the strain energy method. The significant slope switch of the L- D curve corresponds to the transition from the single-point bending indentation to the surface stretching indentation and has been interpreted with the evolution of TEM images. This freestanding fabrication and test have key advantages to characterize nanoscale behavior of one-dimensional bridge structure and greater ease of sample preparation over other micro-fabrication techniques.

  4. 33 CFR 149.135 - What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 2 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch? 149.135 Section 149.135 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD... switch? Each switch for activating an alarm, and each audio or visual device for signaling an alarm, must...

  5. 33 CFR 149.135 - What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-07-01

    ... 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 2 2012-07-01 2012-07-01 false What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch? 149.135 Section 149.135 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD... switch? Each switch for activating an alarm, and each audio or visual device for signaling an alarm, must...

  6. 33 CFR 149.135 - What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 2 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch? 149.135 Section 149.135 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD... switch? Each switch for activating an alarm, and each audio or visual device for signaling an alarm, must...

  7. 33 CFR 149.135 - What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-07-01

    ... 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 2 2014-07-01 2014-07-01 false What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch? 149.135 Section 149.135 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD... switch? Each switch for activating an alarm, and each audio or visual device for signaling an alarm, must...

  8. 33 CFR 149.135 - What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch?

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-07-01

    ... 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 2 2013-07-01 2013-07-01 false What should be marked on the cargo transfer system alarm switch? 149.135 Section 149.135 Navigation and Navigable Waters COAST GUARD... switch? Each switch for activating an alarm, and each audio or visual device for signaling an alarm, must...

  9. Regulated competition in health care: switching and barriers to switching in the Dutch health insurance system.

    PubMed

    Reitsma-van Rooijen, Margreet; de Jong, Judith D; Rijken, Mieke

    2011-05-10

    In 2006, a number of changes in the Dutch health insurance system came into effect. In this new system mobility of insured is important. The idea is that insured switch insurers because they are not satisfied with quality of care and the premium of their insurance. As a result, insurers will in theory strive for a better balance between price and quality. The Dutch changes have caught the attention, internationally, of both policy makers and researchers. In our study we examined switching behaviour over three years (2007-2009). We tested if there are differences in the numbers of switchers between groups defined by socio-demographic and health characteristics and between the general population and people with chronic illness or disability. We also looked at reasons for (not-)switching and at perceived barriers to switching. Switching behaviour and reasons for (not-)switching were measured over three years (2007-2009) by sending postal questionnaires to members of the Dutch Health Care Consumer Panel and of the National Panel of people with Chronic illness or Disability. Data were available for each year and for each panel for at least 1896 respondents - a response of between 71% and 88%. The percentages of switchers are low; 6% in 2007, 4% in 2008 and 3% in 2009. Younger and higher educated people switch more often than older and lower educated people and women switch more often than men. There is no difference in the percentage of switchers between the general population and people with chronic illness or disability. People with a bad self-perceived health, and chronically ill and disabled, perceive more barriers to switching than others. The percentages of switchers are comparable to the old system. Switching is not based on quality of care and thus it can be questioned whether it will lead to a better balance between price and quality. Although there is no difference in the frequency of switching among the chronically ill and disabled and people with a bad self-perceived health compared to others, they do perceive more barriers to switching. This suggests there are inequalities in the new system.

  10. Evaluation of 1.0 mm i.d. column performances on ultra high pressure liquid chromatography instrumentation.

    PubMed

    Lestremau, François; Wu, Di; Szücs, Roman

    2010-07-23

    The present study focuses on the evaluation of 1.0 mm i.d. (internal diameter) columns on a commercial Ultra-High Pressure system. These systems have been developed specifically to operate columns with small volumes, typically 2.1 mm i.d., by reducing extra-column volume dispersion. The use of columns with smaller i.d. results in a reduced solvent consumption and required sample volume. The evaluation of the columns was carried out with samples containing neutral and pharmaceutical compounds. In isocratic mode, the extra-column volume produced additional band broadening leading to poor performances compared to equivalent 2.1 mm i.d. columns. By increasing the length of the column, the influence of the extra-column bandspreading could be reduced and 75,000 plates were obtained when four columns were coupled. In gradient mode, the effect of the extra-column contribution on efficiency was limited and about 80% of the performance of the 2.1 mm i.d. columns was obtained. Optimum conditions in gradient mode were further investigated by changing flow rate, gradient time and column length. A different approach of the calculation of peak capacity was also considered for the comparison of the influence of these different parameters. Copyright (c) 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Smoothing tautologies, hidden dynamics, and sigmoid asymptotics for piecewise smooth systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jeffrey, Mike R.

    2015-10-01

    Switches in real systems take many forms, such as impacts, electronic relays, mitosis, and the implementation of decisions or control strategies. To understand what is lost, and what can be retained, when we model a switch as an instantaneous event, requires a consideration of so-called hidden terms. These are asymptotically vanishing outside the switch, but can be encoded in the form of nonlinear switching terms. A general expression for the switch can be developed in the form of a series of sigmoid functions. We review the key steps in extending Filippov's method of sliding modes to such systems. We show how even slight nonlinear effects can hugely alter the behaviour of an electronic control circuit, and lead to "hidden" attractors inside the switching surface.

  12. Smoothing tautologies, hidden dynamics, and sigmoid asymptotics for piecewise smooth systems.

    PubMed

    Jeffrey, Mike R

    2015-10-01

    Switches in real systems take many forms, such as impacts, electronic relays, mitosis, and the implementation of decisions or control strategies. To understand what is lost, and what can be retained, when we model a switch as an instantaneous event, requires a consideration of so-called hidden terms. These are asymptotically vanishing outside the switch, but can be encoded in the form of nonlinear switching terms. A general expression for the switch can be developed in the form of a series of sigmoid functions. We review the key steps in extending Filippov's method of sliding modes to such systems. We show how even slight nonlinear effects can hugely alter the behaviour of an electronic control circuit, and lead to "hidden" attractors inside the switching surface.

  13. Smoothing tautologies, hidden dynamics, and sigmoid asymptotics for piecewise smooth systems

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jeffrey, Mike R., E-mail: mike.jeffrey@bristol.ac.uk

    2015-10-15

    Switches in real systems take many forms, such as impacts, electronic relays, mitosis, and the implementation of decisions or control strategies. To understand what is lost, and what can be retained, when we model a switch as an instantaneous event, requires a consideration of so-called hidden terms. These are asymptotically vanishing outside the switch, but can be encoded in the form of nonlinear switching terms. A general expression for the switch can be developed in the form of a series of sigmoid functions. We review the key steps in extending Filippov's method of sliding modes to such systems. We showmore » how even slight nonlinear effects can hugely alter the behaviour of an electronic control circuit, and lead to “hidden” attractors inside the switching surface.« less

  14. B-1 Systems Approach to Training. Task Analysis Listings

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1975-07-01

    OFF FUEL VALVES AND PUMPS PHR-OFF FUEL VALVES AND PUMPS = AUTO ^FT TFR MODE LAND SELECTOR SWITCHES TQ *QFF...TFR MODE SWITCH-RIGHT «JFT L TFR MODE SELECT SWITCH TQ * TF1 CHECKLIST TFR MODE SWITCH-LEFT TFR MODE SWITCH-LEFT...DOOR HANDLE ENTRY LADDER CONTROL SWITCH ENTRY LADDER CONTROL SWITCH = DN* 16.1.1.001.OC* SET TANK FILL VALVE SWS ON

  15. Observed-Based Adaptive Fuzzy Tracking Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Dead-Zone.

    PubMed

    Tong, Shaocheng; Sui, Shuai; Li, Yongming

    2015-12-01

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive fuzzy output-feedback control is investigated for a class of uncertain switched nonlinear systems in strict-feedback form. The considered switched systems contain unknown nonlinearities, dead-zone, and immeasurable states. Fuzzy logic systems are utilized to approximate the unknown nonlinear functions, a switched fuzzy state observer is designed and thus the immeasurable states are obtained by it. By applying the adaptive backstepping design principle and the average dwell time method, an adaptive fuzzy output-feedback tracking control approach is developed. It is proved that the proposed control approach can guarantee that all the variables in the closed-loop system are bounded under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, and also that the system output can track a given reference signal as closely as possible. The simulation results are given to check the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  16. Tungsten-188/carrier-free rhenium-188 perrhenic acid generator system

    DOEpatents

    Knapp, F.F. Jr.; Lisic, E.C.; Mirzadeh, S.; Callahan, A.P.

    1994-01-04

    A generator system has been invented for providing a carrier-free radioisotope in the form of an acid comprises a chromatography column in tandem fluid connection with an ion exchange column, the chromatography column containing a charge of a radioactive parent isotope. The chromatography column, charged with a parent isotope, is eluted with an alkali metal salt solution to generate the radioisotope in the form of an intermediate solution, which is passed through the ion-exchange column to convert the radioisotope to a carrier-free acid form. 1 figure.

  17. A novel fast ion chromatographic method for the analysis of fluoride in Antarctic snow and ice.

    PubMed

    Severi, Mirko; Becagli, Silvia; Frosini, Daniele; Marconi, Miriam; Traversi, Rita; Udisti, Roberto

    2014-01-01

    Ice cores are widely used to reconstruct past changes of the climate system. For instance, the ice core record of numerous water-soluble and insoluble chemical species that are trapped in snow and ice offer the possibility to investigate past changes of various key compounds present in the atmosphere (i.e., aerosol, reactive gases). We developed a new method for the quantitative determination of fluoride in ice cores at sub-μg L(-1) levels by coupling a flow injection analysis technique with a fast ion chromatography separation based on the "heart cut" column switching technology. Sensitivity, linear range (up to 60 μg L(-1)), reproducibility, and detection limit (0.02 μg L(-1)) were evaluated for the new method. This method was successfully applied to the analysis of fluoride at trace levels in more than 450 recent snow samples collected during the 1998-1999 International Trans-Antarctica Scientific Expedition traverse in East Antarctica at sites located between 170 and 850 km from the coastline.

  18. Design concept of a cryogenic distillation column cascade for a ITER scale fusion reactor

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yamanishi, Toshihiko; Enoeda, Mikio; Okuno, Kenji

    1994-07-01

    A column cascade has been proposed for the fuel cycle of a ITER scale fusion reactor. The proposed cascade consists of three columns and has significant features: either top or bottom product is prior to the other for each column; it is avoided to withdraw side streams as products or feeds of down stream columns; and there is no recycle steam between the columns. In addition, the product purity of the cascade can be maintained against the changes of flow rates and compositions of feed streams just by adjusting the top and bottom flow rates. The control system has been designed for each column in the cascade. A key component in the prior product stream was selected, and the analysis method of this key component was proposed. The designed control system never brings instability as long as the concentration of the key component is measured with negligible time lag. The time lag for the measurement considerably affects the stability of the control system. A significant conclusion by the simulation in this work is that permissible time for the measurement is about 0.5 hour to obtain stable control. Hence, the analysis system using the gas chromatography is valid for control of the columns.

  19. Active buckling control of a beam-column with circular cross-section using piezo-elastic supports and integral LQR control

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schaeffner, Maximilian; Götz, Benedict; Platz, Roland

    2016-06-01

    Buckling of slender beam-columns subject to axial compressive loads represents a critical design constraint for light-weight structures. Active buckling control provides a possibility to stabilize slender beam-columns by active lateral forces or bending moments. In this paper, the potential of active buckling control of an axially loaded beam-column with circular solid cross-section by piezo-elastic supports is investigated experimentally. In the piezo-elastic supports, lateral forces of piezoelectric stack actuators are transformed into bending moments acting in arbitrary directions at the beam-column ends. A mathematical model of the axially loaded beam-column is derived to design an integral linear quadratic regulator (LQR) that stabilizes the system. The effectiveness of the stabilization concept is investigated in an experimental test setup and compared with the uncontrolled system. With the proposed active buckling control it is possible to stabilize the beam-column in arbitrary lateral direction for axial loads up to the theoretical critical buckling load of the system.

  20. Gas chromatographic column for the storage of sample profiles

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Dimandja, J. M.; Valentin, J. R.; Phillips, J. B.

    1994-01-01

    The concept of a sample retention column that preserves the true time profile of an analyte of interest is studied. This storage system allows for the detection to be done at convenient times, as opposed to the nearly continuous monitoring that is required by other systems to preserve a sample time profile. The sample storage column is essentially a gas chromatography column, although its use is not the separation of sample components. The functions of the storage column are the selective isolation of the component of interest from the rest of the components present in the sample and the storage of this component as a function of time. Using octane as a test substance, the sample storage system was optimized with respect to such parameters as storage and readout temperature, flow rate through the storage column, column efficiency and storage time. A 3-h sample profile was collected and stored at 30 degrees C for 20 h. The profile was then retrieved, essentially intact, in 5 min at 130 degrees C.

  1. Mixed H∞ and passive control for linear switched systems via hybrid control approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zheng, Qunxian; Ling, Youzhu; Wei, Lisheng; Zhang, Hongbin

    2018-03-01

    This paper investigates the mixed H∞ and passive control problem for linear switched systems based on a hybrid control strategy. To solve this problem, first, a new performance index is proposed. This performance index can be viewed as the mixed weighted H∞ and passivity performance. Then, the hybrid controllers are used to stabilise the switched systems. The hybrid controllers consist of dynamic output-feedback controllers for every subsystem and state updating controllers at the switching instant. The design of state updating controllers not only depends on the pre-switching subsystem and the post-switching subsystem, but also depends on the measurable output signal. The hybrid controllers proposed in this paper can include some existing ones as special cases. Combine the multiple Lyapunov functions approach with the average dwell time technique, new sufficient conditions are obtained. Under the new conditions, the closed-loop linear switched systems are globally uniformly asymptotically stable with a mixed H∞ and passivity performance index. Moreover, the desired hybrid controllers can be constructed by solving a set of linear matrix inequalities. Finally, a numerical example and a practical example are given.

  2. Determination of acrylamide in processed foods by LC/MS using column switching.

    PubMed

    Takatsuki, Satoshi; Nemoto, Satoru; Sasaki, Kumiko; Maitani, Tamio

    2003-04-01

    An LC/MS method was developed for the determination of acrylamide (AA) in processed or cooked foods. AA was extracted with a mixture of water and acetone from homogenized food samples after the addition of 13C-labeled acrylamide (AA-1-(13)C) as an internal standard. The extract was concentrated, washed with dichloromethane for defatting, and cleaned up on Bond Elut C18, PSA and ACCUCAT cartridge-columns, and then AA was determined by LC/MS in the selected ion recording (SIR) mode. For the LC/MS analysis, four LC columns were connected in-line and the flow of the mobile phase was switched according to a time-program. Monitoring ions for AA were m/z 72 and 55, and those for AA-1-(13)C were m/z 73 and 56. AA and AA-1-(13)C were determined without interference from the matrices in all samples. The recoveries of AA from potato chips, corn snack, pretzel and roasted tea spiked at the level of 500 ng/g of AA were 99.5-101.0% with standard deviations (SD) in the range from 0.3 to 1.6%. The limits of detection and quantification of the developed method were 9 and 30 ng/g for AA in samples, respectively. The method was applied to the analysis of AA in various processed or cooked food samples purchased from retail markets. High levels of AA were found in potato chips and French-fried potato (467-3,544 ng/g). Fried and sugar-coated dough cakes (karinto) contained 374 and 1,895 ng/g. Corn snacks contained 117-535 ng/g of AA. Roasted foods (such as roasted sesame seed, roasted barley (mugi-cha), roasted tea (hoji-cha), coffee beans and curry powder) contained 116-567 ng/g of AA. Foods made from fish, egg and meat contained lower levels of AA than the plant-based foods. Foods containing much water showed a tendency to have low levels of AA compared with dry foods. The proposed method was applicable to the analysis of AA in variety of processed foods.

  3. The importance of system band broadening in modern size exclusion chromatography.

    PubMed

    Goyon, Alexandre; Guillarme, Davy; Fekete, Szabolcs

    2017-02-20

    In the last few years, highly efficient UHP-SEC columns packed with sub-3μm particles were commercialized by several providers. Besides the particle size reduction, the dimensions of modern SEC stationary phases (150×4.6mm) was also modified compared to regular SEC columns (300×6 or 300×8mm). Because the analytes are excluded from the pores in SEC, the retention factors are very low, ranging from -1

  4. Network speech systems technology program

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Weinstein, C. J.

    1981-09-01

    This report documents work performed during FY 1981 on the DCA-sponsored Network Speech Systems Technology Program. The two areas of work reported are: (1) communication system studies in support of the evolving Defense Switched Network (DSN) and (2) design and implementation of satellite/terrestrial interfaces for the Experimental Integrated Switched Network (EISN). The system studies focus on the development and evaluation of economical and endurable network routing procedures. Satellite/terrestrial interface development includes circuit-switched and packet-switched connections to the experimental wideband satellite network. Efforts in planning and coordination of EISN experiments are reported in detail in a separate EISN Experiment Plan.

  5. Research of an electromagnetically actuated spark gap switch

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhang, Tianyang; Chen, Dongqun, E-mail: csycdq@163.com; Liu, Jinliang

    2013-11-15

    As an important part of pulsed power systems, high-voltage and high-current triggered spark gap switch and its trigger system are expected to achieve a compact structure. In this paper, a high-voltage, high-current, and compact electromagnetically actuated spark gap switch is put forward, and it can be applied as a part of an intense electron-beam accelerator (IEBA). A 24 V DC power supply is used to trigger the switch. The characteristics of the switch were measured for N{sub 2} when the gas pressure is 0.10–0.30 MPa. The experimental results showed that the voltage/pressure (V/p) curve of the switch was linear relationship.more » The operating ranges of the switch were 21%–96%, 21%–95%, 21%–95%, 19%–95%, 17%–95%, and 16%–96% of the switch's self-breakdown voltage when the gas pressures were 0.10, 0.14, 0.18, 0.22, 0.26, and 0.30 MPa, respectively. The switch and its trigger system worked steadily and reliably with a peak voltage of 30 kV, a peak current of 60 kA in the IEBA when the pressure of N{sub 2} in the switch was 0.30 MPa.« less

  6. Float level switch for a nuclear power plant containment vessel

    DOEpatents

    Powell, J.G.

    1993-11-16

    This invention is a float level switch used to sense rise or drop in water level in a containment vessel of a nuclear power plant during a loss of coolant accident. The essential components of the device are a guide tube, a reed switch inside the guide tube, a float containing a magnetic portion that activates a reed switch, and metal-sheathed, ceramic-insulated conductors connecting the reed switch to a monitoring system outside the containment vessel. Special materials and special sealing techniques prevent failure of components and allow the float level switch to be connected to a monitoring system outside the containment vessel. 1 figures.

  7. Float level switch for a nuclear power plant containment vessel

    DOEpatents

    Powell, James G.

    1993-01-01

    This invention is a float level switch used to sense rise or drop in water level in a containment vessel of a nuclear power plant during a loss of coolant accident. The essential components of the device are a guide tube, a reed switch inside the guide tube, a float containing a magnetic portion that activates a reed switch, and metal-sheathed, ceramic-insulated conductors connecting the reed switch to a monitoring system outside the containment vessel. Special materials and special sealing techniques prevent failure of components and allow the float level switch to be connected to a monitoring system outside the containment vessel.

  8. A Lossless Network for Data Acquisition

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jereczek, Grzegorz; Lehmann Miotto, Giovanna; Malone, David; Walukiewicz, Miroslaw

    2017-06-01

    The bursty many-to-one communication pattern, typical for data acquisition systems, is particularly demanding for commodity TCP/IP and Ethernet technologies. We expand the study of lossless switching in software running on commercial off-the-shelf servers, using the ATLAS experiment as a case study. In this paper, we extend the popular software switch, Open vSwitch, with a dedicated, throughput-oriented buffering mechanism for data acquisition. We compare the performance under heavy congestion on typical Ethernet switches to a commodity server acting as a switch. Our results indicate that software switches with large buffers perform significantly better. Next, we evaluate the scalability of the system when building a larger topology of interconnected software switches, exploiting the integration with software-defined networking technologies. We build an IP-only leaf-spine network consisting of eight software switches running on distinct physical servers as a demonstrator.

  9. Effects of automation and task load on task switching during human supervision of multiple semi-autonomous robots in a dynamic environment.

    PubMed

    Squire, P N; Parasuraman, R

    2010-08-01

    The present study assessed the impact of task load and level of automation (LOA) on task switching in participants supervising a team of four or eight semi-autonomous robots in a simulated 'capture the flag' game. Participants were faster to perform the same task than when they chose to switch between different task actions. They also took longer to switch between different tasks when supervising the robots at a high compared to a low LOA. Task load, as manipulated by the number of robots to be supervised, did not influence switch costs. The results suggest that the design of future unmanned vehicle (UV) systems should take into account not simply how many UVs an operator can supervise, but also the impact of LOA and task operations on task switching during supervision of multiple UVs. The findings of this study are relevant for the ergonomics practice of UV systems. This research extends the cognitive theory of task switching to inform the design of UV systems and results show that switching between UVs is an important factor to consider.

  10. Quantitative analysis of pyroglutamic acid in peptides.

    PubMed

    Suzuki, Y; Motoi, H; Sato, K

    1999-08-01

    A simplified and rapid procedure for the determination of pyroglutamic acid in peptides was developed. The method involves the enzymatic cleavage of an N-terminal pyroglutamate residue using a thermostable pyroglutamate aminopeptidase and isocratic HPLC separation of the resulting enzymatic hydrolysate using a column switching technique. Pyroglutamate aminopeptidase from a thermophilic archaebacteria, Pyrococcus furiosus, cleaves N-terminal pyroglutamic acid residue independent of the molecular weight of the substrate. It cleaves more than 85% of pyroglutamate from peptides whose molecular weight ranges from 362.4 to 4599.4 Da. Thus, a new method is presented that quantitatively estimates N-terminal pyroglutamic acid residue in peptides.

  11. Relative importance of column and adsorption parameters on the productivity in preparative liquid chromatography II: Investigation of separation systems with competitive Langmuir adsorption isotherms.

    PubMed

    Forssén, Patrik; Samuelsson, Jörgen; Fornstedt, Torgny

    2014-06-20

    In this study we investigated how the maximum productivity for commonly used, realistic separation system with a competitive Langmuir adsorption isotherm is affected by changes in column length, packing particle size, mobile phase viscosity, maximum allowed column pressure, column efficiency, sample concentration/solubility, selectivity, monolayer saturation capacity and retention factor of the first eluting compound. The study was performed by generating 1000 random separation systems whose optimal injection volume was determined, i.e., the injection volume that gives the largest achievable productivity. The relative changes in largest achievable productivity when one of the parameters above changes was then studied for each system and the productivity changes for all systems were presented as distributions. We found that it is almost always beneficial to use shorter columns with high pressure drops over the column and that the selectivity should be greater than 2. However, the sample concentration and column efficiency have very limited effect on the maximum productivity. The effect of packing particle size depends on the flow rate limiting factor. If the pumps maximum flow rate is the limiting factor use smaller packing, but if the pressure of the system is the limiting factor use larger packing up to about 40μm. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Switching in Feedforward Control of Grip Force During Tool-Mediated Interaction With Elastic Force Fields

    PubMed Central

    White, Olivier; Karniel, Amir; Papaxanthis, Charalambos; Barbiero, Marie; Nisky, Ilana

    2018-01-01

    Switched systems are common in artificial control systems. Here, we suggest that the brain adopts a switched feedforward control of grip forces during manipulation of objects. We measured how participants modulated grip force when interacting with soft and rigid virtual objects when stiffness varied continuously between trials. We identified a sudden phase transition between two forms of feedforward control that differed in the timing of the synchronization between the anticipated load force and the applied grip force. The switch occurred several trials after a threshold stiffness level in the range 100–200 N/m. These results suggest that in the control of grip force, the brain acts as a switching control system. This opens new research questions as to the nature of the discrete state variables that drive the switching. PMID:29930504

  13. Wavelet-frequency analysis for the detection of discontinuities in switched system models of human balance.

    PubMed

    Nema, Salam; Kowalczyk, Piotr; Loram, Ian

    2017-01-01

    This paper is concerned with detecting the presence of switching behavior in experimentally obtained posturographic data sets by means of a novel algorithm that is based on a combination of wavelet analysis and Hilbert transform. As a test-bed for the algorithm, we first use a switched model of human balance control during quiet standing with known switching behavior in four distinct configurations. We obtain a time-frequency representation of a signal generated by our model system. We are then able to detect manifestations of discontinuities (switchings) in the signal as spiking behavior. The frequency of switchings, measured by means of our algorithm and detected in our models systems, agrees with the frequency of spiking behavior found in the experimentally obtained posturographic data. Copyright © 2016. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  14. 35. END VIEW, INTERIOR, SHOWING SWITCHING LEVERS, BERK SWITCH TOWER, ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    35. END VIEW, INTERIOR, SHOWING SWITCHING LEVERS, BERK SWITCH TOWER, SOUTH NORWALK - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  15. High-power microstrip switch

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Choi, S. D.

    1974-01-01

    Switch, which uses only two p-i-n diodes on microstrip substrate, has been developed for application in spacecraft radio systems. Switch features improved power drain, weight, volume, magnetic cleanliness, and reliability, over currently-used circulator and electromechanical switches.

  16. Finite Ground Coplanar Waveguide Shunt MEMS Switches for Switched Line Phase Shifters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ponchak, George E.; Simons, Rainee N.; Scardelletti, Maximillian; Varaljay, Nicholas C.

    2000-01-01

    Switches with low insertion loss and high isolation are required for switched line phase shifters and the transmit/receive switch at the front end of communication systems. A Finite Ground Coplanar (FGC) waveguide capacitive, shunt MEMS switch has been implemented on high resistivity Si. The switch has demonstrated an insertion loss of less than 0.3 dB and a return loss greater than 15 dB from 10 to 20, GHz. The switch design, fabrication, and characteristics are presented.

  17. Compact wavelength-selective optical switch based on digital optical phase conjugation.

    PubMed

    Li, Zhiyang; Claver, Havyarimana

    2013-11-15

    In this Letter, we show that digital optical phase conjugation might be utilized to construct a new kind of wavelength-selective switches. When incorporated with a multimode interferometer, these switches have wide bandwidth, high tolerance for fabrication error, and low polarization dependency. They might help to build large-scale multiwavelength nonblocking switching systems, or even to fabricate an optical cross-connecting or routing system on a chip.

  18. Method and system for a gas tube switch-based voltage source high voltage direct current transmission system

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    She, Xu; Chokhawala, Rahul Shantilal; Zhou, Rui

    A voltage source converter based high-voltage direct-current (HVDC) transmission system includes a voltage source converter (VSC)-based power converter channel. The VSC-based power converter channel includes an AC-DC converter and a DC-AC inverter electrically coupled to the AC-DC converter. The AC-DC converter and a DC-AC inverter include at least one gas tube switching device coupled in electrical anti-parallel with a respective gas tube diode. The VSC-based power converter channel includes a commutating circuit communicatively coupled to one or more of the at least one gas tube switching devices. The commutating circuit is configured to "switch on" a respective one of themore » one or more gas tube switching devices during a first portion of an operational cycle and "switch off" the respective one of the one or more gas tube switching devices during a second portion of the operational cycle.« less

  19. Column Selection for Biomedical Analysis Supported by Column Classification Based on Four Test Parameters

    PubMed Central

    Plenis, Alina; Rekowska, Natalia; Bączek, Tomasz

    2016-01-01

    This article focuses on correlating the column classification obtained from the method created at the Katholieke Universiteit Leuven (KUL), with the chromatographic resolution attained in biomedical separation. In the KUL system, each column is described with four parameters, which enables estimation of the FKUL value characterising similarity of those parameters to the selected reference stationary phase. Thus, a ranking list based on the FKUL value can be calculated for the chosen reference column, then correlated with the results of the column performance test. In this study, the column performance test was based on analysis of moclobemide and its two metabolites in human plasma by liquid chromatography (LC), using 18 columns. The comparative study was performed using traditional correlation of the FKUL values with the retention parameters of the analytes describing the column performance test. In order to deepen the comparative assessment of both data sets, factor analysis (FA) was also used. The obtained results indicated that the stationary phase classes, closely related according to the KUL method, yielded comparable separation for the target substances. Therefore, the column ranking system based on the FKUL-values could be considered supportive in the choice of the appropriate column for biomedical analysis. PMID:26805819

  20. Column Selection for Biomedical Analysis Supported by Column Classification Based on Four Test Parameters.

    PubMed

    Plenis, Alina; Rekowska, Natalia; Bączek, Tomasz

    2016-01-21

    This article focuses on correlating the column classification obtained from the method created at the Katholieke Universiteit Leuven (KUL), with the chromatographic resolution attained in biomedical separation. In the KUL system, each column is described with four parameters, which enables estimation of the FKUL value characterising similarity of those parameters to the selected reference stationary phase. Thus, a ranking list based on the FKUL value can be calculated for the chosen reference column, then correlated with the results of the column performance test. In this study, the column performance test was based on analysis of moclobemide and its two metabolites in human plasma by liquid chromatography (LC), using 18 columns. The comparative study was performed using traditional correlation of the FKUL values with the retention parameters of the analytes describing the column performance test. In order to deepen the comparative assessment of both data sets, factor analysis (FA) was also used. The obtained results indicated that the stationary phase classes, closely related according to the KUL method, yielded comparable separation for the target substances. Therefore, the column ranking system based on the FKUL-values could be considered supportive in the choice of the appropriate column for biomedical analysis.

  1. Information Switching Processor (ISP) contention analysis and control

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Inukai, Thomas

    1995-01-01

    In designing a satellite system with on-board processing, the selection of a switching architecture is often critical. The on-board switching function can be implemented by circuit switching or packet switching. Destination-directed packet switching has several attractive features, such as self-routing without on-board switch reconfiguration, no switch control memory requirement, efficient bandwidth utilization for packet switched traffic, and accommodation of circuit switched traffic. Destination-directed packet switching, however, has two potential concerns: (1) contention and (2) congestion. And this report specifically deals with the first problem. It includes a description and analysis of various self-routing switch structures, the nature of contention problems, and contention and resolution techniques.

  2. Switched Systems With Multiple Invariant Sets

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2015-05-06

    LaSalle’s invariant set theorem [10] allow us to analyze asymptotic stability of this larger class of systems . LaSalle’s theorem and much of the... Stability and conver- gence for systems with switching equilibria, in: Proc. of the 46th IEEE Conference on Decision and Control , 2007. [8] X. Xu, G...Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 61801 Abstract This paper explores dwell time constraints on switched systems with mul- tiple, possibly disparate

  3. Measuring entanglement entropy of a generic many-body system with a quantum switch.

    PubMed

    Abanin, Dmitry A; Demler, Eugene

    2012-07-13

    Entanglement entropy has become an important theoretical concept in condensed matter physics because it provides a unique tool for characterizing quantum mechanical many-body phases and new kinds of quantum order. However, the experimental measurement of entanglement entropy in a many-body system is widely believed to be unfeasible, owing to the nonlocal character of this quantity. Here, we propose a general method to measure the entanglement entropy. The method is based on a quantum switch (a two-level system) coupled to a composite system consisting of several copies of the original many-body system. The state of the switch controls how different parts of the composite system connect to each other. We show that, by studying the dynamics of the quantum switch only, the Rényi entanglement entropy of the many-body system can be extracted. We propose a possible design of the quantum switch, which can be realized in cold atomic systems. Our work provides a route towards testing the scaling of entanglement in critical systems as well as a method for a direct experimental detection of topological order.

  4. System-state and operating condition sensitive control method and apparatus for electric power delivery systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Burns, III, William Wesley (Inventor); Wilson, Thomas George (Inventor)

    1978-01-01

    This invention provides a method and apparatus for determining a precise switching sequence for the power switching elements of electric power delivery systems of the on-off switching type and which enables extremely fast transient response, precise regulation and highly stable operation. The control utilizes the values of the power delivery system power handling network components, a desired output characteristic, a system timing parameter, and the externally imposed operating conditions to determine where steady state operations should be in order to yield desired output characteristics for the given system specifications. The actual state of the power delivery system is continuously monitored and compared to a state-space boundary which is derived from the desired equilibrium condition, and from the information obtained from this comparison, the system is moved to the desired equilibrium condition in one cycle of switching control. Since the controller continuously monitors the power delivery system's externally imposed operating conditions, a change in the conditions is immediately sensed and a new equilibrium condition is determined and achieved, again in a single cycle of switching control.

  5. 36. INTERIOR VIEW, BERK SWITCH TOWER, SOUTH NORWALK, SHOWING SWITCHING ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    36. INTERIOR VIEW, BERK SWITCH TOWER, SOUTH NORWALK, SHOWING SWITCHING LEVERS FROM OPERATOR'S POSITION - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  6. LED lamp power management system and method

    DOEpatents

    Gaines, James; Clauberg, Bernd; Van Erp, Josephus A. M.

    2013-03-19

    An LED lamp power management system and method including an LED lamp having an LED controller 58; a plurality of LED channels 60 operably connected to the LED controller 58, each of the plurality of LED channels 60 having a channel switch 62 in series with at least one shunted LED circuit 83, the shunted LED circuit 83 having a shunt switch 68 in parallel with an LED source 80. The LED controller 58 reduces power loss in one of the channel switch 62 and the shunt switch 68 when LED lamp electronics power loss (P.sub.loss) exceeds an LED lamp electronics power loss limit (P.sub.lim); and each of the channel switches 62 receives a channel switch control signal 63 from the LED controller 58 and each of the shunt switches 68 receives a shunt switch control signal 69 from the LED controller 58.

  7. Fast-responding short circuit protection system with self-reset for use in circuit supplied by DC power

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Burns, Bradley M. (Inventor); Blalock, Norman N. (Inventor)

    2011-01-01

    A short circuit protection system includes an inductor, a switch, a voltage sensing circuit, and a controller. The switch and inductor are electrically coupled to be in series with one another. A voltage sensing circuit is coupled across the switch and the inductor. A controller, coupled to the voltage sensing circuit and the switch, opens the switch when a voltage at the output terminal of the inductor transitions from above a threshold voltage to below the threshold voltage. The controller closes the switch when the voltage at the output terminal of the inductor transitions from below the threshold voltage to above the threshold voltage.

  8. 128×128 three-dimensional MEMS optical switch module with simultaneous optical path connection for optical cross-connect systems.

    PubMed

    Mizukami, Masato; Yamaguchi, Joji; Nemoto, Naru; Kawajiri, Yuko; Hirata, Hirooki; Uchiyama, Shingo; Makihara, Mitsuhiro; Sakata, Tomomi; Shimoyama, Nobuhiro; Oda, Kazuhiro

    2011-07-20

    A 128×128 three-dimensional MEMS optical switch module and a switching-control algorithm for high-speed connection and optical power stabilization are described. A prototype switch module enables the simultaneous switching of all optical paths. The insertion loss is less than 4.6 dB and is 2.3 dB on average. The switching time is less than 38 ms and is 8 ms on average. We confirmed that the maximum optical power can be obtained and optical power stabilization control is possible. The results confirm that the module is suitable for practical use in optical cross-connect systems. © 2011 Optical Society of America

  9. Design and construction of a double inversion recombination switch for heritable sequential genetic memory.

    PubMed

    Ham, Timothy S; Lee, Sung K; Keasling, Jay D; Arkin, Adam P

    2008-07-30

    Inversion recombination elements present unique opportunities for computing and information encoding in biological systems. They provide distinct binary states that are encoded into the DNA sequence itself, allowing us to overcome limitations posed by other biological memory or logic gate systems. Further, it is in theory possible to create complex sequential logics by careful positioning of recombinase recognition sites in the sequence. In this work, we describe the design and synthesis of an inversion switch using the fim and hin inversion recombination systems to create a heritable sequential memory switch. We have integrated the two inversion systems in an overlapping manner, creating a switch that can have multiple states. The switch is capable of transitioning from state to state in a manner analogous to a finite state machine, while encoding the state information into DNA. This switch does not require protein expression to maintain its state, and "remembers" its state even upon cell death. We were able to demonstrate transition into three out of the five possible states showing the feasibility of such a switch. We demonstrate that a heritable memory system that encodes its state into DNA is possible, and that inversion recombination system could be a starting point for more complex memory circuits. Although the circuit did not fully behave as expected, we showed that a multi-state, temporal memory is achievable.

  10. Design and Construction of a Double Inversion Recombination Switch for Heritable Sequential Genetic Memory

    PubMed Central

    Ham, Timothy S.; Lee, Sung K.; Keasling, Jay D.; Arkin, Adam P.

    2008-01-01

    Background Inversion recombination elements present unique opportunities for computing and information encoding in biological systems. They provide distinct binary states that are encoded into the DNA sequence itself, allowing us to overcome limitations posed by other biological memory or logic gate systems. Further, it is in theory possible to create complex sequential logics by careful positioning of recombinase recognition sites in the sequence. Methodology/Principal Findings In this work, we describe the design and synthesis of an inversion switch using the fim and hin inversion recombination systems to create a heritable sequential memory switch. We have integrated the two inversion systems in an overlapping manner, creating a switch that can have multiple states. The switch is capable of transitioning from state to state in a manner analogous to a finite state machine, while encoding the state information into DNA. This switch does not require protein expression to maintain its state, and “remembers” its state even upon cell death. We were able to demonstrate transition into three out of the five possible states showing the feasibility of such a switch. Conclusions/Significance We demonstrate that a heritable memory system that encodes its state into DNA is possible, and that inversion recombination system could be a starting point for more complex memory circuits. Although the circuit did not fully behave as expected, we showed that a multi-state, temporal memory is achievable. PMID:18665232

  11. New Generation Power System for Space Applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, Loren; Carr, Greg; Deligiannis, Frank; Lam, Barbara; Nelson, Ron; Pantaleon, Jose; Ruiz, Ian; Treicler, John; Wester, Gene; Sauers, Jim; hide

    2004-01-01

    The Deep Space Avionics (DSA) Project is developing a new generation of power system building blocks. Using application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) and power switching modules a scalable power system can be constructed for use on multiple deep space missions including future missions to Mars, comets, Jupiter and its moons. The key developments of the DSA power system effort are five power ASICs and a mod ule for power switching. These components enable a modular and scalab le design approach, which can result in a wide variety of power syste m architectures to meet diverse mission requirements and environments . Each component is radiation hardened to one megarad) total dose. The power switching module can be used for power distribution to regular spacecraft loads, to propulsion valves and actuation of pyrotechnic devices. The number of switching elements per load, pyrotechnic firin gs and valve drivers can be scaled depending on mission needs. Teleme try data is available from the switch module via an I2C data bus. The DSA power system components enable power management and distribution for a variety of power buses and power system architectures employing different types of energy storage and power sources. This paper will describe each power ASIC#s key performance characteristics as well a s recent prototype test results. The power switching module test results will be discussed and will demonstrate its versatility as a multip urpose switch. Finally, the combination of these components will illu strate some of the possible power system architectures achievable fro m small single string systems to large fully redundant systems.

  12. A β-Ta system for current induced magnetic switching in the absence of external magnetic field

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Wenzhe; Qian, Lijuan; Xiao, Gang

    2018-05-01

    Magnetic switching via Giant Spin Hall Effect (GSHE) has received great interest for its role in developing future spintronics logic or memory devices. In this work, a new material system (i.e. a transition metal sandwiched between two ferromagnetic layers) with interlayer exchange coupling is introduced to realize the deterministic field-free perpendicular magnetic switching. This system uses β-Ta, as the GSHE agent to generate a spin current and as the interlayer exchange coupling medium to generate an internal field. The critical switching current density at zero field is on the order of 106 A/cm2 due to the large spin Hall angle of β-Ta. The internal field, along with switching efficiency, depends strongly on the orthogonal magnetization states of two ferromagnetic coupling layers in this system.

  13. Digital switched hydraulics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Pan, Min; Plummer, Andrew

    2018-06-01

    This paper reviews recent developments in digital switched hydraulics particularly the switched inertance hydraulic systems (SIHSs). The performance of SIHSs is presented in brief with a discussion of several possible configurations and control strategies. The soft switching technology and high-speed switching valve design techniques are discussed. Challenges and recommendations are given based on the current research achievements.

  14. E-field induced resistive switch in metal/praseodymium calcium manganite interfaces: A model for future nonvolatile memory devices

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Das, Nilanjan

    Among the various candidates for non-volatile random access memory (RAM), interfacial resistive switch in Ag/Pr0.7Ca0.3 MnO3 (PCMO) configuration has drawn major attention in recent years due to its potential as a high storage density (˜ terabyte) device. However, the diverse nature of the resistive switch in different systems makes the development of a unifying model for its underlying physics very difficult. This dissertation will address both issues, namely, characterization of switches for device applications and development of a system-independent generic model, in detail. In our work, we have studied the properties electric pulse induced interfacial switch in electrode/PCMO system. A very fast speed ("write speed") of 100 ns, threshold ("programming voltage") as low as 2 V (for micro electrodes), and non-volatility ("data retention") of switched states have been achieved. A clear distinction between fast switch and sub-threshold slow quasistatic-dc switch has been made. Results obtained from time-dependence studies and impedance spectroscopy suggest that defect creation/annihilation, such as broken bonds (under very high field at interface, 107V/cm), is likely the mechanism for the sub-micros fast switching. On the other hand, slow accumulative process, such as electromigration of point defects, are responsible for the subthreshold quasi-dc switch. Scanning probe imaging has revealed the nanoscale inhomogeneity of the switched surfaces, essential for observing a resistive switch. Evolution of such structures has been observed under surface pre-training. Device scalability has been tested by creating reversible modification of surface conductivities with atomic force microscopy, thus creating the "nano-switch" (limited to a region of 10--100 nm).

  15. 41. INTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING SWITCH ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    41. INTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING SWITCH LEVER ASSEMBLAGE AND DISPLAY BOARD - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  16. 43. OBLIQUE VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING SWITCH ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    43. OBLIQUE VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING SWITCH LEVER ASSEMBLAGE AND DISPLAY BOARD - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  17. Decentralized Adaptive Neural Output-Feedback DSC for Switched Large-Scale Nonlinear Systems.

    PubMed

    Lijun Long; Jun Zhao

    2017-04-01

    In this paper, for a class of switched large-scale uncertain nonlinear systems with unknown control coefficients and unmeasurable states, a switched-dynamic-surface-based decentralized adaptive neural output-feedback control approach is developed. The approach proposed extends the classical dynamic surface control (DSC) technique for nonswitched version to switched version by designing switched first-order filters, which overcomes the problem of multiple "explosion of complexity." Also, a dual common coordinates transformation of all subsystems is exploited to avoid individual coordinate transformations for subsystems that are required when applying the backstepping recursive design scheme. Nussbaum-type functions are utilized to handle the unknown control coefficients, and a switched neural network observer is constructed to estimate the unmeasurable states. Combining with the average dwell time method and backstepping and the DSC technique, decentralized adaptive neural controllers of subsystems are explicitly designed. It is proved that the approach provided can guarantee the semiglobal uniformly ultimately boundedness for all the signals in the closed-loop system under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, and the tracking errors to a small neighborhood of the origin. A two inverted pendulums system is provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the method proposed.

  18. Correlated noise-based switches and stochastic resonance in a bistable genetic regulation system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Can-Jun; Yang, Ke-Li

    2016-07-01

    The correlated noise-based switches and stochastic resonance are investigated in a bistable single gene switching system driven by an additive noise (environmental fluctuations), a multiplicative noise (fluctuations of the degradation rate). The correlation between the two noise sources originates from on the lysis-lysogeny pathway system of the λ phage. The steady state probability distribution is obtained by solving the time-independent Fokker-Planck equation, and the effects of noises are analyzed. The effects of noises on the switching time between the two stable states (mean first passage time) is investigated by the numerical simulation. The stochastic resonance phenomenon is analyzed by the power amplification factor. The results show that the multiplicative noise can induce the switching from "on" → "off" of the protein production, while the additive noise and the correlation between the noise sources can induce the inverse switching "off" → "on". A nonmonotonic behaviour of the average switching time versus the multiplicative noise intensity, for different cross-correlation and additive noise intensities, is observed in the genetic system. There exist optimal values of the additive noise, multiplicative noise and cross-correlation intensities for which the weak signal can be optimal amplified.

  19. Automotive Test Rig Final Design Report. Volume 2. Control System.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-01-01

    Pressure Switch Status P27 Low Brake Release Pressure Switch Status P26 Low Brake...Supply Pressure Switch Status P25 Low Port Charge Pump Pressure Switch Status P24 Low Starboard Charge Pump Pressure Switch Status P23 Hydraulic Filter By...Sensed Switch Status P31 Low Scavenge Pump Pressure Switch Status P30 P37 Signal Return for Computer J21 Not Used J22 P A +24 B Pwr Rtn C Ground C

  20. Noise-constrained switching times for heteroclinic computing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Neves, Fabio Schittler; Voit, Maximilian; Timme, Marc

    2017-03-01

    Heteroclinic computing offers a novel paradigm for universal computation by collective system dynamics. In such a paradigm, input signals are encoded as complex periodic orbits approaching specific sequences of saddle states. Without inputs, the relevant states together with the heteroclinic connections between them form a network of states—the heteroclinic network. Systems of pulse-coupled oscillators or spiking neurons naturally exhibit such heteroclinic networks of saddles, thereby providing a substrate for general analog computations. Several challenges need to be resolved before it becomes possible to effectively realize heteroclinic computing in hardware. The time scales on which computations are performed crucially depend on the switching times between saddles, which in turn are jointly controlled by the system's intrinsic dynamics and the level of external and measurement noise. The nonlinear dynamics of pulse-coupled systems often strongly deviate from that of time-continuously coupled (e.g., phase-coupled) systems. The factors impacting switching times in pulse-coupled systems are still not well understood. Here we systematically investigate switching times in dependence of the levels of noise and intrinsic dissipation in the system. We specifically reveal how local responses to pulses coact with external noise. Our findings confirm that, like in time-continuous phase-coupled systems, piecewise-continuous pulse-coupled systems exhibit switching times that transiently increase exponentially with the number of switches up to some order of magnitude set by the noise level. Complementarily, we show that switching times may constitute a good predictor for the computation reliability, indicating how often an input signal must be reiterated. By characterizing switching times between two saddles in conjunction with the reliability of a computation, our results provide a first step beyond the coding of input signal identities toward a complementary coding for the intensity of those signals. The results offer insights on how future heteroclinic computing systems may operate under natural, and thus noisy, conditions.

  1. Pattern Switchable Antenna System Using Inkjet-Printed Directional Bow-Tie for Bi-Direction Sensing Applications

    PubMed Central

    Eom, Seung-Hyun; Seo, Yunsik; Lim, Sungjoon

    2015-01-01

    In this paper, we propose a paper-based pattern switchable antenna system using inkjet-printing technology for bi-direction sensor applications. The proposed antenna system is composed of two directional bow-tie antennas and a switching network. The switching network consists of a single-pole-double-throw (SPDT) switch and a balun element. A double-sided parallel-strip line (DSPSL) is employed to convert the unbalanced microstrip mode to the balanced strip mode. Two directional bow-tie antennas have different radiation patterns because of the different orientation of the reflectors and antennas. It is demonstrated from electromagnetic (EM) simulation and measurement that the radiation patterns of the proposed antenna are successfully switched by the SPDT switch. PMID:26690443

  2. Pattern Switchable Antenna System Using Inkjet-Printed Directional Bow-Tie for Bi-Direction Sensing Applications.

    PubMed

    Eom, Seung-Hyun; Seo, Yunsik; Lim, Sungjoon

    2015-12-10

    In this paper, we propose a paper-based pattern switchable antenna system using inkjet-printing technology for bi-direction sensor applications. The proposed antenna system is composed of two directional bow-tie antennas and a switching network. The switching network consists of a single-pole-double-throw (SPDT) switch and a balun element. A double-sided parallel-strip line (DSPSL) is employed to convert the unbalanced microstrip mode to the balanced strip mode. Two directional bow-tie antennas have different radiation patterns because of the different orientation of the reflectors and antennas. It is demonstrated from electromagnetic (EM) simulation and measurement that the radiation patterns of the proposed antenna are successfully switched by the SPDT switch.

  3. Avoid problems during distillation column startups

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sloley, A.W.

    1996-07-01

    The startup of a distillation column is the end product of the design process. Indeed, startup is the culmination of the theory and practice of designing the column to meet the process objectives. The author will direct most of this discussion towards column revamps due to their inherent complexity; however, the points apply equally to new columns, as well. The most important question that must be answered prior to a startup is how will the distillation system changes affect initial startup, process control of the system, and normal day-to-day operations? How will the operators run the system? Steady-state distillation-column simulationsmore » alone cannot provide an authoritative answer and, indeed, engineers` over-reliance on software too often has led them to ignore many practical aspects. Computer modeling, while an important engineering tool, is not reality. Distillation columns are real functioning pieces of equipment that require practical skills to successfully modify. They are not steady-state solutions that result from converged computer simulations. Early planning, coupled with thorough inspections and comprehensive reviews of instrumentation and procedures, can play a key role in assuring smooth startups.« less

  4. Evaluation of the separation characteristics of application-specific (volatile organic compounds) open-tubular columns for gas chromatography.

    PubMed

    Poole, Colin F; Qian, Jing; Kiridena, Waruna; Dekay, Colleen; Koziol, Wladyslaw W

    2006-11-17

    The solvation parameter model is used to characterize the separation characteristics of two application-specific open-tubular columns (Rtx-Volatiles and Rtx-VGC) and a general purpose column for the separation of volatile organic compounds (DB-WAXetr) at five equally spaced temperatures over the range 60-140 degrees C. System constant differences and retention factor correlation plots are then used to determine selectivity differences between the above columns and their closest neighbors in a large database of system constants and retention factors for forty-four open-tubular columns. The Rtx-Volatiles column is shown to have separation characteristics predicted for a poly(dimethyldiphenylsiloxane) stationary phase containing about 16% diphenylsiloxane monomer. The Rtx-VGC column has separation properties similar to the poly(cyanopropylphenyldimethylsiloxane) stationary phase containing 14% cyanopropylphenylsiloxane monomer DB-1701 for non-polar and dipolar/polarizable compounds but significantly different characteristics for the separation of hydrogen-bond acids. For all practical purposes the DB-WAXetr column is shown to be selectivity equivalent to poly(ethylene glycol) columns prepared using different chemistries for bonding and immobilizing the stationary phase. Principal component analysis and cluster analysis are then used to classify the system constants for the above columns and a sub-database of eleven open-tubular columns (DB-1, HP-5, DB-VRX, Rtx-20, DB-35, Rtx-50, Rtx-65, DB-1301, DB-1701, DB-200, and DB-624) commonly used for the separation of volatile organic compounds. A rationale basis for column selection based on differences in intermolecular interactions is presented as an aid to method development for the separation of volatile organic compounds.

  5. Modelling and properties of a nonlinear autonomous switching system in fed-batch culture of glycerol

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Juan; Sun, Qingying; Feng, Enmin

    2012-11-01

    A nonlinear autonomous switching system is proposed to describe the coupled fed-batch fermentation with the pH as the feedback parameter. We prove the non-Zeno behaviors of the switching system and some basic properties of its solution, including the existence, uniqueness, boundedness and regularity. Numerical simulation is also carried out, which reveals that the proposed system can describe the factual fermentation process properly.

  6. Smooth invariant densities for random switching on the torus

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bakhtin, Yuri; Hurth, Tobias; Lawley, Sean D.; Mattingly, Jonathan C.

    2018-04-01

    We consider a random dynamical system obtained by switching between the flows generated by two smooth vector fields on the 2d-torus, with the random switchings happening according to a Poisson process. Assuming that the driving vector fields are transversal to each other at all points of the torus and that each of them allows for a smooth invariant density and no periodic orbits, we prove that the switched system also has a smooth invariant density, for every switching rate. Our approach is based on an integration by parts formula inspired by techniques from Malliavin calculus.

  7. High-throughput NGL electron-beam direct-write lithography system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Parker, N. William; Brodie, Alan D.; McCoy, John H.

    2000-07-01

    Electron beam lithography systems have historically had low throughput. The only practical solution to this limitation is an approach using many beams writing simultaneously. For single-column multi-beam systems, including projection optics (SCALPELR and PREVAIL) and blanked aperture arrays, throughput and resolution are limited by space-charge effects. Multibeam micro-column (one beam per column) systems are limited by the need for low voltage operation, electrical connection density and fabrication complexities. In this paper, we discuss a new multi-beam concept employing multiple columns each with multiple beams to generate a very large total number of parallel writing beams. This overcomes the limitations of space-charge interactions and low voltage operation. We also discuss a rationale leading to the optimum number of columns and beams per column. Using this approach we show how production throughputs >= 60 wafers per hour can be achieved at CDs

  8. Compensated Row-Column Ultrasound Imaging System Using Fisher Tippett Multilayered Conditional Random Field Model

    PubMed Central

    Ben Daya, Ibrahim; Chen, Albert I. H.; Shafiee, Mohammad Javad; Wong, Alexander; Yeow, John T. W.

    2015-01-01

    3-D ultrasound imaging offers unique opportunities in the field of non destructive testing that cannot be easily found in A-mode and B-mode images. To acquire a 3-D ultrasound image without a mechanically moving transducer, a 2-D array can be used. The row column technique is preferred over a fully addressed 2-D array as it requires a significantly lower number of interconnections. Recent advances in 3-D row-column ultrasound imaging systems were largely focused on sensor design. However, these imaging systems face three intrinsic challenges that cannot be addressed by improving sensor design alone: speckle noise, sparsity of data in the imaged volume, and the spatially dependent point spread function of the imaging system. In this paper, we propose a compensated row-column ultrasound image reconstruction system using Fisher-Tippett multilayered conditional random field model. Tests carried out on both simulated and real row-column ultrasound images show the effectiveness of our proposed system as opposed to other published systems. Visual assessment of the results show our proposed system’s potential at preserving detail and reducing speckle. Quantitative analysis shows that our proposed system outperforms previously published systems when evaluated with metrics such as Peak Signal to Noise Ratio, Coefficient of Correlation, and Effective Number of Looks. These results show the potential of our proposed system as an effective tool for enhancing 3-D row-column imaging. PMID:26658577

  9. Enhanced capabilities of separation in Sequential Injection Chromatography--fused-core particle column and its comparison with narrow-bore monolithic column.

    PubMed

    Chocholouš, Petr; Kosařová, Lucie; Satínský, Dalibor; Sklenářová, Hana; Solich, Petr

    2011-08-15

    In the Sequential Injection Chromatography (SIC) only monolithic columns for chromatographic separations have been used so far. This article presents the first use of fused-core particle packed column in an attempt to extend of the chromatographic capabilities of the SIC system. A new fused-core particle column (2.7 μm) Ascentis(®) Express C18 (Supelco™ Analytical) 30 mm × 4.6 mm brings high separation efficiency within flow rates and pressures comparable to monolithic column Chromolith(®) Performance RP-18e 100-3 (Merck(®)) 100 mm × 3 mm. Both columns matches the conditions of the commercially produced SIC system - SIChrom™ (8-port high-pressure selection valve and medium-pressure Sapphire™ syringe pump with 4 mL reservoir - maximal work pressure 1000 PSI) (FIAlab(®), USA). The system was tested by the separation of four estrogens with similar structure and an internal standard - ethylparaben. The mobile phase composed of acetonitrile/water (40/60 (v/v)) was pumped isocratic at flow rate 0.48 mL min(-1). Spectrophotometric detection was performed at wavelength of 225 nm and injected volume of sample solutions was 10 μL. The chromatographic characteristics of both columns were compared. Obtained results and conclusions have shown that both fused-core particle column and longer narrow shaped monolithic column bring benefits into the SIC method. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. LMI-based adaptive reliable H∞ static output feedback control against switched actuator failures

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    An, Liwei; Zhai, Ding; Dong, Jiuxiang; Zhang, Qingling

    2017-08-01

    This paper investigates the H∞ static output feedback (SOF) control problem for switched linear system under arbitrary switching, where the actuator failure models are considered to depend on switching signal. An active reliable control scheme is developed by combination of linear matrix inequality (LMI) method and adaptive mechanism. First, by exploiting variable substitution and Finsler's lemma, new LMI conditions are given for designing the SOF controller. Compared to the existing results, the proposed design conditions are more relaxed and can be applied to a wider class of no-fault linear systems. Then a novel adaptive mechanism is established, where the inverses of switched failure scaling factors are estimated online to accommodate the effects of actuator failure on systems. Two main difficulties arise: first is how to design the switched adaptive laws to prevent the missing of estimating information due to switching; second is how to construct a common Lyapunov function based on a switched estimate error term. It is shown that the new method can give less conservative results than that for the traditional control design with fixed gain matrices. Finally, simulation results on the HiMAT aircraft are given to show the effectiveness of the proposed approaches.

  11. A voltage-division-type low-jitter self-triggered repetition-rate switch.

    PubMed

    Su, Jian-Cang; Zeng, Bo; Gao, Peng-Cheng; Li, Rui; Wu, Xiao-Long; Zhao, Liang

    2016-10-01

    A voltage-division-type (V/N) low-jitter self-triggered multi-stage switch is put forward. It comprises of a triggered corona gap, several quasi-uniform-field gaps, and an inversion inductor. When the corona gap is in the stage of self-breakdown, the multi-stage gaps are triggered and the switch is closed via an over-voltage. This type of V/N switch has the advantage of compact structure since the auxiliary components like the gas-blowing system and the triggered system are eliminated from the whole system. It also has advantages such as low breakdown jitter and high energy efficiency. The dependence of the self-triggered voltage on the over-voltage factor and the switch operating voltage is deduced. A switch of this type is designed and fabricated and experiments to research its characteristics are conducted. The results show that this switch can operate on a voltage of 1 MV at 50 Hz and can generate 1000 successive pulses with a jitter as low as 3% and an energy efficiency as high as 90%. This V/N switch can work under a high repetition rate with a long lifetime.

  12. Motion systems providing three or four degrees of freedom

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chou, Richard C. (Inventor)

    1982-01-01

    A motion system is provided by a platform generally parallel to a base and connected thereto by a column and powered and controlled extensible members, at least three of which are connected between distributed points around the column. In a three degree of freedom device, the column is conical, rigidly supported at its base with a universal joint at its top. The points of attachment define triangles in the base and in the platform surrounding the column with one extensible member connected between each. In the four degree of freedom version, the column is modified by making it effectively a column which is pivoted or guided at the base or contains an extensible member, preferably retains its triangular shape and its universal joint connection to the platform at its apex. For stability four powered and controlled extensible members are provided between points in the base and platform distributed around the column, a preferred pattern of arrangement being a square with the column at the center.

  13. Simple equations to simulate closed-loop recycling liquid-liquid chromatography: Ideal and non-ideal recycling models.

    PubMed

    Kostanyan, Artak E

    2015-12-04

    The ideal (the column outlet is directly connected to the column inlet) and non-ideal (includes the effects of extra-column dispersion) recycling equilibrium-cell models are used to simulate closed-loop recycling counter-current chromatography (CLR CCC). Simple chromatogram equations for the individual cycles and equations describing the transport and broadening of single peaks and complex chromatograms inside the recycling closed-loop column for ideal and non-ideal recycling models are presented. The extra-column dispersion is included in the theoretical analysis, by replacing the recycling system (connecting lines, pump and valving) by a cascade of Nec perfectly mixed cells. To evaluate extra-column contribution to band broadening, two limiting regimes of recycling are analyzed: plug-flow, Nec→∞, and maximum extra-column dispersion, Nec=1. Comparative analysis of ideal and non-ideal models has shown that when the volume of the recycling system is less than one percent of the column volume, the influence of the extra-column processes on the CLR CCC separation may be neglected. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. 44. EXTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING BARS ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    44. EXTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING BARS LINKING SWITCH LEVERS AND PIPES LEADING TO SWITCHES - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  15. Intelligent single switch wheelchair navigation.

    PubMed

    Ka, Hyun W; Simpson, Richard; Chung, Younghyun

    2012-11-01

    We have developed an intelligent single switch scanning interface and wheelchair navigation assistance system, called intelligent single switch wheelchair navigation (ISSWN), to improve driving safety, comfort and efficiency for individuals who rely on single switch scanning as a control method. ISSWN combines a standard powered wheelchair with a laser rangefinder, a single switch scanning interface and a computer. It provides the user with context sensitive and task specific scanning options that reduce driving effort based on an interpretation of sensor data together with user input. Trials performed by 9 able-bodied participants showed that the system significantly improved driving safety and efficiency in a navigation task by significantly reducing the number of switch presses to 43.5% of traditional single switch wheelchair navigation (p < 0.001). All participants made a significant improvement (39.1%; p < 0.001) in completion time after only two trials.

  16. MOBS - A modular on-board switching system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berner, W.; Grassmann, W.; Piontek, M.

    The authors describe a multibeam satellite system that is designed for business services and for communications at a high bit rate. The repeater is regenerative with a modular onboard switching system. It acts not only as baseband switch but also as the central node of the network, performing network control and protocol evaluation. The hardware is based on a modular bus/memory architecture with associated processors.

  17. Hysteresis in column systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ivanyi, P.; Ivanyi, A.

    2015-02-01

    In this paper one column of a telescopic construction of a bell tower is investigated. The hinges at the support of the column and at the connecting joint between the upper and lower columns are modelled with rotational springs. The characteristics of the springs are assumed to be non-linear and the hysteresis property of them is represented with the Preisach hysteresis model. The mass of the columns and the bell with the fly are concentrated to the top of the column. The tolling process is simulated with a cycling load. The elements of the column are considered completely rigid. The time iteration of the non-linear equations of the motion is evaluated by the Crank-Nicolson schema and the implemented non-linear hysteresis is handled by the fix-point technique. The numerical simulation of the dynamic system is carried out under different combination of soft, medium and hard hysteresis properties of hinges.

  18. Multi-Column Experimental Test Bed for Xe/Kr Separation

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Greenhalgh, Mitchell Randy; Garn, Troy Gerry; Welty, Amy Keil

    Previous research studies have shown that INL-developed engineered form sorbents are capable of capturing both Kr and Xe from various composite gas streams. The previous experimental test bed provided single column testing for capacity evaluations over a broad temperature range. To advance research capabilities, the employment of an additional column to study selective capture of target species to provide a defined final gas composition for waste storage was warranted. The second column addition also allows for compositional analyses of the final gas product to provide for final storage determinations. The INL krypton capture system was modified by adding an additionalmore » adsorption column in order to create a multi-column test bed. The purpose of this modification was to investigate the separation of xenon from krypton supplied as a mixed gas feed. The extra column was placed in a Stirling Ultra-low Temperature Cooler, capable of controlling temperatures between 190 and 253K. Additional piping and valves were incorporated into the system to allow for a variety of flow path configurations. The new column was filled with the AgZ-PAN sorbent which was utilized as the capture medium for xenon while allowing the krypton to pass through. The xenon-free gas stream was then routed to the cryostat filled with the HZ-PAN sorbent to capture the krypton at 191K. Selectivities of xenon over krypton were determined using the new column to verify the system performance and to establish the operating conditions required for multi-column testing. Results of these evaluations verified that the system was operating as designed and also demonstrated that AgZ-PAN exhibits excellent selectivity for xenon over krypton in air at or near room temperature. Two separation tests were performed utilizing a feed gas consisting of 1000 ppmv xenon and 150 ppmv krypton with the balance being made up of air. The AgZ-PAN temperature was held at 295 or 253K while the HZ-PAN was held at 191K for both tests. The effluent from the AgZ-PAN column was monitored via GC-TCD during the tests with no xenon being observed exiting the column during either test. Samples from each column were taken via evacuated sample bombs and were analyzed by GC-MS analysis. The results demonstrated the ability to separate xenon from krypton from a mixed gas feed utilizing the new multi-column system.« less

  19. Passive Gas-Gap Heat Switches for Use in Low-Temperature Cryogenic Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kimball, M. O.; Shirron, P. J.; Canavan, E. R.; Tuttle, J. G.; Jahromi, A. E.; Dipirro, M. J.; James, B. L.; Sampson, M. A.; Letmate, R. V.

    2017-01-01

    We present the current state of development in passive gas-gap heat switches. This type of switch does not require a separate heater to activate heat transfer but, instead, relies upon the warming of one end due to an intrinsic step in a thermodynamic cycle to raise a getter above a threshold temperature. Above this temperature sequestered gas is released to couple both sides of the switch. This enhances the thermodynamic efficiency of the system and reduces the complexity of the control system. Various gas mixtures and getter configurations will be presented.

  20. Multistability and hidden attractors in a relay system with hysteresis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhusubaliyev, Zhanybai T.; Mosekilde, Erik; Rubanov, Vasily G.; Nabokov, Roman A.

    2015-06-01

    For nonlinear dynamic systems with switching control, the concept of a "hidden attractor" naturally applies to a stable dynamic state that either (1) coexists with the stable switching cycle or (2), if the switching cycle is unstable, has a basin of attraction that does not intersect with the neighborhood of that cycle. We show how the equilibrium point of a relay system disappears in a boundary-equilibrium bifurcation as the system enters the region of autonomous switching dynamics and demonstrate experimentally how a relay system can exhibit large amplitude chaotic oscillations at high values of the supply voltage. By investigating a four-dimensional model of the experimental relay system we finally show how a variety of hidden periodic, quasiperiodic and chaotic attractors arise, transform and disappear through different bifurcations.

  1. Simultaneous determination of thirteen different steroid hormones using micro UHPLC-MS/MS with on-line SPE system.

    PubMed

    Márta, Zoltán; Bobály, Balázs; Fekete, Jenő; Magda, Balázs; Imre, Tímea; Mészáros, Katalin Viola; Bálint, Mária; Szabó, Pál Tamás

    2018-02-20

    Ultratrace analysis of sample components requires excellent analytical performance in terms of limits of quantitation (LOQ). Micro UHPLC coupled to sensitive tandem mass spectrometry provides state of the art solution for such analytical problems. Using on-line SPE with column switching on a micro UHPLC-MS/MS system allowed to decrease LOQ without any complex sample preparation protocol. The presented method is capable of reaching satisfactory low LOQ values for analysis of thirteen different steroid molecules from human plasma without the most commonly used off-line SPE or compound derivatization. Steroids were determined by using two simple sample preparation methods, based on lower and higher plasma steroid concentrations. In the first method, higher analyte concentrations were directly determined after protein precipitation with methanol. The organic phase obtained from the precipitation was diluted with water and directly injected into the LC-MS system. In the second method, low steroid levels were determined by concentrating the organic phase after steroid extraction. In this case, analytes were extracted with ethyl acetate and reconstituted in 90/10 water/acetonitrile following evaporation to dryness. This step provided much lower LOQs, outperforming previously published values. The method has been validated and subsequently applied to clinical laboratory measurement. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Study of switching behavior of exchange-coupled nanomagnets by transverse magnetization metrology

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dey, Himadri S.; Csaba, Gyorgy; Bernstein, Gary H.; Porod, Wolfgang

    2017-05-01

    We investigate the static switching modes of nanomagnets patterned from antiferromagnetically exchange-coupled magnetic multilayers, and compare them to nanomagnets having only dipole coupling between the ferromagnetic layers. Vibrating sample magnetometry experiments, supported by micromagnetic simulations, reveal two distinct switching mechanisms between the exchange-coupled and only dipole-coupled nanomagnets. The exchange-coupled nanomagnets exhibit gradual switching of the layers, dictated by the strong antiferromagnetic exchange coupling present between the layers. However, the layers of the only dipole-coupled nanomagnets show abrupt nucleation/growth type switching. A comprehensive understanding of the switching modes of such layered and patterned systems can add new insight into the reversal mechanisms of similar systems employed for spintronic and magneto-logic device applications.

  3. Observer-based H∞ resilient control for a class of switched LPV systems and its application

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Dong; Zhao, Jun

    2016-11-01

    This paper deals with the issue of observer-based H∞ resilient control for a class of switched linear parameter-varying (LPV) systems by utilising a multiple parameter-dependent Lyapunov functions method. First, attention is focused upon the design of a resilient observer, an observer-based resilient controller and a parameter and estimate state-dependent switching signal, which can stabilise and achieve the disturbance attenuation for the given systems. Then, a solvability condition of the H∞ resilient control problem is given in terms of matrix inequality for the switched LPV systems. This condition allows the H∞ resilient control problem for each individual subsystem to be unsolvable. The observer, controller, and switching signal are explicitly computed by solving linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). Finally, the effectiveness of the proposed control scheme is illustrated by its application to a turbofan engine, which can hardly be handled by the existing approaches.

  4. Micro electro mechanical system optical switching

    DOEpatents

    Thorson, Kevin J; Stevens, Rick C; Kryzak, Charles J; Leininger, Brian S; Kornrumpf, William P; Forman, Glenn A; Iannotti, Joseph A; Spahn, Olga B; Cowan, William D; Dagel, Daryl J

    2013-12-17

    The present disclosure includes apparatus, system, and method embodiments that provide micro electo mechanical system optical switching and methods of manufacturing switches. For example, one optical switch embodiment includes at least one micro electro mechanical system type pivot mirror structure disposed along a path of an optical signal, the structure having a mirror and an actuator, and the mirror having a pivot axis along a first edge and having a second edge rotatable with respect to the pivot axis, the mirror being capable of and arranged to be actuated to pivot betweeen a position parallel to a plane of an optical signal and a position substantially normal to the plane of the optical signal.

  5. Radial Basis Function Neural Network Application to Power System Restoration Studies

    PubMed Central

    Sadeghkhani, Iman; Ketabi, Abbas; Feuillet, Rene

    2012-01-01

    One of the most important issues in power system restoration is overvoltages caused by transformer switching. These overvoltages might damage some equipment and delay power system restoration. This paper presents a radial basis function neural network (RBFNN) to study transformer switching overvoltages. To achieve good generalization capability for developed RBFNN, equivalent parameters of the network are added to RBFNN inputs. The developed RBFNN is trained with the worst-case scenario of switching angle and remanent flux and tested for typical cases. The simulated results for a partial of 39-bus New England test system show that the proposed technique can estimate the peak values and duration of switching overvoltages with good accuracy. PMID:22792093

  6. Low-Loss, High-Isolation Microwave Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Switches Being Developed

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ponchak, George E.

    2002-01-01

    Switches, electrical components that either permit or prevent the flow of electricity, are the most important and widely used electrical devices in integrated circuits. In microwave systems, switches are required for switching between the transmitter and receiver; in communication systems, they are needed for phase shifters in phased-array antennas, for radar and communication systems, and for the new class of digital or software definable radios. Ideally, switches would be lossless devices that did not depend on the electrical signal's frequency or power, and they would not consume electrical power to change from OFF to ON or to maintain one of these two states. Reality is quite different, especially at microwave frequencies. Typical switches in microwave integrated circuits are pin diodes or gallium arsenide (GaAs) field-effect transistors that are nonlinear, with characteristics that depend on the power of the signal. In addition, they are frequency-dependent, lossy, and require electrical power to maintain a certain state. A new type of component has been developed that overcomes most of these technical difficulties. Microelectromechanical (MEMS) switches rely on mechanical movement as a response to an applied electrical force to either transmit or reflect electrical signal power. The NASA Glenn Research Center has been actively developing MEMS for microwave applications for over the last 5 years. Complete fabrication procedures have been developed so that the moving parts of the switch can be released with near 100-percent yield. Moreover, the switches fabricated at Glenn have demonstrated state-of-the-art performance. A typical MEMS switch is shown. The switch extends over the signal and ground lines of a finite ground coplanar waveguide, a commonly used microwave transmission line. In the state shown, the switch is in the UP state and all the microwave power traveling along the transmission line proceeds unimpeded. When a potential difference is applied between the cantilever and the transmission line, the cantilever is pulled downward until it connects the signal line to the ground planes, creating a short circuit. In this state, all the microwave power is reflected. The graph shows the measured performance of the switch, which has less than 0.1 dB of insertion loss and greater than 30dB of isolation. These switches consume negligible electrical power and are extremely linear. Additional research is required to address reliability and to increase the switching speed.

  7. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation PAMS monitoring system using a 3-column, double identification GC

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sierzenga, P.M.; Boynton, G.A.; Aho, B.J.

    1996-12-31

    New York State conducted its 1995 PAMS measurements for New York City in the Bronx borough (New York Botanical Gardens) using a Perkin-Elmer ATD-400 Thermal Desorbtion Unit with an 8000 Series Gas Chromatograph. Data was collected in New York City, transferred to Albany, and processed in the central office. The system was checked on a daily basis from Albany to verify operation. Quality assurance for the system was provided by collecting a one hour collocated canister sample every day with analysis performed in Albany using a GC-MS system. The normal configuration for the Perkin-Elmer system uses only two columns, amore » PLOT column to separate low weight hydrocarbons (C{sub 2}-C{sub 5}) and a BP-1 column to separate higher weight hydrocarbons (C{sub 6}-C{sub 10}). New York`s custom designed system uses a third RTX-5 column to provide a second identification and quantitation of most target hydrocarbons. Analysis of the 1995 data provides insight into the usefulness of the third column in correcting both misidentified peaks and over-quantification of compound concentrations found using the standard configuration alone. The 1995 data set also allows an examination of the increased complexity versus the benefits of the system modification. 6 figs., 1 tab.« less

  8. Computer simulation of two electrophoretic columns coupled for isoelectric focusing in simple buffers

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Tsai, Amos; Mosher, Richard A.; Bier, Milan

    1986-01-01

    Computer simulation is used to analyze a system of two electrophoretic columns coupled by mixing the anolyte of one with the catholyte of the other. A mathematical model is presented which is used to predict the pH gradients formed by monovalent buffers in this system, when the currents in the columns are unequal. In the column with the higher current a pH gradient is created which increases from anode to cathode and is potentially useful for isoelectric focusing. The breadth of this gradient is dependent upon the ratio of the currents. The function of the second column is the compensation of buffer migration which occurs in the first column, thereby maintaining constant electrolyte composition. The effects of buffer pKs and mobilities are evaluated.

  9. 2-Micron Laser Transmitter for Coherent CO2 DIAL Measurement

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Singh, Upendra N.; Bai, Yingxin; Yu, Jirong

    2009-01-01

    Carbon dioxide (CO2) has been recognized as one of the most important greenhouse gases. It is essential for the study of global warming to accurately measure the CO2 concentration in the atmosphere and continuously record its variation. A high repetition rate, highly efficient, Q-switched 2-micron laser system as the transmitter of a coherent differential absorption lidar for CO2 measurement has been developed in NASA Langley Research Center. This laser system is capable of making a vertical profiling of CO2 from ground and column measurement of CO2 from air and space-borne platform. The transmitter is a master-slave laser system. The master laser operates in a single frequency, either on-line or off-line of a selected CO2 absorption line. The slave laser is a Q-switched ring-cavity Ho:YLF laser which is pumped by a Tm:fiber laser. The repetition rate can be adjusted from a few hundred Hz to 10 kHz. The injection seeding success rate is from 99.4% to 99.95%. For 1 kHz operation, the output pulse energy is 5.5mJ with the pulse length of 50 ns. The optical-to-optical efficiency is 39% when the pump power is 14.5W. A Ho:YLF laser operating in the range of 2.05 micrometers can be tuned over several characteristic lines of CO2 absorption. Experimentally, a diode pumped Ho:Tm:YLF laser has been successfully used as the transmitter of coherent differential absorption lidar for the measurement of CO2 with a repetition rate of 5 Hz and pulse energy of 75 mJ. For coherent detection, high repetition rate is required for speckle averaging to obtain highly precise measurements. However, a diode pumped Ho:Tm:YLF laser can not operate in high repetition rate due to the large heat loading and up-conversion. A Tm:fiber laser pumped Ho:YLF laser with low heat loading can operate in high repetition rate. A theoretical model has been established to simulate the performance of Tm:fiber laser pumped Ho:YLF lasers. For continuous wave (CW) operation, high pump intensity with small beam size is suitable for high efficiency. For Q-switched operation, the optimal energy extraction relies on the pump intensity, pump volume, and pump duration which is inversely proportion to the repetition rate. CW and Q-switched Ho:YLF lasers with different linear cavity configurations have been designed and demonstrated for a 30 W Tm:fiber pump laser. The CW Ho laser slope efficiency and optical-to-optical efficiencies reach 65% and 55%, respectively. The pulsed laser efficiency depends on the repetition rate. For 1 kHz operation, the optical-to-optical efficiency is 39% when the pump power is 14.5W. Currently, the injection seeding success rate is between 99.4% and 99.95%. After a ten thousand pulses, the standard deviation of the laser frequency jitter is about 3 MHz. It meets the requirements of highly precise CO2 concentration measurement. In conclusion, an injection seeded, high repetition rate, Q-switched Ho:YLF laser has been developed for a coherent CO2 differential absorption lidar. This master-slave laser system has high optical-to-optical efficiency and seeding success rate. It can potentially meet the requirements of the coherent detection of CO2 concentration by a differential absorption lidar technique.

  10. Next generation communications satellites: Multiple access and network studies

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stern, T. E.; Schwartz, M.; Meadows, H. E.; Ahmadi, H. K.; Gadre, J. G.; Gopal, I. S.; Matsmo, K.

    1980-01-01

    Following an overview of issues involved in the choice of promising system architectures for efficient communication with multiple small inexpensive Earth stations serving hetergeneous user populations, performance evaluation via analysis and simulation for six SS/TDMA (satellite-switched/time-division multiple access) system architectures is discussed. These configurations are chosen to exemplify the essential alternatives available in system design. Although the performance evaluation analyses are of fairly general applicability, whenever possible they are considered in the context of NASA's 30/20 GHz studies. Packet switched systems are considered, with the assumption that only a part of transponder capacit is devoted to packets, the integration of circuit and packet switched traffic being reserved for further study. Three types of station access are distinguished: fixed (FA), demand (DA), and random access (RA). Similarly, switching in the satellite can be assigned on a fixed (FS) or demand (DS) basis, or replaced by a buffered store-and-forward system (SF) onboard the satellite. Since not all access/switching combinations are practical, six systems are analyzed in detail: three FS SYSTEMS, FA/FS, DA/ES, RA/FS; one DS system, DA/DS; and two SF systems, FA/SF, DA/SF. Results are presented primarily in terms of delay-throughput characteristics.

  11. An Approach to Average Modeling and Simulation of Switch-Mode Systems

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Abramovitz, A.

    2011-01-01

    This paper suggests a pedagogical approach to teaching the subject of average modeling of PWM switch-mode power electronics systems through simulation by general-purpose electronic circuit simulators. The paper discusses the derivation of PSPICE/ORCAD-compatible average models of the switch-mode power stages, their software implementation, and…

  12. Self-Induced Switchings between Multiple Space-Time Patterns on Complex Networks of Excitable Units

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ansmann, Gerrit; Lehnertz, Klaus; Feudel, Ulrike

    2016-01-01

    We report on self-induced switchings between multiple distinct space-time patterns in the dynamics of a spatially extended excitable system. These switchings between low-amplitude oscillations, nonlinear waves, and extreme events strongly resemble a random process, although the system is deterministic. We show that a chaotic saddle—which contains all the patterns as well as channel-like structures that mediate the transitions between them—is the backbone of such a pattern-switching dynamics. Our analyses indicate that essential ingredients for the observed phenomena are that the system behaves like an inhomogeneous oscillatory medium that is capable of self-generating spatially localized excitations and that is dominated by short-range connections but also features long-range connections. With our findings, we present an alternative to the well-known ways to obtain self-induced pattern switching, namely, noise-induced attractor hopping, heteroclinic orbits, and adaptation to an external signal. This alternative way can be expected to improve our understanding of pattern switchings in spatially extended natural dynamical systems like the brain and the heart.

  13. Adaptive Neural Networks Prescribed Performance Control Design for Switched Interconnected Uncertain Nonlinear Systems.

    PubMed

    Li, Yongming; Tong, Shaocheng

    2017-06-28

    In this paper, an adaptive neural networks (NNs)-based decentralized control scheme with the prescribed performance is proposed for uncertain switched nonstrict-feedback interconnected nonlinear systems. It is assumed that nonlinear interconnected terms and nonlinear functions of the concerned systems are unknown, and also the switching signals are unknown and arbitrary. A linear state estimator is constructed to solve the problem of unmeasured states. The NNs are employed to approximate unknown interconnected terms and nonlinear functions. A new output feedback decentralized control scheme is developed by using the adaptive backstepping design technique. The control design problem of nonlinear interconnected switched systems with unknown switching signals can be solved by the proposed scheme, and only a tuning parameter is needed for each subsystem. The proposed scheme can ensure that all variables of the control systems are semi-globally uniformly ultimately bounded and the tracking errors converge to a small residual set with the prescribed performance bound. The effectiveness of the proposed control approach is verified by some simulation results.

  14. Douglas flight deck design philosophy

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Oldale, Paul

    1990-01-01

    The systems experience gained from 17 years of DC-10 operation was used during the design of the MD-11 to automate system operation and reduce crew workload. All functions, from preflight to shutdown at the termination of flight, require little input from the crew. The MD-11 aircraft systems are monitored for proper operation by the Aircraft Systems Controllers (ASC). In most cases, system reconfiguration as a result of a malfunction is automated. Manual input is required for irreversible actions such as engine shutdown, fuel dump, fire agent discharge, or Integrated Drive Generator (IDG) disconnect. During normal operations, when the cockpit is configured for flight, all annunciators on the overhead panel will be extinguished. This Dark Cockpit immediately confirms to the crew that the panels are correctly configured and that no abnormalities are present. Primary systems annunciations are shown in text on the Alert Area of the Engine and Alert Display (EAD). This eliminates the need to scan the overhead. The MD-11 aircraft systems can be manually controlled from the overhead area of the cockpit. The center portion of the overhead panel is composed of the primary aircraft systems panels, which include FUEL, AIR, Electrical (ELEC) and Hydraulic (HYD) systems, which are easily accessible from both flight crew positions. Each Aircraft Systems Controller (ASC) has two automatic channels and a manual mode. All rectangular lights are annunciators. All square lights are combined switches and annunciators called switch/lights. Red switch/lights on the overhead (Level 3 alerts) are for conditions requiring immediate crew action. Amber (Level 2 or Level 1 alerts) indicates a fault or switch out of position requiring awareness or crew interaction. Overhead switches used in normal operating conditions will illuminate blue when in use (Level 0 alerts) such as WING ANTI-ICE - ON. An overhead switch/light with BLACK LETTERING on an amber or red background indicates a system failure and that crew interaction is required. A switch/light with blue or amber lettering and a BLACK BACKGROUND indicates a switch out of normal position and that crew action is necessary only if the system is in manual operation.

  15. Application of small-signal modeling and measurement techniques to the stability analysis of an integrated switching-mode power system. [onboard Dynamics Explorer Satellite

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wong, R. C.; Owen, H. A., Jr.; Wilson, T. G.; Rodriguez, G. E.

    1980-01-01

    Small-signal modeling techniques are used in a system stability analysis of a breadboard version of a complete functional electrical power system. The system consists of a regulated switching dc-to-dc converter, a solar-cell-array simulator, a solar-array EMI filter, battery chargers and linear shunt regulators. Loss mechanisms in the converter power stage, including switching-time effects in the semiconductor elements, are incorporated into the modeling procedure to provide an accurate representation of the system without requiring frequency-domain measurements to determine the damping factor. The small-signal system model is validated by the use of special measurement techniques which are adapted to the poor signal-to-noise ratio encountered in switching-mode systems. The complete electrical power system with the solar-array EMI filter is shown to be stable over the intended range of operation.

  16. Theoretical test of Jarzynski's equality for reversible volume-switching processes of an ideal gas system.

    PubMed

    Sung, Jaeyoung

    2007-07-01

    We present an exact theoretical test of Jarzynski's equality (JE) for reversible volume-switching processes of an ideal gas system. The exact analysis shows that the prediction of JE for the free energy difference is the same as the work done on the gas system during the reversible process that is dependent on the shape of path of the reversible volume-switching process.

  17. Chaos control of Hastings-Powell model by combining chaotic motions.

    PubMed

    Danca, Marius-F; Chattopadhyay, Joydev

    2016-04-01

    In this paper, we propose a Parameter Switching (PS) algorithm as a new chaos control method for the Hastings-Powell (HP) system. The PS algorithm is a convergent scheme that switches the control parameter within a set of values while the controlled system is numerically integrated. The attractor obtained with the PS algorithm matches the attractor obtained by integrating the system with the parameter replaced by the averaged value of the switched parameter values. The switching rule can be applied periodically or randomly over a set of given values. In this way, every stable cycle of the HP system can be approximated if its underlying parameter value equalizes the average value of the switching values. Moreover, the PS algorithm can be viewed as a generalization of Parrondo's game, which is applied for the first time to the HP system, by showing that losing strategy can win: "losing + losing = winning." If "loosing" is replaced with "chaos" and, "winning" with "order" (as the opposite to "chaos"), then by switching the parameter value in the HP system within two values, which generate chaotic motions, the PS algorithm can approximate a stable cycle so that symbolically one can write "chaos + chaos = regular." Also, by considering a different parameter control, new complex dynamics of the HP model are revealed.

  18. Chaos control of Hastings-Powell model by combining chaotic motions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Danca, Marius-F.; Chattopadhyay, Joydev

    2016-04-01

    In this paper, we propose a Parameter Switching (PS) algorithm as a new chaos control method for the Hastings-Powell (HP) system. The PS algorithm is a convergent scheme that switches the control parameter within a set of values while the controlled system is numerically integrated. The attractor obtained with the PS algorithm matches the attractor obtained by integrating the system with the parameter replaced by the averaged value of the switched parameter values. The switching rule can be applied periodically or randomly over a set of given values. In this way, every stable cycle of the HP system can be approximated if its underlying parameter value equalizes the average value of the switching values. Moreover, the PS algorithm can be viewed as a generalization of Parrondo's game, which is applied for the first time to the HP system, by showing that losing strategy can win: "losing + losing = winning." If "loosing" is replaced with "chaos" and, "winning" with "order" (as the opposite to "chaos"), then by switching the parameter value in the HP system within two values, which generate chaotic motions, the PS algorithm can approximate a stable cycle so that symbolically one can write "chaos + chaos = regular." Also, by considering a different parameter control, new complex dynamics of the HP model are revealed.

  19. Voltage control in pulsed system by predict-ahead control

    DOEpatents

    Payne, Anthony N.; Watson, James A.; Sampayan, Stephen E.

    1994-01-01

    A method and apparatus for predict-ahead pulse-to-pulse voltage control in a pulsed power supply system is disclosed. A DC power supply network is coupled to a resonant charging network via a first switch. The resonant charging network is coupled at a node to a storage capacitor. An output load is coupled to the storage capacitor via a second switch. A de-Q-ing network is coupled to the resonant charging network via a third switch. The trigger for the third switch is a derived function of the initial voltage of the power supply network, the initial voltage of the storage capacitor, and the present voltage of the storage capacitor. A first trigger closes the first switch and charges the capacitor. The third trigger is asserted according to the derived function to close the third switch. When the third switch is closed, the first switch opens and voltage on the node is regulated. The second trigger may be thereafter asserted to discharge the capacitor into the output load.

  20. Voltage control in pulsed system by predict-ahead control

    DOEpatents

    Payne, A.N.; Watson, J.A.; Sampayan, S.E.

    1994-09-13

    A method and apparatus for predict-ahead pulse-to-pulse voltage control in a pulsed power supply system is disclosed. A DC power supply network is coupled to a resonant charging network via a first switch. The resonant charging network is coupled at a node to a storage capacitor. An output load is coupled to the storage capacitor via a second switch. A de-Q-ing network is coupled to the resonant charging network via a third switch. The trigger for the third switch is a derived function of the initial voltage of the power supply network, the initial voltage of the storage capacitor, and the present voltage of the storage capacitor. A first trigger closes the first switch and charges the capacitor. The third trigger is asserted according to the derived function to close the third switch. When the third switch is closed, the first switch opens and voltage on the node is regulated. The second trigger may be thereafter asserted to discharge the capacitor into the output load. 4 figs.

  1. Gas adsorption/absorption heat switch, phase 1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chan, C. K.

    1987-01-01

    The service life and/or reliability of far-infrared sensors on surveillance satellites is presently limited by the cryocooler. The life and/or reliability, however, can be extended by using redundant cryocoolers. To reduce parasitic heat leak, each stage of the inactive redundant cryocooler must be thermally isolated from the optical system, while each stage of the active cryocooler must be thermally connected to the system. The thermal break or the thermal contact can be controlled by heat switches. Among different physical mechanisms for heat switching, mechanically activated heat switches tend to have low reliability and, furthermore, require a large contact force. Magnetoresistive heat switches are, except at very low temperatures, of very low efficiency. Heat switches operated by the heat pipe principle usually require a long response time. A sealed gas gap heat switch operated by an adsorption pump has no mechanical motion and should provide the reliability and long lifetime required in long-term space missions. Another potential application of a heat switch is the thermal isolation of the optical plane during decontamination.

  2. Atomic switch: atom/ion movement controlled devices for beyond von-neumann computers.

    PubMed

    Hasegawa, Tsuyoshi; Terabe, Kazuya; Tsuruoka, Tohru; Aono, Masakazu

    2012-01-10

    An atomic switch is a nanoionic device that controls the diffusion of metal ions/atoms and their reduction/oxidation processes in the switching operation to form/annihilate a conductive path. Since metal atoms can provide a highly conductive channel even if their cluster size is in the nanometer scale, atomic switches may enable downscaling to smaller than the 11 nm technology node, which is a great challenge for semiconductor devices. Atomic switches also possess novel characteristics, such as high on/off ratios, very low power consumption and non-volatility. The unique operating mechanisms of these devices have enabled the development of various types of atomic switch, such as gap-type and gapless-type two-terminal atomic switches and three-terminal atomic switches. Novel functions, such as selective volatile/nonvolatile, synaptic, memristive, and photo-assisted operations have been demonstrated. Such atomic switch characteristics can not only improve the performance of present-day electronic systems, but also enable development of new types of electronic systems, such as beyond von- Neumann computers. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  3. Analysis and simulation of industrial distillation processes using a graphical system design model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Boca, Maria Loredana; Dobra, Remus; Dragos, Pasculescu; Ahmad, Mohammad Ayaz

    2016-12-01

    The separation column used for experimentations one model can be configured in two ways: one - two columns of different diameters placed one within the other extension, and second way, one column with set diameter [1], [2]. The column separates the carbon isotopes based on the cryogenic distillation of pure carbon monoxide, which is fed at a constant flow rate as a gas through the feeding system [1],[2]. Based on numerical control systems used in virtual instrumentation was done some simulations of the distillation process in order to obtain of the isotope 13C at high concentrations. The experimental installation for cryogenic separation can be configured from the point of view of the separation column in two ways: Cascade - two columns of different diameters and placed one in the extension of the other column, and second one column with a set diameter. It is proposed that this installation is controlled to achieve data using a data acquisition tool and professional software that will process information from the isotopic column based on a logical dedicated algorithm. Classical isotopic column will be controlled automatically, and information about the main parameters will be monitored and properly display using one program. Take in consideration the very-low operating temperature, an efficient thermal isolation vacuum jacket is necessary. Since the "elementary separation ratio" [2] is very close to unity in order to raise the (13C) isotope concentration up to a desired level, a permanent counter current of the liquid-gaseous phases of the carbon monoxide is created by the main elements of the equipment: the boiler in the bottom-side of the column and the condenser in the top-side.

  4. Improvement on Main/backup Controller Switching Device of the Nozzle Throat Area Control System for a Turbofan Aero Engine

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Jie; Duan, Minghu; Yan, Maode; Li, Gang; Li, Xiaohui

    2014-06-01

    A full authority digital electronic controller (FADEC) equipped with a full authority hydro-mechanical backup controller (FAHMBC) is adopted as the nozzle throat area control system (NTACS) of a turbofan aero engine. In order to ensure the switching reliability of the main/backup controller, the nozzle throat area control switching valve was improved from three-way convex desktop slide valve to six-way convex desktop slide valve. Simulation results show that, if malfunctions of FAEDC occur and abnormal signals are outputted from FADEC, NTACS will be seriously influenced by the main/backup controller switching in several working states, while NTACS will not be influenced by using the improved nozzle throat area control switching valve, thus the controller switching process will become safer and smoother and the working reliability of this turbofan aero engine is improved by the controller switching device improvement.

  5. Three-tier multi-granularity switching system based on PCE

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Yubao; Sun, Hao; Liu, Yanfei

    2017-10-01

    With the growing demand for business communications, electrical signal processing optical path switching can't meet the demand. The multi-granularity switch system that can improve node routing and switching capabilities came into being. In the traditional network, each node is responsible for calculating the path; synchronize the whole network state, which will increase the burden on the network, so the concept of path calculation element (PCE) is proposed. The PCE is responsible for routing and allocating resources in the network1. In the traditional band-switched optical network, the wavelength is used as the basic routing unit, resulting in relatively low wavelength utilization. Due to the limitation of wavelength continuity, the routing design of the band technology becomes complicated, which directly affects the utilization of the system. In this paper, optical code granularity is adopted. There is no continuity of the optical code, and the number of optical codes is more flexible than the wavelength. For the introduction of optical code switching, we propose a Code Group Routing Entity (CGRE) algorithm. In short, the combination of three-tier multi-granularity optical switching system and PCE can simplify the network structure, reduce the node load, and enhance the network scalability and survivability. Realize the intelligentization of optical network.

  6. Integrated Model for Performance Analysis of All-Optical Multihop Packet Switches

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jeong, Han-You; Seo, Seung-Woo

    2000-09-01

    The overall performance of an all-optical packet switching system is usually determined by two criteria, i.e., switching latency and packet loss rate. In some real-time applications, however, in which packets arriving later than a timeout period are discarded as loss, the packet loss rate becomes the most dominant criterion for system performance. Here we focus on evaluating the performance of all-optical packet switches in terms of the packet loss rate, which normally arises from the insufficient hardware or the degradation of an optical signal. Considering both aspects, we propose what we believe is a new analysis model for the packet loss rate that reflects the complicated interactions between physical impairments and system-level parameters. On the basis of the estimation model for signal quality degradation in a multihop path we construct an equivalent analysis model of a switching network for evaluating an average bit error rate. With the model constructed we then propose an integrated model for estimating the packet loss rate in three architectural examples of multihop packet switches, each of which is based on a different switching concept. We also derive the bounds on the packet loss rate induced by bit errors. Finally, it is verified through simulation studies that our analysis model accurately predicts system performance.

  7. Investigating the Effect of Voltage-Switching on Low-Energy Task Scheduling in Hard Real-Time Systems

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2005-01-01

    We investigate the effect of voltage-switching on task execution times and energy consumption for dual-speed hard real - time systems , and present a...scheduling algorithm and apply it to two real-life task sets. Our results show that energy can be conserved in embedded real - time systems using energy...aware task scheduling. We also show that switching times have a significant effect on the energy consumed in hard real - time systems .

  8. Implications of soil mixing for NAPL source zone remediation: Column studies and modeling of field-scale systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Olson, Mitchell R.; Sale, Tom C.

    2015-06-01

    Soil remediation is often inhibited by subsurface heterogeneity, which constrains contaminant/reagent contact. Use of soil mixing techniques for reagent delivery provides a means to overcome contaminant/reagent contact limitations. Furthermore, soil mixing reduces the permeability of treated soils, thus extending the time for reactions to proceed. This paper describes research conducted to evaluate implications of soil mixing on remediation of non-aqueous phase liquid (NAPL) source zones. The research consisted of column studies and subsequent modeling of field-scale systems. For column studies, clean influent water was flushed through columns containing homogenized soils, granular zero valent iron (ZVI), and trichloroethene (TCE) NAPL. Within the columns, NAPL depletion occurred due to dissolution, followed by either column-effluent discharge or ZVI-mediated degradation. Complete removal of TCE NAPL from the columns occurred in 6-8 pore volumes of flow. However, most of the TCE (> 96%) was discharged in the column effluent; less than 4% of TCE was degraded. The low fraction of TCE degraded is attributed to the short hydraulic residence time (< 4 days) in the columns. Subsequently, modeling was conducted to scale up column results. By scaling up to field-relevant system sizes (> 10 m) and reducing permeability by one-or-more orders of magnitude, the residence time could be greatly extended, potentially for periods of years to decades. Model output indicates that the fraction of TCE degraded can be increased to > 99.9%, given typical post-mixing soil permeability values. These results suggest that remediation performance can be greatly enhanced by combining contaminant degradation with an extended residence time.

  9. 49 CFR 236.410 - Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. 236... Traffic Control Systems Standards § 236.410 Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. (a) Each hand-operated switch in main track shall be locked either electrically or mechanically in normal position...

  10. 46 CFR 111.105-19 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Switches. 111.105-19 Section 111.105-19 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ELECTRIC SYSTEMS-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Hazardous Locations § 111.105-19 Switches. A switch that is explosionproof or flameproof, or that...

  11. 49 CFR 236.410 - Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. 236... Traffic Control Systems Standards § 236.410 Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. (a) Each hand-operated switch in main track shall be locked either electrically or mechanically in normal position...

  12. 49 CFR 236.410 - Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. 236... Traffic Control Systems Standards § 236.410 Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. (a) Each hand-operated switch in main track shall be locked either electrically or mechanically in normal position...

  13. 46 CFR 111.105-19 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Switches. 111.105-19 Section 111.105-19 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ELECTRIC SYSTEMS-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Hazardous Locations § 111.105-19 Switches. A switch that is explosionproof or flameproof, or that...

  14. 46 CFR 111.105-19 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Switches. 111.105-19 Section 111.105-19 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ELECTRIC SYSTEMS-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Hazardous Locations § 111.105-19 Switches. A switch that is explosionproof or flameproof, or that...

  15. 46 CFR 111.105-19 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Switches. 111.105-19 Section 111.105-19 Shipping COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY (CONTINUED) ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ELECTRIC SYSTEMS-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Hazardous Locations § 111.105-19 Switches. A switch that is explosionproof or flameproof, or that...

  16. 49 CFR 236.410 - Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. 236... Traffic Control Systems Standards § 236.410 Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. (a) Each hand-operated switch in main track shall be locked either electrically or mechanically in normal position...

  17. 49 CFR 236.410 - Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. 236... Traffic Control Systems Standards § 236.410 Locking, hand-operated switch; requirements. (a) Each hand-operated switch in main track shall be locked either electrically or mechanically in normal position...

  18. 49 CFR 236.12 - Spring switch signal protection; where required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; where required... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.12 Spring switch signal protection; where required. Signal protection shall be provided for facing and trailing movements through spring switch within...

  19. 49 CFR 236.12 - Spring switch signal protection; where required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; where required... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.12 Spring switch signal protection; where required. Signal protection shall be provided for facing and trailing movements through spring switch within...

  20. 49 CFR 236.12 - Spring switch signal protection; where required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; where required... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.12 Spring switch signal protection; where required. Signal protection shall be provided for facing and trailing movements through spring switch within...

  1. 49 CFR 236.12 - Spring switch signal protection; where required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; where required... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.12 Spring switch signal protection; where required. Signal protection shall be provided for facing and trailing movements through spring switch within...

  2. 49 CFR 236.12 - Spring switch signal protection; where required.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; where required... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.12 Spring switch signal protection; where required. Signal protection shall be provided for facing and trailing movements through spring switch within...

  3. Use of emulsified vegetable oil to support bioremediation of TCE DNAPL in soil columns.

    PubMed

    Harkness, Mark; Fisher, Angela

    2013-08-01

    The interaction between emulsified vegetable oil (EVO) and trichloroethylene (TCE) dense non-aqueous phase liquid (DNAPL) was observed using two soil columns and subsequent reductive dechlorination of TCE was monitored over a three year period. Dyed TCE DNAPL (~75 g) was emplaced in one column (DNAPL column), while the second was DNAPL-free (plume column). EVO was added to both columns and partitioning of the EVO into the TCE DNAPL was measured and quantified. TCE (1.9 mM) was added to the influent of the plume column to simulate conditions down gradient of a DNAPL source area and the columns were operated independently for more than one year, after which they were connected in series. Initially limited dechlorination of TCE to cDCE was observed in the DNAPL column, while the plume column supported complete reductive dechlorination of TCE to ethene. Upon connection and reamendment of the plume column with EVO, near saturation levels of TCE from the effluent of the DNAPL column were rapidly dechlorinated to c-DCE and VC in the plume column; however, this high rate dechlorination produced hydrochloric acid which overwhelmed the buffering capacity of the system and caused the pH to drop below 6.0. Dechlorination efficiency in the columns subsequently deteriorated, as measured by the chloride production and Dehalococcoides counts, but was restored by adding sodium bicarbonate buffer to the influent groundwater. Robust dechlorination was eventually observed in the DNAPL column, such that the TCE DNAPL was largely removed by the end of the study. Partitioning of the EVO into the DNAPL provided significant operational benefits to the remediation system both in terms of electron donor placement and longevity. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Device to improve detection in electro-chromatography

    DOEpatents

    Garguilo, Michael G.; Paul, Phillip H.; Rakestraw, David J.

    2000-01-01

    Apparatus and method for improving the resolution of non-pressure driven capillary chromatographic systems, and particularly for capillary electrochromatography (CEC) systems. By reducing the cross-sectional area of a packed capillary column by means of a second open capillary contiguous with the outlet end of a packed capillary column, where the packed capillary column has a cross sectional area of between about 2 and 5 times that of the open capillary column, the phenomenon of band broadening in the transition region between the open capillary and the packed capillary column, where the individual components of the mixture are analyzed, can be eliminated, thereby providing for a significant improvement in resolution and more accurate detection and analysis.

  5. Device to improve detection in electro-chromatography

    DOEpatents

    Garguilo, Michael G.; Paul, Phillip H.; Rakestraw, David J.

    2002-01-01

    Apparatus and method for improving the resolution of non-pressure driven capillary chromatographic systems, and particularly for capillary electrochromatography (CEC) systems. By reducing the cross-sectional area of a packed capillary column by means of a second open capillary contiguous with the outlet end of a packed capillary column, where the packed capillary column has a cross sectional area of between about 2 and 5 times that of the open capillary column, the phenomenon of band broadening in the transition region between the open capillary and the packed capillary column, where the individual components of the mixture are analyzed, can be eliminated, thereby providing for a significant improvement in resolution and more accurate detection and analysis.

  6. M113 Electric Land Drive Demonstration Project. Volume 1: Vehicle Systems Design and Integration

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1992-08-01

    pickup for L-final drive output speed MP-5 Magnetic pickup for engine speed Pressure Switches PS-I Pressure switch for gearbox pressure (5 lb/in2 ) PS...2 Pressure switch for ac generator pressure (5 lb/in 2 ) PS-3 Pressure switch for dc generator pressure (5 lb/in2 ) PS-4 Pressure switch for ac...generator-i scavenge pressure (5 lb/in 2 ) PS-5 Pressure switch for ac generator-2 scavenge pressure (5 lb/in2 ) PS-6 Pressure switch for engine

  7. Research and Development of Anti-G Life Support Systems. Part 1. Development and Evaluation of Uniform-Pressure Anti-G Suits

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1987-04-01

    Pressure Switch Control Circuit . . . . . . ........ 14 13. Pressure Switch Calibration Fixture . . .......... 16...with the pressure switch control oirouit boards. The solenoid oonneoto (SOL) interfaces with the PCD, while the function of the pressure switch (PRESS...signal out 4 Pressure switch (415 VDC) 5 Pressure switch return 6 + 15 VDC CVCC) V 15 VDC (VEE) 8 Instrument ground 9 open 10 Open 11 115 VAC hot (Blk)

  8. Detecting and isolating abrupt changes in linear switching systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nazari, Sohail; Zhao, Qing; Huang, Biao

    2015-04-01

    In this paper, a novel fault detection and isolation (FDI) method for switching linear systems is developed. All input and output signals are assumed to be corrupted with measurement noises. In the proposed method, a 'lifted' linear model named as stochastic hybrid decoupling polynomial (SHDP) is introduced. The SHDP model governs the dynamics of the switching linear system with all different modes, and is independent of the switching sequence. The error-in-variable (EIV) representation of SHDP is derived, and is used for the fault residual generation and isolation following the well-adopted local approach. The proposed FDI method can detect and isolate the fault-induced abrupt changes in switching models' parameters without estimating the switching modes. Furthermore, in this paper, the analytical expressions of the gradient vector and Hessian matrix are obtained based on the EIV SHDP formulation, so that they can be used to implement the online fault detection scheme. The performance of the proposed method is then illustrated by simulation examples.

  9. Seismic switch for strong motion measurement

    DOEpatents

    Harben, Philip E.; Rodgers, Peter W.; Ewert, Daniel W.

    1995-01-01

    A seismic switching device that has an input signal from an existing microseismic station seismometer and a signal from a strong motion measuring instrument. The seismic switch monitors the signal level of the strong motion instrument and passes the seismometer signal to the station data telemetry and recording systems. When the strong motion instrument signal level exceeds a user set threshold level, the seismometer signal is switched out and the strong motion signal is passed to the telemetry system. The amount of time the strong motion signal is passed before switching back to the seismometer signal is user controlled between 1 and 15 seconds. If the threshold level is exceeded during a switch time period, the length of time is extended from that instant by one user set time period.

  10. Seismic switch for strong motion measurement

    DOEpatents

    Harben, P.E.; Rodgers, P.W.; Ewert, D.W.

    1995-05-30

    A seismic switching device is described that has an input signal from an existing microseismic station seismometer and a signal from a strong motion measuring instrument. The seismic switch monitors the signal level of the strong motion instrument and passes the seismometer signal to the station data telemetry and recording systems. When the strong motion instrument signal level exceeds a user set threshold level, the seismometer signal is switched out and the strong motion signal is passed to the telemetry system. The amount of time the strong motion signal is passed before switching back to the seismometer signal is user controlled between 1 and 15 seconds. If the threshold level is exceeded during a switch time period, the length of time is extended from that instant by one user set time period. 11 figs.

  11. Spacecraft IF switch matrix for wideband service applications in 30/20 GHz communications satellite systems: Proof-of-concept model, executive summary

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ho, P. T.; Coban, E.; Pelose, J.

    1983-01-01

    The design and development of a unique coupler crossbar 20 x 20 microwave switch matrix are described. The test results of the proof of concept model that meets the requirements for a high speed satellite switched, time division multiple access (SS-TDMA) system are presented.

  12. Separation and characterization of allergic polymerized impurities in cephalosporins by 2D-HPSEC×LC-IT-TOF MS.

    PubMed

    Xu, Yu; Wang, DanDan; Tang, Lan; Wang, Jian

    2017-10-25

    Eleven unknown allergic impurities in cefodizime, cefmenoxime and cefonicid were separated and characterized by a trap-free two-dimensional high performance size exclusion chromatography (HPSEC) and reversed phase liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) coupled to high resolution ion trap/time-of-flight mass spectrometry (2D-HPSEC×LC-IT-TOF MS) with positive and negative modes of electrospray ionization method. Separation and characterization the allergic polymerized impurities in β-lactam antibiotics were on the basis of column-switching technique which effectively combined the advantages of HPSEC and the ability of RP-HPLC to identify the special impurities. In the first dimension HPSEC, the column was Xtimate SEC-120 analytical column (7.8mm×30cm, 5μm), and the gradient elution used pH 7.0 buffer-acetonitrile as mobile phase And the second dimension analytical column was ZORBAX SB-C18 (4.6×150mm, 3.5μm) with ammonium formate solution (10mM) and ammonium formate (8mM) in [acetonitrile-water (4:1, v/v)] solution as mobile phase. Structures of eleven unknown impurities were deduced based on the high resolution MS n data with both positive and negative modes, in which nine impurities were polymerized impurities. The forming mechanism of β-lactam antibiotic polymerization in cephalosporins was also studied. The question on incompatibility between non-volatile salt mobile phase and mass spectrometry was solved completely by multidimensional heart-cutting approaches and online demineralization technique, which was worthy of widespread use and application for the advantages of stability and repeatability. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  13. [Three-dimensional Finite Element Analysis to T-shaped Fracture of Pelvis in Sitting Position].

    PubMed

    Fan, Yanping; Lei, Jianyin; Liu, Haibo; Li, Zhiqiang; Cai, Xianhua; Chen, Weiyi

    2015-10-01

    We developed a three-dimensional finite element model of the pelvis. According to Letournel methods, we established a pelvis model of T-shaped fracture with its three different fixation systems, i. e. double column reconstruction plates, anterior column plate combined with posterior column screws and anterior column plate combined with quadrilateral area screws. It was found that the pelvic model was effective and could be used to simulate the mechanical behavior of the pelvis. Three fixation systems had great therapeutic effect on the T-shaped fracture. All fixation systems could increase the stiffness of the model, decrease the stress concentration level and decrease the displacement difference along the fracture line. The quadrilateral area screws, which were drilled into cortical bone, could generate beneficial effect on the T-type fracture. Therefore, the third fixation system mentioned above (i. e. the anterior column plate combined with quadrilateral area screws) has the best biomechanical stability to the T-type fracture.

  14. Temperature programmable microfabricated gas chromatography column

    DOEpatents

    Manginell, Ronald P.; Frye-Mason, Gregory C.

    2003-12-23

    A temperature programmable microfabricated gas chromatography column enables more efficient chemical separation of chemical analytes in a gas mixture by the integration of a resistive heating element and temperature sensing on the microfabricated column. Additionally, means are provided to thermally isolate the heated column from their surroundings. The small heat capacity and thermal isolation of the microfabricated column improves the thermal time response and power consumption, both important factors for portable microanalytical systems.

  15. On-line solid phase extraction coupled to capillary LC-ESI-MS for determination of fluoxetine in human blood plasma.

    PubMed

    Saber, Amr L

    2009-04-15

    An instrumental setup including on-line solid phased extraction coupled to capillary liquid chromatography-electrospray ionization-mass spectrometry (SPE-capLC-ESI-MS) has been constructed to improve the sensitivity for quantification of fluoxetine hydrochloride in human plasma. Prior to injection, 0.5 mL of plasma spiked with metronidazole (internal standard) was mixed with ammonium formate buffer for effective chloroform liquid-liquid extraction. The method was validated in the range 5-60 ng mL(-1) fluoxetine, yielding a correlation coefficient of 0.999 (r(2)). The within-assay and between-assay precisions were between (8.5 and 11%) and (6.6 and 7.5%), respectively. The method was used to determine the amount of fluoxetine in a healthy male 14 h after an intake of one capsule of the antidepressant and anorectic Flutin, which contains 20mg fluoxetine per each capsule. Fluoxetine was detected, and the concentration was calculated to 9.0 ng mL(-1) plasma. In the preliminary experiments, conventional LC-UV instrumentation was employed. However, it was found that employing a capillary column with an inner diameter of (0.3mm I.D. x 50 mm, Zorbax C(18)) increased the sensitivity by a factor of approximately 100, when injecting the same mass of analyte. Incorporating an easily automated C(18) reversed phase column switching system with SPE (1.0mm I.D. x 5.0mm, 5 microm) made it possible to inject up to 100 microL of solution, and the total analysis time was 5.5 min.

  16. Self-healing fuse development.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jones, N. D.

    1972-01-01

    The self-healing fuse is a very fast acting current overload protective device which opens and recloses in a few milliseconds. The fuse confines a mercury column in an insulated channel and returns the mercury to the channel after firing. Ratings 5 to 50 A at 600 peak volts are possible with a life of hundreds of cycles. Compared to conventional fuses, much less fault current energy fires the fuse by heating the mercury to boiling temperature. Next an arc discharge develops while explosive forces expel the liquid mercury from the channel. Then the high impedance arc either extinguishes immediately, or operates for a few milliseconds, until a switch opens the circuit.

  17. Ocean science: Radiocarbon variability in the western North Atlantic during the last deglaciation

    USGS Publications Warehouse

    Robinson, L.F.; Adkins, J.F.; Keigwin, L.D.; Southon, J.; Fernandez, D.P.; Wang, S.-L.; Scheirer, D.S.

    2005-01-01

    We present a detailed history of glacial to Holocene radiocarbon in the deep western North Atlantic from deep-sea corals and paired benthic-planktonic foraminifera. The deglaciation is marked by switches between radiocarbon-enriched and -depleted waters, leading to large radiocarbon gradients in the water column. These changes played an important role in modulating atmospheric radiocarbon. The deep-ocean record supports the notion of a bipolar seesaw with increased Northern-source deep-water formation linked to Northern Hemisphere warming and the reverse. In contrast, the more frequent radiocarbon variations in the intermediate/deep ocean are associated with roughly synchronous changes at the poles.

  18. Accurate measurements of the true column efficiency and of the instrument band broadening contributions in the presence of a chromatographic column.

    PubMed

    Gritti, Fabrice; Guiochon, Georges

    2014-01-31

    A rapid and simple validated experimental protocol is proposed for the accurate determination of the true intrinsic column efficiency and for that of the variance of the extra-column volume of the instrument used, the latter being obtained without requiring the removal of the chromatographic column from the HPLC system. This protocol was applied to 2.1mm×100mm columns packed with sub-3 (2.7μm Halo Peptide ES-C18) and sub-2μm (1.6μm prototype) core-shell particles. It was validated by observing the linear behavior of the plot of the apparent column plate height versus the reciprocal of (1+k')(2) for at least three homologous compounds, with a linear regression coefficient R(2) larger than 0.999. Irrespective of the contribution of the several, different instruments used to the total band broadening, the same column HETP value was obtained within 5%. This new protocol outperform the classical one in which the chromatographic column is replaced with a zero dead volume (ZDV) union connector to measure the extra-column volume variance, which is subtracted from the variance measured with the column to measure the intrinsic HETP. This protocol fails because it significantly underestimates the system volume variance. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. Study of switching transients in high frequency converters

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Zinger, Donald S.; Elbuluk, Malik E.; Lee, Tony

    1993-01-01

    As the semiconductor technologies progress rapidly, the power densities and switching frequencies of many power devices are improved. With the existing technology, high frequency power systems become possible. Use of such a system is advantageous in many aspects. A high frequency ac source is used as the direct input to an ac/ac pulse-density-modulation (PDM) converter. This converter is a new concept which employs zero voltage switching techniques. However, the development of this converter is still in its infancy stage. There are problems associated with this converter such as a high on-voltage drop, switching transients, and zero-crossing detecting. Considering these problems, the switching speed and power handling capabilities of the MOS-Controlled Thyristor (MCT) makes the device the most promising candidate for this application. A complete insight of component considerations for building an ac/ac PDM converter for a high frequency power system is addressed. A power device review is first presented. The ac/ac PDM converter requires switches that can conduct bi-directional current and block bi-directional voltage. These bi-directional switches can be constructed using existing power devices. Different bi-directional switches for the converter are investigated. Detailed experimental studies of the characteristics of the MCT under hard switching and zero-voltage switching are also presented. One disadvantage of an ac/ac converter is that turn-on and turn-off of the switches has to be completed instantaneously when the ac source is at zero voltage. Otherwise shoot-through current or voltage spikes can occur which can be hazardous to the devices. In order for the devices to switch softly in the safe operating area even under non-ideal cases, a unique snubber circuit is used in each bi-directional switch. Detailed theory and experimental results for circuits using these snubbers are presented. A current regulated ac/ac PDM converter built using MCT's and IGBT's is evaluated.

  20. Leading the Game, Losing the Competition: Identifying Leaders and Followers in a Repeated Game

    PubMed Central

    Seip, Knut Lehre; Grøn, Øyvind

    2016-01-01

    We explore a new method for identifying leaders and followers, LF, in repeated games by analyzing an experimental, repeated (50 rounds) game where Row player shifts the payoff between small and large values–a type of “investor” and Column player determines who gets the payoff–a type of “manager”. We found that i) the Investor (Row) most often is a leading player and the manager (Column) a follower. The longer the Investor leads the game, the higher is both player’s payoff. Surprisingly however, it is always the Manager that achieves the largest payoff. ii) The game has an efficient cooperative strategy where the players alternate in receiving a high payoff, but the players never identify, or accept, that strategy. iii) Under the assumption that the information used by the players is closely associated with the leader- follower sequence, and that information is available before the player’s decisions are made, the players switched LF- strategy primarily as a function of information on the Investor’s investment and moves and secondly as a function of the Manager’s payoff. PMID:26968032

  1. Effects of pH on nano-bubble stability and transport in saturated porous media

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hamamoto, Shoichiro; Takemura, Takato; Suzuki, Kenichiro; Nishimura, Taku

    2018-01-01

    An understanding of nano-scale bubble (NB) transport in porous media is important for potential application of NBs in soil/groundwater remediation. It is expected that the solution chemistry of NB water highly influences the surface characteristics of NBs and porous media and the interaction between them, thus affecting the stability and transport characteristics of NB. In this study, in addition to stability experiments, one-dimensional column transport experiments using glass beads were conducted to investigate the effects of pH on the NB transport behavior. The results showed that the NBs were more stable under higher pH. Column transport experiments revealed that entrapment of NBs, especially larger ones, was enhanced in lower-pH water, likely suggesting pH-dependent NB attachment and physical straining, both of which are also probably influenced by bubble size. Although relatively smaller NBs were released after switching the eluting fluid to one with lower ionic strength, most of the NBs in lower-pH water were still retained in the porous media even altering the chemical condition.

  2. High-throughput screening for multi-class veterinary drug residues in animal muscle using liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry with on-line solid-phase extraction.

    PubMed

    Tang, Hubert Po-On; Ho, Clare; Lai, Shirley Sau-Ling

    2006-01-01

    A rapid qualitative method using on-line column-switching liquid chromatography/tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS) was developed and validated for screening 13 target veterinary drugs: four macrolides - erythromycin A, josamycin (leucomycin A3), kitasamycin (leucomycin A5), and tylosin A; six (fluoro)quinolones - ciprofloxacin, danofloxacin, enrofloxacin, flumequine, oxolinic acid, and sarafloxacin; and lincomycin, virginiamycin M1, and trimethoprim in different animal muscles. Clindamycin, norfloxacin, nalidixic acid, oleandomycin, ormetoprim, and roxithromycin were used as the internal standards. After simple deproteination and analyte extraction of muscle samples using acetonitrile, the supernatant was subjected to on-line cleanup and direct analysis by LC/MS/MS. On-line cleanup with an extraction cartridge packed with hydrophilic-hydrophobic polymer sorbent followed by fast LC using a short C18 column resulted in a total analysis cycle of 6 min for 19 drugs. This screening method considerably reduced the time and the cost for the quantitative and confirmatory analyses. The application of a control point approach was also introduced and explained. Copyright (c) 2006 John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.

  3. Determination by HPLC fluorescence analysis of the natural enantiomers of sex pheromones in the New World screwworm fly, Cochliomyia hominivorax.

    PubMed

    Akasaka, K; Carlson, D A; Ohtaka, T; Ohrui, H; Mori, K; Berkebile, D R

    2009-06-01

    Bioassays of six racemic synthesized candidate sex pheromone compounds against male New World screwworm Cochliomyia hominivorax (Coquerel) flies showed that the most potent bioactivity was found with 6-acetoxy-19-methylnonacosane and 7-acetoxy-15-methylnonacosane compared with four other isomeric acetoxy nonacosanes and a larger aliphatic ketone. As all these methyl-branched compounds have two asymmetric carbons and four possible enantiomers, characterization of the natural enantiomers was essential. All four enantiomers for the two most bioactive isomers of the natural sex pheromone were synthesized for bioassay. Hydrolysis and derivatization of these enantiomers with different fluorescent reagents was followed by column-switched high-performance liquid chromatography. The use of two linked, reversed-phase columns of different polarity held at sub-ambient temperatures allowed good separation of each enantiomer. This analysis applied to natural material was successful, as (6R,19R)-6-acetoxy-19-methylnonanocosane, and (7R,15R)- and (7R,15S)-7-acetoxy-15-methylnonanocosane were detected in extracts of recently colonized female flies.

  4. Effects of pH on nano-bubble stability and transport in saturated porous media.

    PubMed

    Hamamoto, Shoichiro; Takemura, Takato; Suzuki, Kenichiro; Nishimura, Taku

    2018-01-01

    An understanding of nano-scale bubble (NB) transport in porous media is important for potential application of NBs in soil/groundwater remediation. It is expected that the solution chemistry of NB water highly influences the surface characteristics of NBs and porous media and the interaction between them, thus affecting the stability and transport characteristics of NB. In this study, in addition to stability experiments, one-dimensional column transport experiments using glass beads were conducted to investigate the effects of pH on the NB transport behavior. The results showed that the NBs were more stable under higher pH. Column transport experiments revealed that entrapment of NBs, especially larger ones, was enhanced in lower-pH water, likely suggesting pH-dependent NB attachment and physical straining, both of which are also probably influenced by bubble size. Although relatively smaller NBs were released after switching the eluting fluid to one with lower ionic strength, most of the NBs in lower-pH water were still retained in the porous media even altering the chemical condition. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Characterization of the efficiency of microbore liquid chromatography columns by van Deemter and kinetic plot analysis.

    PubMed

    Hetzel, Terence; Loeker, Denise; Teutenberg, Thorsten; Schmidt, Torsten C

    2016-10-01

    The efficiency of miniaturized liquid chromatography columns with inner diameters between 200 and 300 μm has been investigated using a dedicated micro-liquid chromatography system. Fully porous, core-shell and monolithic commercially available stationary phases were compared applying van Deemter and kinetic plot analysis. The sub-2 μm fully porous as well as the 2.7 μm core-shell particle packed columns showed superior efficiency and similar values for the minimum reduced plate heights (2.56-2.69) before correction for extra-column contribution compared to normal-bore columns. Moreover, the influence of extra-column contribution was investigated to demonstrate the difference between apparent and intrinsic efficiency by replacing the column by a zero dead volume union to determine the band spreading caused by the system. It was demonstrated that 72% of the intrinsic efficiency could be reached. The results of the kinetic plot analysis indicate the superior performance of the sub-2 μm fully porous particle packed column for ultra-fast liquid chromatography. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  6. Language Switching across Modalities: Evidence from Bimodal Bilinguals

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Dias, Patricia; Villameriel, Saúl; Giezen, Marcel R.; Costello, Brendan; Carreiras, Manuel

    2017-01-01

    This study investigated whether language control during language production in bilinguals generalizes across modalities, and to what extent the language control system is shaped by competition for the same articulators. Using a cued language-switching paradigm, we investigated whether switch costs are observed when hearing signers switch between a…

  7. 14 CFR 27.1361 - Master switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Master switch. 27.1361 Section 27.1361... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1361 Master switch. (a) There must be a master switch arrangement to allow ready disconnection of each electric power source...

  8. 14 CFR 27.1361 - Master switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Master switch. 27.1361 Section 27.1361... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1361 Master switch. (a) There must be a master switch arrangement to allow ready disconnection of each electric power source...

  9. 14 CFR 27.1361 - Master switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Master switch. 27.1361 Section 27.1361... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1361 Master switch. (a) There must be a master switch arrangement to allow ready disconnection of each electric power source...

  10. 14 CFR 27.1361 - Master switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Master switch. 27.1361 Section 27.1361... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1361 Master switch. (a) There must be a master switch arrangement to allow ready disconnection of each electric power source...

  11. 14 CFR 27.1361 - Master switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Master switch. 27.1361 Section 27.1361... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1361 Master switch. (a) There must be a master switch arrangement to allow ready disconnection of each electric power source...

  12. 14 CFR 27.1367 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2013-01-01 2013-01-01 false Switches. 27.1367 Section 27.1367... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1367 Switches. Each switch must be— (a) Able to carry its rated current; (b) Accessible to the crew; and (c) Labeled as to...

  13. 14 CFR 27.1367 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2014-01-01 2014-01-01 false Switches. 27.1367 Section 27.1367... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1367 Switches. Each switch must be— (a) Able to carry its rated current; (b) Accessible to the crew; and (c) Labeled as to...

  14. 14 CFR 27.1367 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2011-01-01 2011-01-01 false Switches. 27.1367 Section 27.1367... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1367 Switches. Each switch must be— (a) Able to carry its rated current; (b) Accessible to the crew; and (c) Labeled as to...

  15. 14 CFR 27.1367 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2012-01-01 2012-01-01 false Switches. 27.1367 Section 27.1367... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1367 Switches. Each switch must be— (a) Able to carry its rated current; (b) Accessible to the crew; and (c) Labeled as to...

  16. 14 CFR 27.1367 - Switches.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Switches. 27.1367 Section 27.1367... STANDARDS: NORMAL CATEGORY ROTORCRAFT Equipment Electrical Systems and Equipment § 27.1367 Switches. Each switch must be— (a) Able to carry its rated current; (b) Accessible to the crew; and (c) Labeled as to...

  17. 49 CFR 236.14 - Spring switch signal protection; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; requirements. 236... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.14 Spring switch signal protection; requirements. (a... track signaled for movements in only one direction through a spring switch in automatic block signal...

  18. 49 CFR 236.14 - Spring switch signal protection; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; requirements. 236... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.14 Spring switch signal protection; requirements. (a... track signaled for movements in only one direction through a spring switch in automatic block signal...

  19. 49 CFR 236.14 - Spring switch signal protection; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; requirements. 236... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.14 Spring switch signal protection; requirements. (a... track signaled for movements in only one direction through a spring switch in automatic block signal...

  20. 49 CFR 236.14 - Spring switch signal protection; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; requirements. 236... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.14 Spring switch signal protection; requirements. (a... track signaled for movements in only one direction through a spring switch in automatic block signal...

  1. 49 CFR 236.14 - Spring switch signal protection; requirements.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false Spring switch signal protection; requirements. 236... Rules and Instructions: All Systems General § 236.14 Spring switch signal protection; requirements. (a... track signaled for movements in only one direction through a spring switch in automatic block signal...

  2. Approaches to optimization of SS/TDMA time slot assignment. [satellite switched time division multiple access

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wade, T. O.

    1984-01-01

    Reduction techniques for traffic matrices are explored in some detail. These matrices arise in satellite switched time-division multiple access (SS/TDMA) techniques whereby switching of uplink and downlink beams is required to facilitate interconnectivity of beam zones. A traffic matrix is given to represent that traffic to be transmitted from n uplink beams to n downlink beams within a TDMA frame typically of 1 ms duration. The frame is divided into segments of time and during each segment a portion of the traffic is represented by a switching mode. This time slot assignment is characterized by a mode matrix in which there is not more than a single non-zero entry on each line (row or column) of the matrix. Investigation is confined to decomposition of an n x n traffic matrix by mode matrices with a requirement that the decomposition be 100 percent efficient or, equivalently, that the line(s) in the original traffic matrix whose sum is maximal (called critical line(s)) remain maximal as mode matrices are subtracted throughout the decomposition process. A method of decomposition of an n x n traffic matrix by mode matrices results in a number of steps that is bounded by n(2) - 2n + 2. It is shown that this upper bound exists for an n x n matrix wherein all the lines are maximal (called a quasi doubly stochastic (QDS) matrix) or for an n x n matrix that is completely arbitrary. That is, the fact that no method can exist with a lower upper bound is shown for both QDS and arbitrary matrices, in an elementary and straightforward manner.

  3. Support of NASA ADR/ Cross-Enterprise NRA Advanced Adiabatic Demagnetization Refrigerators for Continuous Cooling from 10K to 50mK, Development of a Heat Switch

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Richards, Paul L.

    2005-01-01

    Mechanical heat switches are used in conjunction with sorption refrigerators, adiabatic demagnetization refrigerators and for other cryogenic tasks including the pre-cooling cryogenic systems. They use a mechanical actuator which closes Au plated Cu jaws on an Au plated Cu bar. The thermal conductance in the closed position is essentially independent of the area of the jaws and proportional to the force applied. It varies linearly with T. It is approximately 10mW/K for 200 N at 1.5K. In some applications, the heat switch can be driven from outside the cryostat by a rotating rod and a screw. Such heat switches are available commercially from several sources. In other applications, including systems for space, it is desirable to drive the switch using a cold linear motor, or solenoid. Superconducting windings are used at temperatures s 4.2K to minimize power dissipation, but are not appropriate for pre-cooling a system at higher temperatures. This project was intended to improve the design of solenoid activated mechanical heat switches and to provide such switches as required to support the development of Advanced Adiabatic Demagnetization Refrigerators for Continuous Cooling from 10 K to 50 mK at GSFC. By the time funding began in 5/1/01, the immediate need for mechanical heat switches at GSFC had subsided but, at the same time, the opportunity had arisen to improve the design of mechanical heat switching by incorporating a "latching solenoid". In this device, the solenoid current is required only for changing the state of the switch and not during the whole time that the switch is closed.

  4. The impact of column connection on band broadening in very high pressure liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Stankovich, Joseph J; Gritti, Fabrice; Stevenson, Paul G; Guiochon, Georges

    2013-09-01

    A series of experiments was conducted to evaluate the degree of band broadening in very high pressure LC due to column connections. Different column manufacturers use slightly different designs for their column fittings. If the same column connections are repeatedly used to attach columns of different origins, different void volumes form between capillary tubes and column inlets. An Agilent Ultra Low Dispersion Kit (tubing id 75 μm) was installed on an Agilent Infinity 1290 ultra HPLC and used to connect successively an Agilent, a Phenomenex, and a Waters column. A series of uracil (unretained) samples were injected and eluted at a wide range of flow rates with a water/acetonitrile mixture as eluent. In order to determine the variance contribution from column connections as accurately as possible a nonretained probe compound was selected because the variance contribution from the column is the smallest for analytes, which have very low k values. Yet, this effect still has an impact on the resolution for moderately retained compounds (k > 2) for narrow-bore columns packed with fine particles, since variance contributions are additive for linear chromatographic systems. Each injection was replicated five times under the same experimental conditions. Then NanoViper column connections (tubing id 75 μm) were used and the same injections were made. This system was designed to minimize connection void volumes for any column. Band variances were calculated as the second central moment of elution peaks and used to assess the degree of band broadening due to the column connections. Band broadening may increase from 3.8 to 53.9% when conventional metal ferrules were used to join columns to connection sites. The results show that the variance contribution from improper connections can generate as much as 60.5% of the total variance observed. This demonstrates that column connections can play a larger role than the column packing with respect to band dispersion. © 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  5. Development of a split-flow system for high precision variable sample introduction in supercritical fluid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Sakai, Miho; Hayakawa, Yoshihiro; Funada, Yasuhiro; Ando, Takashi; Fukusaki, Eiichiro; Bamba, Takeshi

    2017-09-15

    In this study, we propose a novel variable sample injection system based on full-loop injection, named the split-flow sample introduction system, for application in supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC). In this system, the mobile phase is split by the differential pressure between two back pressure regulators (BPRs) after full-loop injection suitable for SFC, and this differential pressure determines the introduction rate. Nine compounds with a wide range of characteristics were introduced with high reproducibility and universality, confirming that a robust variable sample injection system was achieved. We also investigated the control factors of our proposed system. Sample introduction was controlled by the ratio between the column-side pressure drops in splitless and split flow, ΔP columnsideinsplitless and ΔP columnsideinsplit , respectively, where ΔP columnsideinsplitless is related to the mobile phase flow rate and composition and the column resistance. When all other conditions are kept constant, increasing the make-up flow induces an additional pressure drop on the column side of the system, which leads to a reduced column-side flow rate, and hence decreased the amount of sample injected, even when the net pressure drop on the column side remains the same. Thus, sample introduction could be highly controlled at low sample introduction rate, regardless of the introduction conditions. This feature is advantageous because, as a control factor, the solvent in the make-up pump is independent of the column-side pressure drop. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  6. High-performance flat data center network architecture based on scalable and flow-controlled optical switching system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Calabretta, Nicola; Miao, Wang; Dorren, Harm

    2016-03-01

    Traffic in data centers networks (DCNs) is steadily growing to support various applications and virtualization technologies. Multi-tenancy enabling efficient resource utilization is considered as a key requirement for the next generation DCs resulting from the growing demands for services and applications. Virtualization mechanisms and technologies can leverage statistical multiplexing and fast switch reconfiguration to further extend the DC efficiency and agility. We present a novel high performance flat DCN employing bufferless and distributed fast (sub-microsecond) optical switches with wavelength, space, and time switching operation. The fast optical switches can enhance the performance of the DCNs by providing large-capacity switching capability and efficiently sharing the data plane resources by exploiting statistical multiplexing. Benefiting from the Software-Defined Networking (SDN) control of the optical switches, virtual DCNs can be flexibly created and reconfigured by the DCN provider. Numerical and experimental investigations of the DCN based on the fast optical switches show the successful setup of virtual network slices for intra-data center interconnections. Experimental results to assess the DCN performance in terms of latency and packet loss show less than 10^-5 packet loss and 640ns end-to-end latency with 0.4 load and 16- packet size buffer. Numerical investigation on the performance of the systems when the port number of the optical switch is scaled to 32x32 system indicate that more than 1000 ToRs each with Terabit/s interface can be interconnected providing a Petabit/s capacity. The roadmap to photonic integration of large port optical switches will be also presented.

  7. Silver ion chromatography for peak resolution enhancement: Application to the preparative separation of two sesquiterpenes using online heart-cutting LC-LC technique.

    PubMed

    Yang, Yang; Zhang, Yongmin; Wei, Chong; Li, Jing; Sun, Wenji

    2018-09-01

    Silver ion chromatography, utilizing columns packed with silver ions bonded to silica gel, has proved to be an invaluable technique for the analysis of some positional isomers. In this work, silver ion chromatography by combination with online heart-cutting LC-LC technique for the preparative separation of two sesquiterpenes positional isomers from a natural product was investigated. On the basis of the evaluation that silver ion content impacts on the separation, the laboratory-made silver ion columns, utilizing silica gel impregnated with 15% silver nitrate as column packing materials, were used for peak resolution improvement of these two isomers and the preparative separation of them in heart-cutting LC-LC. The relationship among the maximal sample load, flow rate and peak resolution in the silver ion column were optimized, and the performance of the silver ion column was compared with conventional C 18 column and silica gel column. Based on the developed chromatographic conditions, online heart-cutting LC-LC chromatographic separation system in combination with a silica gel column and a silver ion column that was applied to preparative separation of these two isomers from a traditional Chinese medicine, Inula racemosa Hook.f., was established. The results showed that the online heart-cutting LC-LC technique by combination of a silica gel column and a silver ion column for the preparative separation of these two positional isomers from this natural plant was superior to the preparative separation performed on a single-column system with C 18 column or silica gel column. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Optical zero-differential pressure switch and its evaluation in a multiple pressure measuring system

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Powell, J. A.

    1977-01-01

    The design of a clamped-diaphragm pressure switch is described in which diaphragm motion is detected by a simple fiber-optic displacement sensor. The switch was evaluated in a pressure measurement system where it detected the zero crossing of the differential pressure between a static test pressure and a tank pressure that was periodically ramped from near zero to fullscale gage pressure. With a ramping frequency of 1 hertz and a full-scale tank pressure of 69 N/sq cm gage (100 psig), the switch delay was as long as 2 milliseconds. Pressure measurement accuracies were 0.25 to 0.75 percent of full scale. Factors affecting switch performance are also discussed.

  9. Effects Of Environmental And Operational Stresses On RF MEMS Switch Technologies For Space Applications

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Jah, Muzar; Simon, Eric; Sharma, Ashok

    2003-01-01

    Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS) have been heralded for their ability to provide tremendous advantages in electronic systems through increased electrical performance, reduced power consumption, and higher levels of device integration with a reduction of board real estate. RF MEMS switch technology offers advantages such as low insertion loss (0.1- 0.5 dB), wide bandwidth (1 GHz-100 GHz), and compatibility with many different process technologies (quartz, high resistivity Si, GaAs) which can replace the use of traditional electronic switches, such as GaAs FETS and PIN Diodes, in microwave systems for low signal power (x < 500 mW) applications. Although the electrical characteristics of RF MEMS switches far surpass any existing technologies, the unknown reliability, due to the lack of information concerning failure modes and mechanisms inherent to MEMS devices, create an obstacle to insertion of MEMS technology into high reliability applications. All MEMS devices are sensitive to moisture and contaminants, issues easily resolved by hermetic or near-hermetic packaging. Two well-known failure modes of RF MEMS switches are charging in the dielectric layer of capacitive membrane switches and contact interface stiction of metal-metal switches. Determining the integrity of MEMS devices when subjected to the shock, vibration, temperature extremes, and radiation of the space environment is necessary to facilitate integration into space systems. This paper will explore the effects of different environmental stresses, operational life cycling, temperature, mechanical shock, and vibration on the first commercially available RF MEMS switches to identify relevant failure modes and mechanisms inherent to these device and packaging schemes for space applications. This paper will also describe RF MEMS Switch technology under development at NASA GSFC.

  10. Generating a Double-Scroll Attractor by Connecting a Pair of Mutual Mirror-Image Attractors via Planar Switching Control

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Changchun; Chen, Zhongtang; Xu, Qicheng

    2017-12-01

    An original three-dimensional (3D) smooth continuous chaotic system and its mirror-image system with eight common parameters are constructed and a pair of symmetric chaotic attractors can be generated simultaneously. Basic dynamical behaviors of two 3D chaotic systems are investigated respectively. A double-scroll chaotic attractor by connecting the pair of mutual mirror-image attractors is generated via a novel planar switching control approach. Chaos can also be controlled to a fixed point, a periodic orbit and a divergent orbit respectively by switching between two chaotic systems. Finally, an equivalent 3D chaotic system by combining two 3D chaotic systems with a switching law is designed by utilizing a sign function. Two circuit diagrams for realizing the double-scroll attractor are depicted by employing an improved module-based design approach.

  11. Electronic logic to enhance switch reliability in detecting openings and closures of redundant switches

    DOEpatents

    Cooper, James A.

    1986-01-01

    A logic circuit is used to enhance redundant switch reliability. Two or more switches are monitored for logical high or low output. The output for the logic circuit produces a redundant and failsafe representation of the switch outputs. When both switch outputs are high, the output is high. Similarly, when both switch outputs are low, the logic circuit's output is low. When the output states of the two switches do not agree, the circuit resolves the conflict by memorizing the last output state which both switches were simultaneously in and produces the logical complement of this output state. Thus, the logic circuit of the present invention allows the redundant switches to be treated as if they were in parallel when the switches are open and as if they were in series when the switches are closed. A failsafe system having maximum reliability is thereby produced.

  12. Output regulation control for switched stochastic delay systems with dissipative property under error-dependent switching

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, L. L.; Jin, C. L.; Ge, X.

    2018-01-01

    In this paper, the output regulation problem with dissipative property for a class of switched stochastic delay systems is investigated, based on an error-dependent switching law. Under the assumption that none subsystem is solvable for the problem, a sufficient condition is derived by structuring multiple Lyapunov-Krasovskii functionals with respect to multiple supply rates, via designing error feedback regulators. The condition is also established when dissipative property reduces to passive property. Finally, two numerical examples are given to demonstrate the feasibility and efficiency of the present method.

  13. Nonflammable Hydraulic Power System for Tactical Aircraft. Volume 1. Aircraft System Definition, Design and Analysis

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-05-01

    89 99 Eaton - Hydraulic Pressure Transducer Outline Drawing . . 90 100 ITT - Hydraulic Pressure Switch Outline Drawing ...... . 90...Charge Value .......................... 7,500 hr Pressure Switch ....................... 15,000 hr Pumps ................................ 3,700 hr...mechanisms for the RLS. A pressure switch is connected to the circuit for remotely indicating the closure of applicable circuit shutoff valves. Figures

  14. Solid-state active switch matrix for high energy, moderate power battery systems

    DOEpatents

    Deal, Larry; Paris, Peter; Ye, Changqing

    2016-06-07

    A battery management system employs electronic switches and capacitors. No traditional cell-balancing resistors are used. The BMS electronically switches individual cells into and out of a module of cells in order to use the maximum amount of energy available in each cell and to completely charge and discharge each cell without overcharging or under-discharging.

  15. 76 FR 35327 - Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model 737-600, -700, -700C, -800, -900, and -900ER...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2011-06-17

    ... stabilizer takeoff warning switches, and corrective actions if necessary. This AD was prompted by reports that the warning horn did not sound during the takeoff warning system test of the S132 ``nose up stab takeoff warning switch.'' We are issuing this AD to detect and correct a takeoff warning system switch...

  16. 75 FR 55691 - Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Model 737-600, -700, -700C, -800, -900, and -900ER...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-09-14

    ... takeoff warning switches, and corrective actions if necessary. This proposed AD results from reports that the warning horn did not sound during the takeoff warning system test of the S132 ``nose up stab takeoff warning switch.'' We are proposing this AD to detect and correct a takeoff warning system switch...

  17. Switched-Observer-Based Adaptive Neural Control of MIMO Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unknown Control Gains.

    PubMed

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2017-07-01

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive neural output-feedback control is addressed for a class of multi-input multioutput (MIMO) switched uncertain nonlinear systems with unknown control gains. Neural networks (NNs) are used to approximate unknown nonlinear functions. In order to avoid the conservativeness caused by adoption of a common observer for all subsystems, an MIMO NN switched observer is designed to estimate unmeasurable states. A new switched observer-based adaptive neural control technique for the problem studied is then provided by exploiting the classical average dwell time (ADT) method and the backstepping method and the Nussbaum gain technique. It effectively handles the obstacle about the coexistence of multiple Nussbaum-type function terms, and improves the classical ADT method, since the exponential decline property of Lyapunov functions for individual subsystems is no longer satisfied. It is shown that the technique proposed is able to guarantee semiglobal uniformly ultimately boundedness of all the signals in the closed-loop system under a class of switching signals with ADT, and the tracking errors converge to a small neighborhood of the origin. The effectiveness of the approach proposed is illustrated by its application to a two inverted pendulum system.

  18. Chaos control of Hastings–Powell model by combining chaotic motions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Danca, Marius-F., E-mail: danca@rist.ro; Chattopadhyay, Joydev, E-mail: joydev@isical.ac.in

    2016-04-15

    In this paper, we propose a Parameter Switching (PS) algorithm as a new chaos control method for the Hastings–Powell (HP) system. The PS algorithm is a convergent scheme that switches the control parameter within a set of values while the controlled system is numerically integrated. The attractor obtained with the PS algorithm matches the attractor obtained by integrating the system with the parameter replaced by the averaged value of the switched parameter values. The switching rule can be applied periodically or randomly over a set of given values. In this way, every stable cycle of the HP system can bemore » approximated if its underlying parameter value equalizes the average value of the switching values. Moreover, the PS algorithm can be viewed as a generalization of Parrondo's game, which is applied for the first time to the HP system, by showing that losing strategy can win: “losing + losing = winning.” If “loosing” is replaced with “chaos” and, “winning” with “order” (as the opposite to “chaos”), then by switching the parameter value in the HP system within two values, which generate chaotic motions, the PS algorithm can approximate a stable cycle so that symbolically one can write “chaos + chaos = regular.” Also, by considering a different parameter control, new complex dynamics of the HP model are revealed.« less

  19. Transparent electrode for optical switch

    DOEpatents

    Goldhar, J.; Henesian, M.A.

    1984-10-19

    The invention relates generally to optical switches and techniques for applying a voltage to an electro-optical crystal, and more particularly, to transparent electodes for an optical switch. System architectures for very large inertial confinement fusion (ICF) lasers require active optical elements with apertures on the order of one meter. Large aperture optical switches are needed for isolation of stages, switch-out from regenerative amplifier cavities and protection from target retroreflections.

  20. Spark gap switch with spiral gas flow

    DOEpatents

    Brucker, John P.

    1989-01-01

    A spark gap switch having a contaminate removal system using an injected gas. An annular plate concentric with an electrode of the switch defines flow paths for the injected gas which form a strong spiral flow of the gas in the housing which is effective to remove contaminates from the switch surfaces. The gas along with the contaminates is exhausted from the housing through one of the ends of the switch.

  1. Investigation of high-voltage pulse trigger generator based on photo-conductive semiconductor switch

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chu, Xu; Liu, Jin-Liang; Wang, Lang-Ning; Qiu, Yong-Feng

    2018-06-01

    The trigger to generate high-voltage pulse is one of the most important parts in a pulsed-power system, especially for the conduction characteristics of the main switch. However, traditional triggers usually have the drawbacks of large structure and worse long-term working stability, which goes against the demands of pulsed-power system miniaturization and stability. In the paper, a pulse trigger using photo-conductive semiconductor switch was developed, which is of small size, stable performance and steep leading edge of the output pulse rise. It is found that the output trigger pulse rise time is 14 ns, and the jitter of 20 shots is 330 ps. Applying the designed pulsed trigger in a field distortion switch and a triggered vacuum switch, experiments show that the switches could be triggered stably with reduced jitter.

  2. Zero-voltage DC/DC converter with asymmetric pulse-width modulation for DC micro-grid system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lin, Bor-Ren

    2018-04-01

    This paper presents a zero-voltage switching DC/DC converter for DC micro-grid system applications. The proposed circuit includes three half-bridge circuit cells connected in primary-series and secondary-parallel in order to lessen the voltage rating of power switches and current rating of rectifier diodes. Thus, low voltage stress of power MOSFETs can be adopted for high-voltage input applications with high switching frequency operation. In order to achieve low switching losses and high circuit efficiency, asymmetric pulse-width modulation is used to turn on power switches at zero voltage. Flying capacitors are used between each circuit cell to automatically balance input split voltages. Therefore, the voltage stress of each power switch is limited at Vin/3. Finally, a prototype is constructed and experiments are provided to demonstrate the circuit performance.

  3. SELECTED ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY ON SYSTEMS OF THEORETICAL DEVICES,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    BIONICS, BIBLIOGRAPHIES), (*BIBLIOGRAPHIES, BIONICS), (*CYBERNETICS, BIBLIOGRAPHIES), MATHEMATICS, COMPUTER LOGIC, NETWORKS, NERVOUS SYSTEM , THEORY , SEQUENCE SWITCHES, SWITCHING CIRCUITS, REDUNDANT COMPONENTS, LEARNING, MATHEMATICAL MODELS, BEHAVIOR, NERVES, SIMULATION, NERVE CELLS

  4. Implications of soil mixing for NAPL source zone remediation: Column studies and modeling of field-scale systems.

    PubMed

    Olson, Mitchell R; Sale, Tom C

    2015-01-01

    Soil remediation is often inhibited by subsurface heterogeneity, which constrains contaminant/reagent contact. Use of soil mixing techniques for reagent delivery provides a means to overcome contaminant/reagent contact limitations. Furthermore, soil mixing reduces the permeability of treated soils, thus extending the time for reactions to proceed. This paper describes research conducted to evaluate implications of soil mixing on remediation of non-aqueous phase liquid (NAPL) source zones. The research consisted of column studies and subsequent modeling of field-scale systems. For column studies, clean influent water was flushed through columns containing homogenized soils, granular zero valent iron (ZVI), and trichloroethene (TCE) NAPL. Within the columns, NAPL depletion occurred due to dissolution, followed by either column-effluent discharge or ZVI-mediated degradation. Complete removal of TCE NAPL from the columns occurred in 6-8 pore volumes of flow. However, most of the TCE (>96%) was discharged in the column effluent; less than 4% of TCE was degraded. The low fraction of TCE degraded is attributed to the short hydraulic residence time (<4 days) in the columns. Subsequently, modeling was conducted to scale up column results. By scaling up to field-relevant system sizes (>10 m) and reducing permeability by one-or-more orders of magnitude, the residence time could be greatly extended, potentially for periods of years to decades. Model output indicates that the fraction of TCE degraded can be increased to >99.9%, given typical post-mixing soil permeability values. These results suggest that remediation performance can be greatly enhanced by combining contaminant degradation with an extended residence time. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Novel flat datacenter network architecture based on scalable and flow-controlled optical switch system.

    PubMed

    Miao, Wang; Luo, Jun; Di Lucente, Stefano; Dorren, Harm; Calabretta, Nicola

    2014-02-10

    We propose and demonstrate an optical flat datacenter network based on scalable optical switch system with optical flow control. Modular structure with distributed control results in port-count independent optical switch reconfiguration time. RF tone in-band labeling technique allowing parallel processing of the label bits ensures the low latency operation regardless of the switch port-count. Hardware flow control is conducted at optical level by re-using the label wavelength without occupying extra bandwidth, space, and network resources which further improves the performance of latency within a simple structure. Dynamic switching including multicasting operation is validated for a 4 x 4 system. Error free operation of 40 Gb/s data packets has been achieved with only 1 dB penalty. The system could handle an input load up to 0.5 providing a packet loss lower that 10(-5) and an average latency less that 500 ns when a buffer size of 16 packets is employed. Investigation on scalability also indicates that the proposed system could potentially scale up to large port count with limited power penalty.

  6. The involvement of immunoglobulin E isotype switch in scleroderma skin tissue.

    PubMed

    Ohtsuka, Tsutomu; Yamazaki, Soji

    2005-08-01

    The involvement of mast cell, which is activated by immunoglobulin E (IgE), has been reported in the formation of systemic sclerosis (SSc) abnormality. IgE is generated with isotype switch. During isotype switch, switch circles resulting from direct mu to epsilon, or from sequential mu to gamma via epsilon switching will be created. We studied whether switching occurs in SSc. We used nested polymerase chain reaction to analyze the S fragments from switch circles. Fifty-two patients with SSc, and 62 healthy women were studied. Neither of 62 normal skin tissues showed direct switch, nor sequential switch. Neither of seven normal whole blood cells showed direct switch, nor sequential switch. In 52SSc skin tissues, three (5.8%) showed direct switch, and two (3.8%) showed sequential switch. As a result, five (9.6%) of SSc skin tissue showed immunogobulin E class switch. These results were confirmed by DNA sequencing. These results demonstrated that isotype switch to the epsilon locus achieved by direct and/or sequential switch are involved in SSc skin.

  7. A CW Gunn Diode Switching Element.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hurtado, Marco; Rosenbaum, Fred J.

    As part of a study of the application of communication satellites to educational development, certain technical aspects of such a system were examined. A current controlled bistable switching element using a CW Gunn diode is reported on here. With modest circuits switching rates of the order of 10 MHz have been obtained. Switching is initiated by…

  8. 46 CFR 169.730 - General alarm bell switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2012 CFR

    2012-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 7 2012-10-01 2012-10-01 false General alarm bell switch. 169.730 Section 169.730... Vessel Control, Miscellaneous Systems, and Equipment Markings § 169.730 General alarm bell switch. On vessels of 100 gross tons and over there must be a general alarm bell switch in the pilothouse, clearly...

  9. 46 CFR 169.730 - General alarm bell switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 7 2011-10-01 2011-10-01 false General alarm bell switch. 169.730 Section 169.730... Vessel Control, Miscellaneous Systems, and Equipment Markings § 169.730 General alarm bell switch. On vessels of 100 gross tons and over there must be a general alarm bell switch in the pilothouse, clearly...

  10. 46 CFR 169.730 - General alarm bell switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 7 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false General alarm bell switch. 169.730 Section 169.730... Vessel Control, Miscellaneous Systems, and Equipment Markings § 169.730 General alarm bell switch. On vessels of 100 gross tons and over there must be a general alarm bell switch in the pilothouse, clearly...

  11. 46 CFR 169.730 - General alarm bell switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 7 2014-10-01 2014-10-01 false General alarm bell switch. 169.730 Section 169.730... Vessel Control, Miscellaneous Systems, and Equipment Markings § 169.730 General alarm bell switch. On vessels of 100 gross tons and over there must be a general alarm bell switch in the pilothouse, clearly...

  12. 46 CFR 169.730 - General alarm bell switch.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... 46 Shipping 7 2013-10-01 2013-10-01 false General alarm bell switch. 169.730 Section 169.730... Vessel Control, Miscellaneous Systems, and Equipment Markings § 169.730 General alarm bell switch. On vessels of 100 gross tons and over there must be a general alarm bell switch in the pilothouse, clearly...

  13. An open-closed-loop iterative learning control approach for nonlinear switched systems with application to freeway traffic control

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Shu-Ting; Li, Xiao-Dong; Zhong, Ren-Xin

    2017-10-01

    For nonlinear switched discrete-time systems with input constraints, this paper presents an open-closed-loop iterative learning control (ILC) approach, which includes a feedforward ILC part and a feedback control part. Under a given switching rule, the mathematical induction is used to prove the convergence of ILC tracking error in each subsystem. It is demonstrated that the convergence of ILC tracking error is dependent on the feedforward control gain, but the feedback control can speed up the convergence process of ILC by a suitable selection of feedback control gain. A switched freeway traffic system is used to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed ILC law.

  14. Coupled qubits as a quantum heat switch

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Karimi, B.; Pekola, J. P.; Campisi, M.; Fazio, R.

    2017-12-01

    We present a quantum heat switch based on coupled superconducting qubits, connected to two LC resonators that are terminated by resistors providing two heat baths. To describe the system, we use a standard second order master equation with respect to coupling to the baths. We find that this system can act as an efficient heat switch controlled by the applied magnetic flux. The flux influences the energy level separations of the system, and under some conditions, the finite coupling of the qubits enhances the transmitted power between the two baths, by an order of magnitude under realistic conditions. At the same time, the bandwidth at maximum power of the switch formed of the coupled qubits is narrowed.

  15. A Lie algebraic condition for exponential stability of discrete hybrid systems and application to hybrid synchronization.

    PubMed

    Zhao, Shouwei

    2011-06-01

    A Lie algebraic condition for global exponential stability of linear discrete switched impulsive systems is presented in this paper. By considering a Lie algebra generated by all subsystem matrices and impulsive matrices, when not all of these matrices are Schur stable, we derive new criteria for global exponential stability of linear discrete switched impulsive systems. Moreover, simple sufficient conditions in terms of Lie algebra are established for the synchronization of nonlinear discrete systems using a hybrid switching and impulsive control. As an application, discrete chaotic system's synchronization is investigated by the proposed method.

  16. Switch-connected HyperX network

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Chen, Dong; Heidelberger, Philip

    A network system includes a plurality of sub-network planes and global switches. The sub-network planes have a same network topology as each other. Each of the sub-network planes includes edge switches. Each of the edge switches has N ports. Each of the global switches is configured to connect a group of edge switches at a same location in the sub-network planes. In each of the sub-network planes, some of the N ports of each of the edge switches are connected to end nodes, and others of the N ports are connected to other edge switches in the same sub-network plane,more » other of the N ports are connected to at least one of the global switches.« less

  17. Increasing Linear Dynamic Range of a CMOS Image Sensor

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pain, Bedabrata

    2007-01-01

    A generic design and a corresponding operating sequence have been developed for increasing the linear-response dynamic range of a complementary metal oxide/semiconductor (CMOS) image sensor. The design provides for linear calibrated dual-gain pixels that operate at high gain at a low signal level and at low gain at a signal level above a preset threshold. Unlike most prior designs for increasing dynamic range of an image sensor, this design does not entail any increase in noise (including fixed-pattern noise), decrease in responsivity or linearity, or degradation of photometric calibration. The figure is a simplified schematic diagram showing the circuit of one pixel and pertinent parts of its column readout circuitry. The conventional part of the pixel circuit includes a photodiode having a small capacitance, CD. The unconventional part includes an additional larger capacitance, CL, that can be connected to the photodiode via a transfer gate controlled in part by a latch. In the high-gain mode, the signal labeled TSR in the figure is held low through the latch, which also helps to adapt the gain on a pixel-by-pixel basis. Light must be coupled to the pixel through a microlens or by back illumination in order to obtain a high effective fill factor; this is necessary to ensure high quantum efficiency, a loss of which would minimize the efficacy of the dynamic- range-enhancement scheme. Once the level of illumination of the pixel exceeds the threshold, TSR is turned on, causing the transfer gate to conduct, thereby adding CL to the pixel capacitance. The added capacitance reduces the conversion gain, and increases the pixel electron-handling capacity, thereby providing an extension of the dynamic range. By use of an array of comparators also at the bottom of the column, photocharge voltages on sampling capacitors in each column are compared with a reference voltage to determine whether it is necessary to switch from the high-gain to the low-gain mode. Depending upon the built-in offset in each pixel and in each comparator, the point at which the gain change occurs will be different, adding gain-dependent fixed pattern noise in each pixel. The offset, and hence the fixed pattern noise, is eliminated by sampling the pixel readout charge four times by use of four capacitors (instead of two such capacitors as in conventional design) connected to the bottom of the column via electronic switches SHS1, SHR1, SHS2, and SHR2, respectively, corresponding to high and low values of the signals TSR and RST. The samples are combined in an appropriate fashion to cancel offset-induced errors, and provide spurious-free imaging with extended dynamic range.

  18. Design of RF MEMS switches without pull-in instability

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Proctor, W. Cyrus; Richards, Gregory P.; Shen, Chongyi; Skorczewski, Tyler; Wang, Min; Zhang, Jingyan; Zhong, Peng; Massad, Jordan E.; Smith, Ralph

    2010-04-01

    Micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) switches for radio-frequency (RF) signals have certain advantages over solid-state switches, such as lower insertion loss, higher isolation, and lower static power dissipation. Mechanical dynamics can be a determining factor for the reliability of RF MEMS. The RF MEMS ohmic switch discussed in this paper consists of a plate suspended over an actuation pad by four double-cantilever springs. Closing the switch with a simple step actuation voltage typically causes the plate to rebound from its electrical contacts. The rebound interrupts the signal continuity and degrades the performance, reliability and durability of the switch. The switching dynamics are complicated by a nonlinear, electrostatic pull-in instability that causes high accelerations. Slow actuation and tailored voltage control signals can mitigate switch bouncing and effects of the pull-in instability; however, slow switching speed and overly-complex input signals can significantly penalize overall system-level performance. Examination of a balanced and optimized alternative switching solution is sought. A step toward one solution is to consider a pull-in-free switch design. In this paper, determine how simple RC-circuit drive signals and particular structural properties influence the mechanical dynamics of an RF MEMS switch designed without a pull-in instability. The approach is to develop a validated modeling capability and subsequently study switch behavior for variable drive signals and switch design parameters. In support of project development, specifiable design parameters and constraints will be provided. Moreover, transient data of RF MEMS switches from laser Doppler velocimetry will be provided for model validation tasks. Analysis showed that a RF MEMS switch could feasibly be designed with a single pulse waveform and no pull-in instability and achieve comparable results to previous waveform designs. The switch design could reliably close in a timely manner, with small contact velocity, usually with little to no rebound even when considering manufacturing variability.

  19. Cooling system for radiator and condenser of vehicles with an air conditioner and method of operating the same

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shimada, Y.; Obata, Y.; Takeoka, T.

    1987-04-21

    A cooling system is described for radiator and condenser of vehicles with an air conditioner having a first blower and a second blower for cooling the radiator and the condenser so as to cool the engine cooling water and so as to condense the coolant, and a cooling cycle operation switch which comprises: (a) engine cooling water temperature switch (SW1) connected between a power supply and the first blower and turned on and off in accordance with high and low temperature conditions of the engine cooling water; (b) relay switching means for controlling the first and second blowers in accordancemore » with the on-off conditions of the cooling cycle operation switch; and (c) a control circuit having an on-off switch and a solenoid and connected between the relay switching means and either the first blower or the second blower, the solenoid of the control circuit being connected to switches (SW3, SW4 and SW5) for electrical equipment such as headlights, wipers; whereby, when any one of the switches for the electrical equipment of the vehicle is turned off, the first and second blowers are operated at normal speed through the relay switching means and the control circuit, upon the operation of the cooling cycle operation switch, while when any one of the switches for the electrical equipment is turned on, the first blower is on-off controlled through the engine cooling water temperature switch (SW1) and the second blower remains operated through the relay switching means.« less

  20. 37. OBLIQUE VIEW, INTERIOR, BERK SWITCH TOWER, SOUTH NORWALK, SHOWING ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    37. OBLIQUE VIEW, INTERIOR, BERK SWITCH TOWER, SOUTH NORWALK, SHOWING SWITCHING LEVERS - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  1. Cross flow cyclonic flotation column for coal and minerals beneficiation

    DOEpatents

    Lai, Ralph W.; Patton, Robert A.

    2000-01-01

    An apparatus and process for the separation of coal from pyritic impurities using a modified froth flotation system. The froth flotation column incorporates a helical track about the inner wall of the column in a region intermediate between the top and base of the column. A standard impeller located about the central axis of the column is used to generate a centrifugal force thereby increasing the separation efficiency of coal from the pyritic particles and hydrophillic tailings.

  2. Electrophoretic fractional elution apparatus employing a rotational seal fraction collector

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bier, M. (Inventor)

    1977-01-01

    Electrophoretic fractional elution apparatus which has a column with a rotating seal joint is described. A thin jet of eluting buffer is directed across the lumen of the electrophoretic column in a direction perpendicular to that of electrophoretic migration. Either the content of the column is rotated with respect to the stationary jet, or the jet is rotated with respect to the column. The system may employ electrophoresis either in free solution or in packed columns.

  3. Adjustable bias column end joint assembly

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wallsom, Richard E. (Inventor); Bush, Harold G. (Inventor)

    1994-01-01

    An adjustable mechanical end joint system for connecting structural column elements and eliminating the possibility of free movement between joint halves during loading or vibration has a node joint body having a cylindrical engaging end and a column end body having a cylindrical engaging end. The column end joint body has a compressible preload mechanism and plunger means housed therein. The compressible preload mechanism may be adjusted from the exterior of the column end joint body through a port.

  4. Stability and Multiattractor Dynamics of a Toggle Switch Based on a Two-Stage Model of Stochastic Gene Expression

    PubMed Central

    Strasser, Michael; Theis, Fabian J.; Marr, Carsten

    2012-01-01

    A toggle switch consists of two genes that mutually repress each other. This regulatory motif is active during cell differentiation and is thought to act as a memory device, being able to choose and maintain cell fate decisions. Commonly, this switch has been modeled in a deterministic framework where transcription and translation are lumped together. In this description, bistability occurs for transcription factor cooperativity, whereas autoactivation leads to a tristable system with an additional undecided state. In this contribution, we study the stability and dynamics of a two-stage gene expression switch within a probabilistic framework inspired by the properties of the Pu/Gata toggle switch in myeloid progenitor cells. We focus on low mRNA numbers, high protein abundance, and monomeric transcription-factor binding. Contrary to the expectation from a deterministic description, this switch shows complex multiattractor dynamics without autoactivation and cooperativity. Most importantly, the four attractors of the system, which only emerge in a probabilistic two-stage description, can be identified with committed and primed states in cell differentiation. To begin, we study the dynamics of the system and infer the mechanisms that move the system between attractors using both the quasipotential and the probability flux of the system. Next, we show that the residence times of the system in one of the committed attractors are geometrically distributed. We derive an analytical expression for the parameter of the geometric distribution, therefore completely describing the statistics of the switching process and elucidate the influence of the system parameters on the residence time. Moreover, we find that the mean residence time increases linearly with the mean protein level. This scaling also holds for a one-stage scenario and for autoactivation. Finally, we study the implications of this distribution for the stability of a switch and discuss the influence of the stability on a specific cell differentiation mechanism. Our model explains lineage priming and proposes the need of either high protein numbers or long-term modifications such as chromatin remodeling to achieve stable cell fate decisions. Notably, we present a system with high protein abundance that nevertheless requires a probabilistic description to exhibit multistability, complex switching dynamics, and lineage priming. PMID:22225794

  5. Model predictive control of an air suspension system with damping multi-mode switching damper based on hybrid model

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sun, Xiaoqiang; Yuan, Chaochun; Cai, Yingfeng; Wang, Shaohua; Chen, Long

    2017-09-01

    This paper presents the hybrid modeling and the model predictive control of an air suspension system with damping multi-mode switching damper. Unlike traditional damper with continuously adjustable damping, in this study, a new damper with four discrete damping modes is applied to vehicle semi-active air suspension. The new damper can achieve different damping modes by just controlling the on-off statuses of two solenoid valves, which makes its damping adjustment more efficient and more reliable. However, since the damping mode switching induces different modes of operation, the air suspension system with the new damper poses challenging hybrid control problem. To model both the continuous/discrete dynamics and the switching between different damping modes, the framework of mixed logical dynamical (MLD) systems is used to establish the system hybrid model. Based on the resulting hybrid dynamical model, the system control problem is recast as a model predictive control (MPC) problem, which allows us to optimize the switching sequences of the damping modes by taking into account the suspension performance requirements. Numerical simulations results demonstrate the efficacy of the proposed control method finally.

  6. Pulsed 2-micron Laser Transmitter For Carbon Dioxide Sensing From Space

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, U. N.; Yu, J.; Bai, Y.; Petros, M.

    2011-12-01

    Carbon dioxide (CO2) has been recognized as one of the most important greenhouse gases. It is essential for the study of global warming to accurately measure the CO2 concentration in the atmosphere and continuously record its variation. Studies of the carbon cycle are limited by the tools available to precisely measure CO2 concentrations by remote sensing. Active sensing, using the Integrated Path Differential Absorption (IPDA) approach, permits measurements day and night, at all latitudes and seasons. The development of a high pulse energy 2-μm laser transmitter for high-precision CO2 measurements from space leverages years of NASA investment in solid-state laser technology. Under NASA Laser Risk Reduction Program, funded by Earth Science Technology Office, researchers at NASA Langley Research Center developed an injection seeded, high repetition rate, Q-switched Ho:YLF laser transmitter for CO2 Differential Absorption Lidar/IPDA (profile/column) measurements from ground and airborne platforms. This master-slave laser system has high optical-to-optical efficiency and seeding success rate. NASA LaRC's 2-micron pulsed laser transmitter possesses advantages over current passive and CW active sensors. First, the pulsed format provides a built-in means for determining range to the scattering target and effectively filtering out the scattering from thin clouds and aerosols, thus eliminating a source of measurement bias. Second, by concentrating the laser energy into a pulse, sufficient backscatter signal strength can be obtained from aerosol scattering rather than relying on a hard target at a known distance. Third, the absorption line at the 2.05 μm band is ideally suited for the CO2 concentration measurement. In particular, the weighting function of 2 μm is optimum for measurement in the lower troposphere where the sources and sinks of CO2 are located. The planned laser transmitter development will lead to a Tm:Fiber pumped Ho:YLF laser transmitter capable of delivering 65 mJ at 50 Hz at on-line wavelength and 50 mJ at 50 Hz at off-line wavelength. The planned laser technology development and performance capabilities are a major step forward in the laser transmitter requirements called out in recent comprehensive system studies, e.g., the European Space Agency (ESA) exploration mission studies, A-SCOPE, for future CO2 column density measurements from space. The planned laser technology development is relevant to NASA's earth science priorities, such as NASA ASCENDS mission for space-based CO2 column density measurements. This presentation will provide an overview of the current status of laser transmitter development and describe future technology development to meet the transmitter requirement for a space-based column averaged measurement of CO2 concentration.

  7. Development of a fully automated on-line solid phase extraction and high-performance liquid chromatography with diode array detection method for the pharmacokinetic evaluation of bavachinin: a study on absolute bioavailability and dose proportionality.

    PubMed

    Liu, Lei; Liu, Kang-Ning; Wen, Ya-Bin; Zhang, Han-Wen; Lu, Ya-Xin; Yin, Zheng

    2012-04-15

    A fully automated on-line solid-phase extraction (SPE) and high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with diode array detection (DAD) method was developed for determination of bavachinin in mouse plasma. Analytical process was performed on two reversed-phase columns (SPE cartridge and analytical column) connected via a Valco 6-port switching valve. Plasma samples (10 μL) were injected directly onto a C18 SPE cartridge (MF Ph-1 C18, 10 mm × 4 mm, 5 μm) and the biological matrix was washed out for 2 min with the loading solvent (5 mM NaH(2)PO(4) buffer, pH 3.5) at a flow rate of 1 mL/min. By rotation of the switching valve, bavachinin was eluted from the SPE cartridge in the back-flush mode and transferred to the analytical column (Venusil MP C18, 4.6 mm × 150 mm, 5 μm) by the chromatographic mobile phase consisted of acetonitrile-5mM NaH(2)PO(4) buffer 65/35 (v/v, pH 3.5) at a flow rate of 1 mL/min. The complete cycle of the on-line SPE purification and chromatographic separation of the analyte was 13 min with UV detection performed at 236 nm. Calibration curve with good linearity (r=0.9997) was obtained in the range of 20-4000 ng/mL in mouse plasma. The intra-day and inter-day precisions (RSD) of bavachinin were in the range of 0.20-2.32% and the accuracies were between 98.47% and 102.95%. The lower limit of quantification (LLOQ) of the assay was 20 ng/mL. In conclusion, the established automated on-line SPE-HPLC-DAD method demonstrated good performance in terms of linearity, specificity, detection and quantification limits, precision and accuracy, and was successfully utilized to quantify bavachinin in mouse plasma to support the pharmacokinetic (PK) studies. The PK properties of bavachinin were characterized as rapid oral absorption, high clearance, and poor absolute bioavailability. Copyright © 2012. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  8. Suboptimal Scheduling in Switched Systems With Continuous-Time Dynamics: A Least Squares Approach.

    PubMed

    Sardarmehni, Tohid; Heydari, Ali

    2018-06-01

    Two approximate solutions for optimal control of switched systems with autonomous subsystems and continuous-time dynamics are presented. The first solution formulates a policy iteration (PI) algorithm for the switched systems with recursive least squares. To reduce the computational burden imposed by the PI algorithm, a second solution, called single loop PI, is presented. Online and concurrent training algorithms are discussed for implementing each solution. At last, effectiveness of the presented algorithms is evaluated through numerical simulations.

  9. Improved Electro-Optical Switches

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Nelson, Bruce N.; Cooper, Ronald F.

    1994-01-01

    Improved single-pole, double-throw electro-optical switches operate in switching times less than microsecond developed for applications as optical communication systems and networks of optical sensors. Contain no moving parts. In comparison with some prior electro-optical switches, these are simpler and operate with smaller optical losses. Beam of light switched from one output path to other by applying, to electro-optical crystal, voltage causing polarization of beam of light to change from vertical to horizontal.

  10. Comprehensive authentication of (E)-alpha(beta)-ionone from raspberries, using constant flow MDGC-C/P-IRMS and enantio-MDGC-MS.

    PubMed

    Sewenig, Sabine; Bullinger, Dino; Hener, Uwe; Mosandl, Armin

    2005-02-23

    A new coupling system of GC-GC, connected via a Multi Column Switching Device MCS2 for measuring isotope ratios, is introduced. By means of several standard substances the precise and accurate measurement of isotopic values is proved. First applications concerning the authentication of raspberry aroma compounds are established. Consequently, the combination of constant flow multidimensional gas chromatography-combustion/pyrolysis-isotope ratio mass spectrometry (MDGC-C/P-IRMS) is applied to the authenticity assessment of (E)-alpha(beta)-ionone from six different raspberry cultivars. Furthermore, 12 commercially available raspberry products and samples of (E)-alpha(beta)-ionone, some declared to be natural, are investigated. delta(2)Eta(V)(-)(SMOW) and delta(13)C(V)(-)(PDB) values of (E)-alpha(beta)-ionone are determined, and characteristic authenticity ranges were concluded from raspberries by correlation of both delta(2)Eta(V)(-)(SMOW) and delta(13)C( V)(-)(PDB) values. The results are correlated with the determination of enantiomeric purities of (E)-alpha-ionone, using stir bar sorptive extraction enantio-multidimensional gas chromatography mass spectrometry (SBSE-enantio-MDGC-MS).

  11. Review of online coupling of sample preparation techniques with liquid chromatography.

    PubMed

    Pan, Jialiang; Zhang, Chengjiang; Zhang, Zhuomin; Li, Gongke

    2014-03-07

    Sample preparation is still considered as the bottleneck of the whole analytical procedure, and efforts has been conducted towards the automation, improvement of sensitivity and accuracy, and low comsuption of organic solvents. Development of online sample preparation techniques (SP) coupled with liquid chromatography (LC) is a promising way to achieve these goals, which has attracted great attention. This article reviews the recent advances on the online SP-LC techniques. Various online SP techniques have been described and summarized, including solid-phase-based extraction, liquid-phase-based extraction assisted with membrane, microwave assisted extraction, ultrasonic assisted extraction, accelerated solvent extraction and supercritical fluids extraction. Specially, the coupling approaches of online SP-LC systems and the corresponding interfaces have been discussed and reviewed in detail, such as online injector, autosampler combined with transport unit, desorption chamber and column switching. Typical applications of the online SP-LC techniques have been summarized. Then the problems and expected trends in this field are attempted to be discussed and proposed in order to encourage the further development of online SP-LC techniques. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Formation of polymer nanoparticles by UV pulsed laser ablation of poly (bisphenol A carbonate) in liquid environment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Martínez-Tong, Daniel E.; Sanz, Mikel; Ezquerra, Tiberio A.; Nogales, Aurora; Marco, José F.; Castillejo, Marta; Rebollar, Esther

    2017-10-01

    Suspensions of poly(bisphenol A carbonate) (PBAC) nanoparticles of varying size and shape have been produced by ablation of a PBAC target in liquid media with the fourth harmonic of a Q-switched Nd:YAG laser (wavelength 266 nm, full width at half maximum 4 ns, repetition rate 10 Hz). The polymer target was placed at the bottom of a rotating glass vessel filled with around a 10 mm column of liquid. Laser ablation in water leads to spherical nanoparticles with diameters of several tens of nanometers for fluences close to 1 J/cm2. Ablation at lower fluences, around 0.1 J/cm2, results in the production of nanoparticles of smaller diameters and also of non-spherical nanoparticles. Additional irradiations at the fluence of 0.1 J/cm2 were performed in several liquid media with different properties, in terms of density, viscosity, thermal conductivity, boiling temperature, isothermal compressibility and polarity. The different size distributions observed were related to the thermal conductivity of the systems, while their viscosity seems to be responsible for the development of nanostructures with different morphologies.

  13. High activity and Levy searches: jellyfish can search the water column like fish.

    PubMed

    Hays, Graeme C; Bastian, Thomas; Doyle, Thomas K; Fossette, Sabrina; Gleiss, Adrian C; Gravenor, Michael B; Hobson, Victoria J; Humphries, Nicolas E; Lilley, Martin K S; Pade, Nicolas G; Sims, David W

    2012-02-07

    Over-fishing may lead to a decrease in fish abundance and a proliferation of jellyfish. Active movements and prey search might be thought to provide a competitive advantage for fish, but here we use data-loggers to show that the frequently occurring coastal jellyfish (Rhizostoma octopus) does not simply passively drift to encounter prey. Jellyfish (327 days of data from 25 jellyfish with depth collected every 1 min) showed very dynamic vertical movements, with their integrated vertical movement averaging 619.2 m d(-1), more than 60 times the water depth where they were tagged. The majority of movement patterns were best approximated by exponential models describing normal random walks. However, jellyfish also showed switching behaviour from exponential patterns to patterns best fitted by a truncated Lévy distribution with exponents (mean μ=1.96, range 1.2-2.9) close to the theoretical optimum for searching for sparse prey (μopt≈2.0). Complex movements in these 'simple' animals may help jellyfish to compete effectively with fish for plankton prey, which may enhance their ability to increase in dominance in perturbed ocean systems.

  14. Hybrid power source

    DOEpatents

    Singh, Harmohan N.

    2012-06-05

    A hybrid power system is comprised of a high energy density element such as a fuel-cell and high power density elements such as a supercapacitor banks. A DC/DC converter electrically connected to the fuel cell and converting the energy level of the energy supplied by the fuel cell. A first switch is electrically connected to the DC/DC converter. First and second supercapacitors are electrically connected to the first switch and a second switch. A controller is connected to the first switch and the second switch, monitoring charge levels of the supercapacitors and controls the switching in response to the charge levels. A load is electrically connected to the second switch. The first switch connects the DC/DC converter to the first supercapacitor when the second switch connects the second supercapacitor to the load. The first switch connects the DC/DC converter to the second supercapacitor when the second switch connects the first supercapacitor to the load.

  15. Electronic logic for enhanced switch reliability

    DOEpatents

    Cooper, J.A.

    1984-01-20

    A logic circuit is used to enhance redundant switch reliability. Two or more switches are monitored for logical high or low output. The output for the logic circuit produces a redundant and fail-safe representation of the switch outputs. When both switch outputs are high, the output is high. Similarly, when both switch outputs are low, the logic circuit's output is low. When the output states of the two switches do not agree, the circuit resolves the conflict by memorizing the last output state which both switches were simultaneously in and produces the logical complement of this output state. Thus, the logic circuit of the present invention allows the redundant switches to be treated as if they were in parallel when the switches are open and as if they were in series when the switches are closed. A failsafe system having maximum reliability is thereby produced.

  16. Improving electrical power systems reliability through locally controlled distributed curtailable load

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dehbozorgi, Mohammad Reza

    2000-10-01

    Improvements in power system reliability have always been of interest to both power companies and customers. Since there are no sizable electrical energy storage elements in electrical power systems, the generated power should match the load demand at any given time. Failure to meet this balance may cause severe system problems, including loss of generation and system blackouts. This thesis proposes a methodology which can respond to either loss of generation or loss of load. It is based on switching of electric water heaters using power system frequency as the controlling signal. The proposed methodology encounters, and the thesis has addressed, the following associated problems. The controller must be interfaced with the existing thermostat control. When necessary to switch on loads, the water in the tank should not be overheated. Rapid switching of blocks of load, or chattering, has been considered. The contributions of the thesis are: (A) A system has been proposed which makes a significant portion of the distributed loads connected to a power system to behave in a predetermined manner to improve the power system response during disturbances. (B) The action of the proposed system is transparent to the customers. (C) The thesis proposes a simple analysis for determining the amount of such loads which might be switched and relates this amount to the size of the disturbances which can occur in the utility. (D) The proposed system acts without any formal communication links, solely using the embedded information present system-wide. (E) The methodology of the thesis proposes switching of water heater loads based on a simple, localized frequency set-point controller. The thesis has identified the consequent problem of rapid switching of distributed loads, which is referred to as chattering. (F) Two approaches have been proposed to reduce chattering to tolerable levels. (G) A frequency controller has been designed and built according to the specifications required to switch electric water heater loads in response to power system disturbances. (H) A cost analysis for building and installing the distributed frequency controller has been carried out. (I) The proposed equipment and methodology has been implemented and tested successfully. (Abstract shortened by UMI.)

  17. Discrete-time systems with random switches: From systems stability to networks synchronization.

    PubMed

    Guo, Yao; Lin, Wei; Ho, Daniel W C

    2016-03-01

    In this article, we develop some approaches, which enable us to more accurately and analytically identify the essential patterns that guarantee the almost sure stability of discrete-time systems with random switches. We allow for the case that the elements in the switching connection matrix even obey some unbounded and continuous-valued distributions. In addition to the almost sure stability, we further investigate the almost sure synchronization in complex dynamical networks consisting of randomly connected nodes. Numerical examples illustrate that a chaotic dynamics in the synchronization manifold is preserved when statistical parameters enter some almost sure synchronization region established by the developed approach. Moreover, some delicate configurations are considered on probability space for ensuring synchronization in networks whose nodes are described by nonlinear maps. Both theoretical and numerical results on synchronization are presented by setting only a few random connections in each switch duration. More interestingly, we analytically find it possible to achieve almost sure synchronization in the randomly switching complex networks even with very large population sizes, which cannot be easily realized in non-switching but deterministically connected networks.

  18. Discrete-time systems with random switches: From systems stability to networks synchronization

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Guo, Yao; Lin, Wei, E-mail: wlin@fudan.edu.cn; Shanghai Key Laboratory of Contemporary Applied Mathematics, LMNS, and Shanghai Center for Mathematical Sciences, Shanghai 200433

    2016-03-15

    In this article, we develop some approaches, which enable us to more accurately and analytically identify the essential patterns that guarantee the almost sure stability of discrete-time systems with random switches. We allow for the case that the elements in the switching connection matrix even obey some unbounded and continuous-valued distributions. In addition to the almost sure stability, we further investigate the almost sure synchronization in complex dynamical networks consisting of randomly connected nodes. Numerical examples illustrate that a chaotic dynamics in the synchronization manifold is preserved when statistical parameters enter some almost sure synchronization region established by the developedmore » approach. Moreover, some delicate configurations are considered on probability space for ensuring synchronization in networks whose nodes are described by nonlinear maps. Both theoretical and numerical results on synchronization are presented by setting only a few random connections in each switch duration. More interestingly, we analytically find it possible to achieve almost sure synchronization in the randomly switching complex networks even with very large population sizes, which cannot be easily realized in non-switching but deterministically connected networks.« less

  19. A fast switch, combiner and narrow-band filter for high-power millimetre wave beams

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kasparek, W.; Petelin, M. I.; Shchegolkov, D. Yu; Erckmann, V.; Plaum, B.; Bruschi, A.; ECRH Groups at IPP Greifswald; Karlsruhe, FZK; Stuttgart, IPF

    2008-05-01

    A fast directional switch (FADIS) is described, which allows controlled switching of high-power microwaves between two outputs. A possible application could be synchronous stabilization of neoclassical tearing modes (NTMs). Generally, the device can be used to share the installed EC power between different types of launchers or different applications (e.g. in ITER, midplane/upper launcher). The switching is performed electronically without moving parts by a small frequency-shift keying of the gyrotron (some tens of megahertz), and a narrow-band diplexer. The device can be operated as a beam combiner also, which offers attractive transmission perspectives in multi-megawatt ECRH systems. In addition, these diplexers are useful for plasma diagnostic systems employing high-power sources due to their filter characteristics. The principle and the design of a four-port quasi-optical resonator diplexer is presented. Low-power measurements of switching contrast, mode purity and efficiency show good agreement with theory. Preliminary frequency modulation characteristics of gyrotrons are shown, and first results from high-power switching experiments using the ECRH system for W7-X are presented.

  20. 75 FR 76426 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-12-08

    ..., access control lists, file system permissions, intrusion detection and prevention systems and log..., address, mailing address, country, organization, phone, fax, mobile, pager, Defense Switched Network (DSN..., address, mailing address, country, organization, phone, fax, mobile, pager, Defense Switched Network (DSN...

  1. Cool pool development. Quarterly technical report No. 1, April-June 1979

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Crowther, K.

    1979-10-15

    The Cool Pool is a passive cooling system consisting of a shaded, evaporating roof pond which thermosiphons cool water into water-filled, metal columns (culvert pipes) located within the building living space. The water in the roof pond is cooled by evaporation, convection and radiation. Because the water in the pool and downcomer is colder and denser than the water in the column a pressure difference is created and the cold water flows from the pool, through the downcomer and into the bottom of the column. The warm column water rises and flows through a connecting pipe into the pool. Itmore » is then cooled and the cycle repeats itself. The system requires no pumps. The water column absorbs heat from the building interior primarily by convection and radiation. Since the column is radiating at a significantly lower temperature than the interior walls it plays a double role in human comfort. Not only does it cool the air by convection but it provides a heat sink to which people can radiate. Since thermal radiation is important to the cooling of people, the cold water column contributes substantially to their feelings of comfort. Research on the Cool Pool system includes the following major tasks: control of biological organisms and debris in the roof pond and water cylinders; development of a heat exchanger; experimental investigation of the system's thermal performance; and development of a predictive computer simulation of the Cool Pool. Progress in these tasks is reported.« less

  2. Rechargeable Battery Auto-Cycler Requiring Lower Power and Dissipating Reduced Waste Heat

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hanson, Thomas David (Inventor)

    2018-01-01

    A battery charger system includes a power supply and a switch connected to the power supply wherein the switch has a first switch half and a second switch half. First and second batteries are selectively connected to the power supply via the switch. The first and second switch halves are moved between a plurality of operational positions to fully charge the first battery, discharge the first battery into the second battery, discharge the second battery into the first battery, and fully charge the second battery.

  3. Cost-effective optical switch matrix for microwave phased-array

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Pan, J. J.; Chia, S. L.; Li, W. Z.; Grove, C. H.

    1991-01-01

    An all-fiber (6x6) optical shutter switch matrix with the control system for microwave phased array has been demonstrated. The device offers the advantages of integrated configuration, low cost, low power consumption, small size, and light weight. The maximum extinction ratio (among 36 individual pixel) of this switch matrix at 840 nm is 24.2 dB, and the switching time is less than 120 microsec. In addition to phased array application, this low cost switch matrix is extremely attractive for fiber optic switching networks.

  4. Stability and dynamic analysis of a slender column with curved longitudinal stiffeners

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lake, Mark S.

    1989-01-01

    The results of a stability design study are presented for a slender column with curved longitudinal stiffeners for large space structure applications. Linear stability analyses are performed using a link-plate representation of the stiffeners to determine stiffener local buckling stresses. Results from a set of parametric analyses are used to determine an approximate explicit expression for stiffener local buckling in terms of its geometric parameters. This expression along with other equations governing column stability and mass are assembled into a determinate system describing minimum mass stiffened column design. An iterative solution is determined to solve this system and a computer program incorporating this routine is presented. Example design problems are presented which verify the solution accuracy and illustrate the implementation of the solution routine. Also, observations are made which lead to a greatly simplified first iteration design equation relating the percent increase in column mass to the percent increase in column buckling load. From this, generalizations are drawn as to the mass savings offered by the stiffened column concept. Finally, the percent increase in fundamental column vibration frequency due to the addition of deployable stiffeners is studied.

  5. Miniaturized protein separation using a liquid chromatography column on a flexible substrate

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yang, Yongmo; Chae, Junseok

    2008-12-01

    We report a prototype protein separator that successfully miniaturizes existing technology for potential use in biocompatible health monitoring implants. The prototype is a liquid chromatography (LC) column (LC mini-column) fabricated on an inexpensive, flexible, biocompatible polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) enclosure. The LC mini-column separates a mixture of proteins using size exclusion chromatography (SEC) with polydivinylbenzene beads (5-20 µm in diameter with 10 nm pore size). The LC mini-column is smaller than any commercially available LC column by a factor of ~11 000 and successfully separates denatured and native protein mixtures at ~71 psi of the applied fluidic pressure. Separated proteins are analyzed using NuPAGE-gel electrophoresis, high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and an automated electrophoresis system. Quantitative HPLC results demonstrate successful separation based on intensity change: within 12 min, the intensity between large and small protein peaks changed by a factor of ~20. In further evaluation using the automated electrophoresis system, the plate height of the LC mini-column is between 36 µm and 100 µm. The prototype LC mini-column shows the potential for real-time health monitoring in applications that require inexpensive, flexible implant technology that can function effectively under non-laboratory conditions.

  6. Investigation of Gas Holdup in a Vibrating Bubble Column

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mohagheghian, Shahrouz; Elbing, Brian

    2015-11-01

    Synthetic fuels are part of the solution to the world's energy crisis and climate change. Liquefaction of coal during the Fischer-Tropsch process in a bubble column reactor (BCR) is a key step in production of synthetic fuel. It is known from the 1960's that vibration improves mass transfer in bubble column. The current study experimentally investigates the effect that vibration frequency and amplitude has on gas holdup and bubble size distribution within a bubble column. Air (disperse phase) was injected into water (continuous phase) through a needle shape injector near the bottom of the column, which was open to atmospheric pressure. The air volumetric flow rate was measured with a variable area flow meter. Vibrations were generated with a custom-made shaker table, which oscillated the entire column with independently specified amplitude and frequency (0-30 Hz). Geometric dependencies can be investigated with four cast acrylic columns with aspect ratios ranging from 4.36 to 24, and injector needle internal diameters between 0.32 and 1.59 mm. The gas holdup within the column was measured with a flow visualization system, and a PIV system was used to measure phase velocities. Preliminary results for the non-vibrating and vibrating cases will be presented.

  7. Optimization of the Switch Mechanism in a Circuit Breaker Using MBD Based Simulation

    PubMed Central

    Jang, Jin-Seok; Yoon, Chang-Gyu; Ryu, Chi-Young; Kim, Hyun-Woo; Bae, Byung-Tae; Yoo, Wan-Suk

    2015-01-01

    A circuit breaker is widely used to protect electric power system from fault currents or system errors; in particular, the opening mechanism in a circuit breaker is important to protect current overflow in the electric system. In this paper, multibody dynamic model of a circuit breaker including switch mechanism was developed including the electromagnetic actuator system. Since the opening mechanism operates sequentially, optimization of the switch mechanism was carried out to improve the current breaking time. In the optimization process, design parameters were selected from length and shape of each latch, which changes pivot points of bearings to shorten the breaking time. To validate optimization results, computational results were compared to physical tests with a high speed camera. Opening time of the optimized mechanism was decreased by 2.3 ms, which was proved by experiments. Switch mechanism design process can be improved including contact-latch system by using this process. PMID:25918740

  8. Adaptive Fuzzy Output Feedback Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unmodeled Dynamics.

    PubMed

    Tong, Shaocheng; Li, Yongming

    2017-02-01

    This paper investigates a robust adaptive fuzzy control stabilization problem for a class of uncertain nonlinear systems with arbitrary switching signals that use an observer-based output feedback scheme. The considered switched nonlinear systems possess the unstructured uncertainties, unmodeled dynamics, and without requiring the states being available for measurement. A state observer which is independent of switching signals is designed to solve the problem of unmeasured states. Fuzzy logic systems are used to identify unknown lumped nonlinear functions so that the problem of unstructured uncertainties can be solved. By combining adaptive backstepping design principle and small-gain approach, a novel robust adaptive fuzzy output feedback stabilization control approach is developed. The stability of the closed-loop system is proved via the common Lyapunov function theory and small-gain theorem. Finally, the simulation results are given to demonstrate the validity and performance of the proposed control strategy.

  9. 42. INTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING DETAIL ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    42. INTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOWER, COS COB, SHOWING DETAIL OF SWITCH LEVERS - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  10. Synchronization of Switched Neural Networks With Communication Delays via the Event-Triggered Control.

    PubMed

    Wen, Shiping; Zeng, Zhigang; Chen, Michael Z Q; Huang, Tingwen

    2017-10-01

    This paper addresses the issue of synchronization of switched delayed neural networks with communication delays via event-triggered control. For synchronizing coupled switched neural networks, we propose a novel event-triggered control law which could greatly reduce the number of control updates for synchronization tasks of coupled switched neural networks involving embedded microprocessors with limited on-board resources. The control signals are driven by properly defined events, which depend on the measurement errors and current-sampled states. By using a delay system method, a novel model of synchronization error system with delays is proposed with the communication delays and event-triggered control in the unified framework for coupled switched neural networks. The criteria are derived for the event-triggered synchronization analysis and control synthesis of switched neural networks via the Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional method and free weighting matrix approach. A numerical example is elaborated on to illustrate the effectiveness of the derived results.

  11. Looking East at Motor Control System, Clarity Columns and Blend ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    Looking East at Motor Control System, Clarity Columns and Blend Tank Along East Side of Recycle Recovery Building - Hematite Fuel Fabrication Facility, Recycle Recovery Building, 3300 State Road P, Festus, Jefferson County, MO

  12. Pesticide dissipation and microbial community changes in a biopurification system: influence of the rhizosphere.

    PubMed

    Diez, M C; Elgueta, S; Rubilar, O; Tortella, G R; Schalchli, H; Bornhardt, C; Gallardo, F

    2017-12-01

    The dissipation of atrazine, chlorpyrifos and iprodione in a biopurification system and changes in the microbial and some biological parameters influenced by the rhizosphere of Lolium perenne were studied in a column system packed with an organic biomixture. Three column depths were analyzed for residual pesticides, peroxidase, fluorescein diacetate activity and microbial communities. Fungal colonization was analyzed by confocal laser scanning microscopy to assess the extent of its proliferation in wheat straw. The L. perenne rhizosphere enhanced pesticide dissipation and negligible pesticide residues were detected at 20-30 cm column depth. Atrazine, chlorpyrifos and iprodione removal was 82, 89 and 74% respectively in the first 10 cm depth for columns with vegetal cover. The presence of L. perenne in contaminated columns stimulated peroxidase activity in all three column depth sections. Fluorescein diacetate activity decreased over time in all column sections with the highest values in biomixtures with vegetal cover. Microbial communities, analyzed by PCR-DGGE, were not affected by the pesticide mixture application, presenting high values of similarity (>65%) with and without vegetal cover. Microbial abundance of Actinobacteria varied according to treatment and no clear link was observed. However, bacterial abundance increased over time and was similar with and without vegetal cover. On the other hand, fungal abundance decreased in all sections of columns after 40 days, but an increase was observed in response to pesticide application. Fungal colonization and straw degradation during pesticide dissipation were verified by monitoring the lignin autofluorescence loss.

  13. High sensitivity detection of bisphenol A using liposome chromatography.

    PubMed

    Liu, Xue-Ying; Nakamura, Chikashi; Tanimoto, Itsuro; Miyake, Shiro; Nakamura, Noriyuki; Hirano, Takashi; Miyake, Jun

    2006-09-18

    An antibody column in tandem with a fluorescent dye entrapped liposome column was developed for highly sensitive detection of an endocrine disruptor, bisphenol A (BPA). Anti-BPA antibody was immobilized in a protein G column with orientation control. A derivative of BPA was conjugated to phospholipase A2 (PLA2). BPA sample solutions mixed with the BPA-PLA2 conjugates were injected on to the anti-BPA antibody column and competitive binding occurred in the antibody column. The amount of the free conjugate was proportional to the concentration of the BPA sample. The eluted conjugates were injected on to the second column gel on which calcein-entrapped liposomes were immobilized and the PLA2-catalyzed hydrolysis of liposomal phospholipids causing fluorescent dye leakage as a signal amplification. In this system, the mixture of BPA and BPA-PLA2 conjugate were incubated for 60 min in the anti-BPA column, and then the collected solution was applied to the liposome column. The BPA detection range of 0.02-140 ng mL(-1) was wider than 0.03-6.6 ng mL(-1) obtained by the method of competitive ELISA using the same antibody. Moreover, this system could be adapted to an HPLC system resulting in almost the same detection limit in online detection. The method could be applied to environmental samples, river water and soil extracts. The BPA concentration of 0.1 ng mL(-1) and 10 ng g(-1) was detectable in water and soil extract, respectively.

  14. High-temperature brushless DC motor controller

    DOEpatents

    Cieslewski, Crzegorz; Lindblom, Scott C.; Maldonado, Frank J.; Eckert, Michael Nathan

    2017-05-16

    A motor control system for deployment in high temperature environments includes a controller; a first half-bridge circuit that includes a first high-side switching element and a first low-side switching element; a second half-bridge circuit that includes a second high-side switching element and a second low-side switching element; and a third half-bridge circuit that includes a third high-side switching element and a third; low-side switching element. The motor controller is arranged to apply a pulse width modulation (PWM) scheme to switch the first half-bridge circuit, second half-bridge circuit, and third half-bridge circuit to power a motor.

  15. 9. Detail view of columns on first floor. This row ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    9. Detail view of columns on first floor. This row of columns indicates the former location of the exterior mill wall before World War II era expansion. The unusual column and beam connection was a key part of the mill structural system patented by Providence, Rhode Island engineers Charles Praray and Charles Makepeace in 1894. Each column was originally located in the apex of triangular window bay, but not connected to the exterior wall. Modifications on the right side of each column support the beams of the addition. - Dixie Cotton Mill, 710 Greenville Street, La Grange, Troup County, GA

  16. Discrete-time switching periodic adaptive control for time-varying parameters with unknown periodicity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yu, Miao; Huang, Deqing; Yang, Wanqiu

    2018-06-01

    In this paper, we address the problem of unknown periodicity for a class of discrete-time nonlinear parametric systems without assuming any growth conditions on the nonlinearities. The unknown periodicity hides in the parametric uncertainties, which is difficult to estimate with existing techniques. By incorporating a logic-based switching mechanism, we identify the period and bound of unknown parameter simultaneously. Lyapunov-based analysis is given to demonstrate that a finite number of switchings can guarantee the asymptotic tracking for the nonlinear parametric systems. The simulation result also shows the efficacy of the proposed switching periodic adaptive control approach.

  17. Novel control system of the high-voltage IGBT-switch

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ponomarev, A. V.; Mamontov, Y. I.; Gusev, A. I.; Pedos, M. S.

    2017-05-01

    HV solid-state switch control circuit was developed and tested. The switch was made with series connection IGBT-transistors. The distinctive feature of the circuit is an ability to fine-tune the switching time of every transistor. Simultaneous switching provides balancing of the dynamic voltage at all switch elements. A separate control board switches on and off every transistor. On and off signals from the main conductor are sent to the board by current pulses of different polarity. A positive pulse provides the transistor switch-on, while a negative pulse provides their switch-off. The time interval between pulses defines the time when the switch is turned on. The minimum time when the switch is turned on equals to a few microseconds, while the maximum time is not limited. This paper shows the test results of 4 kV switch prototype. The switch was used to produce rectangular pulses of a microsecond range under resistive load. The possibility to generate the damped harmonic oscillations was also tested. On the basis of this approach, positive testing results open up a possibility to design switches under an operating voltage of tens kilovolts.

  18. Stochastic models for regulatory networks of the genetic toggle switch.

    PubMed

    Tian, Tianhai; Burrage, Kevin

    2006-05-30

    Bistability arises within a wide range of biological systems from the lambda phage switch in bacteria to cellular signal transduction pathways in mammalian cells. Changes in regulatory mechanisms may result in genetic switching in a bistable system. Recently, more and more experimental evidence in the form of bimodal population distributions indicates that noise plays a very important role in the switching of bistable systems. Although deterministic models have been used for studying the existence of bistability properties under various system conditions, these models cannot realize cell-to-cell fluctuations in genetic switching. However, there is a lag in the development of stochastic models for studying the impact of noise in bistable systems because of the lack of detailed knowledge of biochemical reactions, kinetic rates, and molecular numbers. In this work, we develop a previously undescribed general technique for developing quantitative stochastic models for large-scale genetic regulatory networks by introducing Poisson random variables into deterministic models described by ordinary differential equations. Two stochastic models have been proposed for the genetic toggle switch interfaced with either the SOS signaling pathway or a quorum-sensing signaling pathway, and we have successfully realized experimental results showing bimodal population distributions. Because the introduced stochastic models are based on widely used ordinary differential equation models, the success of this work suggests that this approach is a very promising one for studying noise in large-scale genetic regulatory networks.

  19. Stochastic models for regulatory networks of the genetic toggle switch

    PubMed Central

    Tian, Tianhai; Burrage, Kevin

    2006-01-01

    Bistability arises within a wide range of biological systems from the λ phage switch in bacteria to cellular signal transduction pathways in mammalian cells. Changes in regulatory mechanisms may result in genetic switching in a bistable system. Recently, more and more experimental evidence in the form of bimodal population distributions indicates that noise plays a very important role in the switching of bistable systems. Although deterministic models have been used for studying the existence of bistability properties under various system conditions, these models cannot realize cell-to-cell fluctuations in genetic switching. However, there is a lag in the development of stochastic models for studying the impact of noise in bistable systems because of the lack of detailed knowledge of biochemical reactions, kinetic rates, and molecular numbers. In this work, we develop a previously undescribed general technique for developing quantitative stochastic models for large-scale genetic regulatory networks by introducing Poisson random variables into deterministic models described by ordinary differential equations. Two stochastic models have been proposed for the genetic toggle switch interfaced with either the SOS signaling pathway or a quorum-sensing signaling pathway, and we have successfully realized experimental results showing bimodal population distributions. Because the introduced stochastic models are based on widely used ordinary differential equation models, the success of this work suggests that this approach is a very promising one for studying noise in large-scale genetic regulatory networks. PMID:16714385

  20. Automatic control of the NMB level in general anaesthesia with a switching total system mass control strategy.

    PubMed

    Teixeira, Miguel; Mendonça, Teresa; Rocha, Paula; Rabiço, Rui

    2014-12-01

    This paper presents a model based switching control strategy to drive the neuromuscular blockade (NMB) level of patients undergoing general anesthesia to a predefined reference. A single-input single-output Wiener system with only two parameters is used to model the effect of two different muscle relaxants, atracurium and rocuronium, and a switching controller is designed based on a bank of total system mass control laws. Each of such laws is tuned for an individual model from a bank chosen to represent the behavior of the whole population. The control law to be applied at each instant corresponds to the model whose NMB response is closer to the patient's response. Moreover a scheme to improve the reference tracking quality based on the analysis of the patient's response, as well as, a comparison between the switching strategy and the Extended Kalman Kilter (EKF) technique are presented. The results are illustrated by means of several simulations, where switching shows to provide good results, both in theory and in practice, with a desirable reference tracking. The reference tracking improvement technique is able to produce a better reference tracking. Also, this technique showed a better performance than the (EKF). Based on these results, the switching control strategy with a bank of total system mass control laws proved to be robust enough to be used as an automatic control system for the NMB level.

  1. Packet communications in satellites with multiple-beam antennas and signal processing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Davies, R.; Chethik, F.; Penick, M.

    1980-01-01

    A communication satellite with a multiple-beam antenna and onboard signal processing is considered for use in a 'message-switched' data relay system. The signal processor may incorporate demodulation, routing, storage, and remodulation of the data. A system user model is established and key functional elements for the signal processing are identified. With the throughput and delay requirements as the controlled variables, the hardware complexity, operational discipline, occupied bandwidth, and overall user end-to-end cost are estimated for (1) random-access packet switching; and (2) reservation-access packet switching. Other aspects of this network (eg, the adaptability to channel switched traffic requirements) are examined. For the given requirements and constraints, the reservation system appears to be the most attractive protocol.

  2. Cooperative Adaptive Output Regulation for Second-Order Nonlinear Multiagent Systems With Jointly Connected Switching Networks.

    PubMed

    Liu, Wei; Huang, Jie

    2018-03-01

    This paper studies the cooperative global robust output regulation problem for a class of heterogeneous second-order nonlinear uncertain multiagent systems with jointly connected switching networks. The main contributions consist of the following three aspects. First, we generalize the result of the adaptive distributed observer from undirected jointly connected switching networks to directed jointly connected switching networks. Second, by performing a new coordinate and input transformation, we convert our problem into the cooperative global robust stabilization problem of a more complex augmented system via the distributed internal model principle. Third, we solve the stabilization problem by a distributed state feedback control law. Our result is illustrated by the leader-following consensus problem for a group of Van der Pol oscillators.

  3. Asymmetric Switch Costs in Numeral Naming and Number Word Reading: Implications for Models of Bilingual Language Production.

    PubMed

    Reynolds, Michael G; Schlöffel, Sophie; Peressotti, Francesca

    2015-01-01

    One approach used to gain insight into the processes underlying bilingual language comprehension and production examines the costs that arise from switching languages. For unbalanced bilinguals, asymmetric switch costs are reported in speech production, where the switch cost for L1 is larger than the switch cost for L2, whereas, symmetric switch costs are reported in language comprehension tasks, where the cost of switching is the same for L1 and L2. Presently, it is unclear why asymmetric switch costs are observed in speech production, but not in language comprehension. Three experiments are reported that simultaneously examine methodological explanations of task related differences in the switch cost asymmetry and the predictions of three accounts of the switch cost asymmetry in speech production. The results of these experiments suggest that (1) the type of language task (comprehension vs. production) determines whether an asymmetric switch cost is observed and (2) at least some of the switch cost asymmetry arises within the language system.

  4. Asymmetric Switch Costs in Numeral Naming and Number Word Reading: Implications for Models of Bilingual Language Production

    PubMed Central

    Reynolds, Michael G.; Schlöffel, Sophie; Peressotti, Francesca

    2016-01-01

    One approach used to gain insight into the processes underlying bilingual language comprehension and production examines the costs that arise from switching languages. For unbalanced bilinguals, asymmetric switch costs are reported in speech production, where the switch cost for L1 is larger than the switch cost for L2, whereas, symmetric switch costs are reported in language comprehension tasks, where the cost of switching is the same for L1 and L2. Presently, it is unclear why asymmetric switch costs are observed in speech production, but not in language comprehension. Three experiments are reported that simultaneously examine methodological explanations of task related differences in the switch cost asymmetry and the predictions of three accounts of the switch cost asymmetry in speech production. The results of these experiments suggest that (1) the type of language task (comprehension vs. production) determines whether an asymmetric switch cost is observed and (2) at least some of the switch cost asymmetry arises within the language system. PMID:26834659

  5. Quality and standardization of telecommunication switching system software

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ranko, K.; Hivensaio, J.; Myllykangas, A.

    1981-12-01

    The purpose of this paper has been to illustrate quality and standardization of switching system software from the authors point of view with the aim of developing standardization in the user environment.

  6. Low current extended duration spark ignition system

    DOEpatents

    Waters, Stephen Howard; Chan, Anthony Kok-Fai

    2005-08-30

    A system for firing a spark plug is disclosed. The system includes a timing controller configured to send a first timing signal and a second timing signal. The system also includes an ignition transformer having a primary winding and a secondary winding and a spark-plug that is operably associated with the secondary winding. A first switching element is disposed between the timing controller and the primary winding of the ignition transformer. The first switching element controls a supply of power to the primary winding based on the first timing signal. Also, a second switching element is disposed between the timing controller and the primary winding of the ignition transformer. The second switching element controls the supply of power to the primary winding based on the second timing signal. A method for firing a spark plug is also disclosed.

  7. Comparison of fractionation strategies for offline two-dimensional liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry analysis of proteins from mouse adipose tissue.

    PubMed

    Sajic, Tatjana; Varesio, Emmanuel; Szanto, Ildiko; Hopfgartner, Gérard

    2015-09-01

    In the frame of protein identification from mouse adipose tissue, two strategies were compared for the offline elution of peptides from a strong cation exchange (SCX) column in two-dimensional liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (2D-LC-MS/MS) analyses. First, the salt gradient (using K(+) as displacing agent) was evaluated from 25 to 500mM KCl. Then, a less investigated elution mode using a pH gradient (using citric acid and ammonium hydroxide) was carried out from pH 2.5 to 9.0. Equal amounts of peptide digest derived from mouse adipose tissue were loaded onto the SCX column and fractionated according to the two approaches. A total of 15 fractions were collected in two independent experiments for each SCX elution strategy. Then, each fraction was analyzed on a nanoLC-MS/MS platform equipped with a column-switching unit for desalting and enrichment. No substantial differences in peptide quality characteristics (molecular weight, isoelectric point, or GRAVY [grand average of hydropathicity] index distributions) were observed between the two datasets. The pH gradient approach was found to be superior, with 27.5% more unique peptide identifications and 10% more distinct protein identifications compared with the salt-based elution method. In conclusion, our data imply that the pH gradient SCX fractionation is more desirable for proteomics analysis of entire adipose tissue. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  8. Automated clean-up, separation and detection of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in particulate matter extracts from urban dust and diesel standard reference materials using a 2D-LC/2D-GC system.

    PubMed

    Ahmed, Trifa M; Lim, Hwanmi; Bergvall, Christoffer; Westerholm, Roger

    2013-10-01

    A multidimensional, on-line coupled liquid chromatographic/gas chromatographic system was developed for the quantification of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). A two-dimensional liquid chromatographic system (2D-liquid chromatography (LC)), with three columns having different selectivities, was connected on-line to a two-dimensional gas chromatographic system (2D-gas chromatography (GC)). Samples were cleaned up by combining normal elution and column back-flush of the LC columns to selectively remove matrix constituents and isolate well-defined, PAH enriched fractions. Using this system, the sequential removal of polar, mono/diaromatic, olefinic and alkane compounds from crude extracts was achieved. The LC/GC coupling was performed using a fused silica transfer line into a programmable temperature vaporizer (PTV) GC injector. Using the PTV in the solvent vent mode, excess solvent was removed and the enriched PAH sample extract was injected into the GC. The 2D-GC setup consisted of two capillary columns with different stationary phase selectivities. Heart-cutting of selected PAH compounds in the first GC column (first dimension) and transfer of these to the second GC column (second dimension) increased the baseline resolutions of closely eluting PAHs. The on-line system was validated using the standard reference materials SRM 1649a (urban dust) and SRM 1975 (diesel particulate extract). The PAH concentrations measured were comparable to the certified values and the fully automated LC/GC system performed the clean-up, separation and detection of PAHs in 16 extracts in less than 24 h. The multidimensional, on-line 2D-LC/2D-GC system eliminated manual handling of the sample extracts and minimised the risk of sample loss and contamination, while increasing accuracy and precision.

  9. 40. EXTERIOR VIEW, BERK SWITCH TOWER, SOUTH NORWALK, SHOWING FRONT ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    40. EXTERIOR VIEW, BERK SWITCH TOWER, SOUTH NORWALK, SHOWING FRONT ELEVATION AND PIPES LEADING TO SWITCHES - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  10. 45. EXTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOLWER, COS COB, SHOWING BARS ...

    Library of Congress Historic Buildings Survey, Historic Engineering Record, Historic Landscapes Survey

    45. EXTERIOR VIEW, GREEN SWITCH TOLWER, COS COB, SHOWING BARS AND PIPES LEADING TO SWITCHES - New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, Automatic Signalization System, Long Island Sound shoreline between Stamford & New Haven, Stamford, Fairfield County, CT

  11. Demonstration of motionless Knudsen pump based micro-gas chromatography featuring micro-fabricated columns and on-column detectors.

    PubMed

    Liu, Jing; Gupta, Naveen K; Wise, Kensall D; Gianchandani, Yogesh B; Fan, Xudong

    2011-10-21

    This paper reports the investigation of a micro-gas chromatography (μGC) system that utilizes an array of miniaturized motionless Knudsen pumps (KPs) as well as microfabricated separation columns and optical detectors. A prototype system was built to achieve a flow rate of 1 mL min(-1) and 0.26 mL min(-1) for helium and dry air, respectively, when they were used as carrier gas. This system was then employed to evaluate GC performance compromises and demonstrate the ability to separate and detect gas mixtures containing analytes of different volatilities and polarities. Furthermore, the use of pressure programming of the KP array was demonstrated to significantly shorten the analysis time while maintaining a high detection resolution. Using this method, we obtained a high resolution detection of 5 alkanes of different volatilities within 5 min. Finally, we successfully detected gas mixtures of various polarities using a tandem-column μGC configuration by installing two on-column optical detectors to obtain complementary chromatograms.

  12. Engineering solutions to improve the removal of fecal indicator bacteria by bioinfiltration systems during intermittent flow of stormwater.

    PubMed

    Mohanty, Sanjay K; Torkelson, Andrew A; Dodd, Hanna; Nelson, Kara L; Boehm, Alexandria B

    2013-10-01

    Bioinfiltration systems facilitate the infiltration of urban stormwater into soil and reduce high flow events and flooding. Stormwater carries a myriad of pollutants including fecal indicator bacteria (FIB). Significant knowledge gaps exist about the ability of bioinfiltration systems to remove and retain FIB. The present study investigates the ability of model, simplified bioinfiltration systems containing quartz sand and iron oxide-coated quartz sand (IOCS) to remove two FIB (Enterococcus faecalis and Escherichia coli) suspended in synthetic stormwater with and without natural organic matter (NOM) as well as the potential for accumulated FIB to be remobilized during intermittent flow. The experiments were conducted in two phases: (1) the saturated columns packed with either sand or IOCS were contaminated by injecting stormwater with bacteria followed by injection of sterile stormwater and (2) the contaminated columns were subjected to intermittent infiltration of sterile stormwater preceded by a pause during which columns were either kept saturated or drained by gravity. During intermittent flow, fewer bacteria were released from the saturated column compared to the column drained by gravity: 12% of attached E. coli and 3% of attached Ent. faecalis were mobilized from the drained sand column compared to 3% of attached E. coli and 2% attached Ent. faecalis mobilized from the saturated sand column. Dry and wet cycles introduce moving air-water interfaces that can scour bacteria from grain surfaces. During intermittent flows, less than 0.2% of attached bacteria were mobilized from IOCS, which bound both bacteria irreversibly in the absence of NOM. Addition of NOM, however, increased bacterial mobilization from IOCS: 50% of attached E. coli and 8% of attached Ent. faecalis were released from IOCS columns during draining and rewetting. Results indicate that using geomedia such as IOCS that promote irreversible attachment of bacteria, and maintaining saturated condition, could minimize the mobilization of previous attached bacteria from bioinfiltration systems, although NOM may significantly decrease these benefits.

  13. A 65-kV insulated gate bipolar transistor switch applied in damped AC voltages partial discharge detection system.

    PubMed

    Jiang, J; Ma, G M; Luo, D P; Li, C R; Li, Q M; Wang, W

    2014-02-01

    Damped AC voltages detection system (DAC) is a productive way to detect the faults in power cables. To solve the problems of large volume, complicated structure and electromagnetic interference in existing switches, this paper developed a compact solid state switch based on electromagnetic trigger, which is suitable for DAC test system. Synchronous electromagnetic trigger of 32 Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBTs) in series was realized by the topological structure of single line based on pulse width modulation control technology. In this way, external extension was easily achieved. Electromagnetic trigger and resistor-capacitor-diode snubber circuit were optimized to reduce the switch turn-on time and circular layout. Epoxy encapsulating was chosen to enhance the level of partial discharge initial voltage (PDIV). The combination of synchronous trigger and power supply is proposed to reduce the switch volume. Moreover, we have overcome the drawback of the electromagnetic interference and improved the detection sensitivity of DAC by using capacitor storage energy to maintain IGBT gate driving voltage. The experimental results demonstrated that the solid-state switch, with compact size, whose turn-on time was less than 400 ns and PDIV was more than 65 kV, was able to meet the actual demands of 35 kV DAC test system.

  14. High-Power X-Band Semiconductor RF Switch for Pulse Compression Systems of Future Colliders

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tantawi, Sami G.; Tamura, Fumihiko

    2000-04-01

    We describe the potential of semiconductor X-band RF switch arrays as a means of developing high power RF pulse compression systems for future linear colliders. The switch systems described here have two designs. Both designs consist of two 3dB hybrids and active modules. In the first design the module is composed of a cascaded active phase shifter. In the second design the module uses arrays of SPST (Single Pole Single Throw) switches. Each cascaded element of the phase shifter and the SPST switch has similar design. The active element consists of symmetrical three-port tee-junctions and an active waveguide window in the symmetrical arm of the tee-junction. The design methodology of the elements and the architecture of the whole switch system are presented. We describe the scaling law that governs the relation between power handling capability and number of elements. The design of the active waveguide window is presented. The waveguide window is a silicon wafer with an array of four hundred PIN/NIP diodes covering the surface of the window. This waveguide window is located in an over-moded TE01 circular waveguide. The results of high power RF measurements of the active waveguide window are presented. The experiment is performed at power levels of tens of megawatts at X-band.

  15. Automated on-line renewable solid-phase extraction-liquid chromatography exploiting multisyringe flow injection-bead injection lab-on-valve analysis.

    PubMed

    Quintana, José Benito; Miró, Manuel; Estela, José Manuel; Cerdà, Víctor

    2006-04-15

    In this paper, the third generation of flow injection analysis, also named the lab-on-valve (LOV) approach, is proposed for the first time as a front end to high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) for on-line solid-phase extraction (SPE) sample processing by exploiting the bead injection (BI) concept. The proposed microanalytical system based on discontinuous programmable flow features automated packing (and withdrawal after single use) of a small amount of sorbent (<5 mg) into the microconduits of the flow network and quantitative elution of sorbed species into a narrow band (150 microL of 95% MeOH). The hyphenation of multisyringe flow injection analysis (MSFIA) with BI-LOV prior to HPLC analysis is utilized for on-line postextraction treatment to ensure chemical compatibility between the eluate medium and the initial HPLC gradient conditions. This circumvents the band-broadening effect commonly observed in conventional on-line SPE-based sample processors due to the low eluting strength of the mobile phase. The potential of the novel MSFI-BI-LOV hyphenation for on-line handling of complex environmental and biological samples prior to reversed-phase chromatographic separations was assessed for the expeditious determination of five acidic pharmaceutical residues (viz., ketoprofen, naproxen, bezafibrate, diclofenac, and ibuprofen) and one metabolite (viz., salicylic acid) in surface water, urban wastewater, and urine. To this end, the copolymeric divinylbenzene-co-n-vinylpyrrolidone beads (Oasis HLB) were utilized as renewable sorptive entities in the micromachined unit. The automated analytical method features relative recovery percentages of >88%, limits of detection within the range 0.02-0.67 ng mL(-1), and coefficients of variation <11% for the column renewable mode and gives rise to a drastic reduction in operation costs ( approximately 25-fold) as compared to on-line column switching systems.

  16. Simultaneous quantification of GM1 and GM2 gangliosides by isotope dilution tandem mass spectrometry.

    PubMed

    Gu, Jianghong; Tifft, Cynthia J; Soldin, Steven J

    2008-04-01

    Gangliosides (GGs) are considered as diagnostic biomarkers and therapeutic targets and agents. The goal of this study was to develop a tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS) method for the simultaneous measurement of both GM1 and GM2 gangliosides in human cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) samples in order to be able to determine their concentrations in patients with Tay-Sachs and Sandhoff disease and assess whether drugs or transplantation affect their concentrations. An API-4000 tandem mass spectrometer equipped with TurboIonSpray source and Shimadzu HPLC system was employed to perform the analysis using isotope dilution with deuterium labeled internal standards. To a 1.5 mL conical plastic Eppendorf centrifuge tube, 40 microL of human CSF sample was added and mixed with 400 microL of internal standard solution for deproteinization. After centrifugation, 100 microL of supernatant was injected onto a C-18 column. After a 2.5 min wash, the switching valve was activated and the analytes were eluted from the column with a water/methanol gradient into the MS/MS system. Quantification by multiple reaction-monitoring (MRM) analysis was performed in the negative mode. The within-day coefficients of variation were <3% for GM1 and <2% for GM2 and the between-day coefficients of variation were <5% for both GM1 and GM2 at all concentrations tested. Accuracy ranged between 98% and 102% for both analytes. Good linearity was also obtained within the concentration range of 10-200 ng/mL (6.5-129.3 nmol/L) for GM1 and 5-100 ng/mL (3.6-72.3 nmol/L) for GM2 (r> or =0.995). A new simple, accurate, and fast isotope dilution tandem mass spectrometry method was developed for the simultaneous quantification of GM1 and GM2 gangliosides in a small amount of human CSF. Concentrations were measured in "normal" CSF and in CSF from patients with Tay-Sachs disease.

  17. 49 CFR 393.209 - Steering wheel systems.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-10-01

    ... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY REGULATIONS PARTS AND ACCESSORIES...) Steering column. The steering column must be securely fastened. (d) Steering system. Universal joints and...

  18. 49 CFR 393.209 - Steering wheel systems.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2013 CFR

    2013-10-01

    ... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY REGULATIONS PARTS AND ACCESSORIES...) Steering column. The steering column must be securely fastened. (d) Steering system. Universal joints and...

  19. 49 CFR 393.209 - Steering wheel systems.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2014 CFR

    2014-10-01

    ... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY REGULATIONS PARTS AND ACCESSORIES...) Steering column. The steering column must be securely fastened. (d) Steering system. Universal joints and...

  20. 49 CFR 393.209 - Steering wheel systems.

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-10-01

    ... Transportation Other Regulations Relating to Transportation (Continued) FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL MOTOR CARRIER SAFETY REGULATIONS PARTS AND ACCESSORIES...) Steering column. The steering column must be securely fastened. (d) Steering system. Universal joints and...

Top